This is a modern-English version of The Blue Lagoon: A Romance, originally written by Stacpoole, H. De Vere (Henry De Vere). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

The Blue Lagoon: A Romance

by H. de Vere Stacpoole




CONTENTS


BOOK I

PART I


I.   WHERE THE SLUSH LAMP BURNS
II.   UNDER THE STARS
III.   THE SHADOW AND THE FIRE
IV.   AND LIKE A DREAM DISSOLVED
V.   VOICES HEARD IN THE MIST
VI.   DAWN ON A WIDE, WIDE SEA
VII.   STORY OF THE PIG AND THE BILLY-GOAT
VIII.   “S-H-E-N-A-N-D-O-A-H”
IX.   SHADOWS IN THE MOONLIGHT
X.   THE TRAGEDY OF THE BOATS



PART II


XI.   THE ISLAND
XII.   THE LAKE OF AZURE
XIII.   DEATH VEILED WITH LICHEN
XIV.   ECHOES OF FAIRY-LAND
XV.   FAIR PICTURES IN THE BLUE



PART III


XVI.   THE POETRY OF LEARNING
XVII.   THE DEVIL’S CASK
XVIII.   THE RAT HUNT
XIX.   STARLIGHT ON THE FOAM
XX.   THE DREAMER ON THE REEF
XXI.   THE GARLAND OF FLOWERS
XXII.   ALONE
XXIII.   THEY MOVE AWAY



BOOK II

PART I


I.   UNDER THE ARTU TREE
II.   HALF CHILD-HALF SAVAGE
III.   THE DEMON OF THE REEF
IV.   WHAT BEAUTY CONCEALED
V.   THE SOUND OF A DRUM
VI.   SAILS UPON THE SEA
VII.   THE SCHOONER
VIII.   LOVE STEPS IN
IX.   THE SLEEP OF PARADISE



PART II

X.   AN ISLAND HONEYMOON
XI.   THE VANISHING OF EMMELINE
XII.   THE VANISHING OF EMMELINE (CONTINUED)
XIII.   THE NEWCOMER
XIV.   HANNAH
XV.   THE LAGOON OF FIRE
XVI.   THE CYCLONE
XVII.   THE STRICKEN WOODS
XVIII.   A FALLEN IDOL
XIX.   THE EXPEDITION
XX.   THE KEEPER OF THE LAGOON
XXI.   THE HAND OF THE SEA
XXII.   TOGETHER



BOOK III


I.   MAD LESTRANGE
II.   THE SECRET OF THE AZURE
III.   CAPTAIN FOUNTAIN
IV.   DUE SOUTH



THE BLUE LAGOON


BOOK I

PART I

CHAPTER I

WHERE THE SLUSH LAMP BURNS

Mr Button was seated on a sea-chest with a fiddle under his left ear. He was playing the “Shan van vaught,” and accompanying the tune, punctuating it, with blows of his left heel on the fo’cs’le deck.

Mr. Button was sitting on a sea chest with a fiddle tucked under his left ear. He was playing "Shan van vaught" and accenting the tune with thumps of his left heel on the forecastle deck.

“O the Frinch are in the bay,
Says the Shan van vaught.”

“O the French are in the bay,
Says the Shan van vaught.”

He was dressed in dungaree trousers, a striped shirt, and a jacket baize—green in parts from the influence of sun and salt. A typical old shell-back, round-shouldered, hooked of finger; a figure with strong hints of a crab about it.

He was wearing denim pants, a striped shirt, and a green jacket—faded in some areas from sun and salt. A typical old sailor, with rounded shoulders and crooked fingers; a figure that strongly resembled a crab.

His face was like a moon, seen red through tropical mists; and as he played it wore an expression of strained attention as though the fiddle were telling him tales much more marvellous than the old bald statement about Bantry Bay.

His face was like a moon, seen red through tropical mists; and as he played, it showed an expression of focused intensity as if the fiddle were sharing stories far more amazing than the old simple tale about Bantry Bay.

“Left-handed Pat,” was his fo’cs’le name; not because he was left-handed, but simply because everything he did he did wrong—or nearly so. Reefing or furling, or handling a slush tub—if a mistake was to be made, he made it.

“Left-handed Pat,” was his forecastle name; not because he was left-handed, but simply because everything he did he did wrong—or almost. Reefing or furling, or handling a slush tub—if a mistake could happen, he made it.

He was a Celt, and all the salt seas that had flowed between him and Connaught these forty years and more had not washed the Celtic element from his blood, nor the belief in fairies from his soul. The Celtic nature is a fast dye, and Mr Button’s nature was such that though he had been shanghaied by Larry Marr in ’Frisco, though he had got drunk in most ports of the world, though he had sailed with Yankee captains and been man-handled by Yankee mates, he still carried his fairies about with him—they, and a very large stock of original innocence.

He was a Celt, and all the salt seas that had separated him from Connaught for over forty years hadn't washed the Celtic blood from his veins, nor the belief in fairies from his heart. The Celtic nature runs deep, and Mr. Button’s nature was such that even though he had been tricked into a life at sea by Larry Marr in San Francisco, had gotten drunk in most ports around the world, and had sailed with American captains and been mistreated by American crew members, he still carried his fairies with him—along with a hefty dose of pure innocence.

Nearly over the musician’s head swung a hammock from which hung a leg; other hammocks hanging in the semi-gloom called up suggestions of lemurs and arboreal bats. The swinging kerosene lamp cast its light forward, past the heel of the bowsprit to the knightheads, lighting here a naked foot hanging over the side of a bunk, here a face from which protruded a pipe, here a breast covered with dark mossy hair, here an arm tattooed.

Almost above the musician's head, a hammock swung, from which a leg dangled; other hammocks hanging in the dim light suggested lemurs and tree-dwelling bats. The swinging kerosene lamp illuminated the area ahead, beyond the heel of the bowsprit to the knightheads, lighting up a bare foot hanging over the side of a bunk, a face with a pipe sticking out, a chest covered in dark, mossy hair, and a tattooed arm.

It was in the days before double topsail yards had reduced ships’ crews, and the fo’cs’le of the Northumberland had a full company: a crowd of packet rats such as often is to be found on a Cape Horner “Dutchmen” Americans—men who were farm labourers and tending pigs in Ohio three months back, old seasoned sailors like Paddy Button—a mixture of the best and the worst of the earth, such as you find nowhere else in so small a space as in a ship’s fo’cs’le.

It was back in the days before double topsail yards had cut down ship crews, and the fo'cs'le of the Northumberland had a full crew: a bunch of packet rats you often see on a Cape Horner—“Dutchmen” Americans—men who were farm laborers and taking care of pigs in Ohio just three months ago, along with old seasoned sailors like Paddy Button—a mix of the best and worst of humanity, found nowhere else in such a small area as on a ship’s fo'cs'le.

The Northumberland had experienced a terrible rounding of the Horn. Bound from New Orleans to ’Frisco she had spent thirty days battling with head-winds and storms—down there, where the seas are so vast that three waves may cover with their amplitude more than a mile of sea space; thirty days she had passed off Cape Stiff, and just now, at the moment of this story, she was locked in a calm south of the line.

The Northumberland had gone through a rough rounding of the Horn. On her way from New Orleans to San Francisco, she had spent thirty days fighting against headwinds and storms—down there, where the ocean is so expansive that three waves can cover more than a mile of sea; she had been off Cape Stiff for thirty days, and at this moment in the story, she was stuck in a calm south of the equator.

Mr Button finished his tune with a sweep of the bow, and drew his right coat sleeve across his forehead. Then he took out a sooty pipe, filled it with tobacco, and lit it.

Mr. Button ended his tune with a sweep of the bow and wiped his forehead with his right coat sleeve. Then he pulled out a grimy pipe, packed it with tobacco, and lit it.

“Pawthrick,” drawled a voice from the hammock above, from which depended the leg, “what was that yarn you wiz beginnin’ to spin ter night ’bout a lip me dawn?”

“Pawthrick,” said a voice lazily from the hammock above, where a leg was dangling down, “what was that story you were starting to tell tonight about a lip me dawn?”

“A which me dawn?” asked Mr Button, cocking his eye up at the bottom of the hammock while he held the match to his pipe.

“A what time is it?” asked Mr. Button, tilting his gaze up at the bottom of the hammock while he held the match to his pipe.

“It vas about a green thing,” came a sleepy Dutch voice from a bunk.

“It was about a green thing,” came a sleepy Dutch voice from a bunk.

“Oh, a Leprachaun you mane. Sure, me mother’s sister had one down in Connaught.”

“Oh, a leprechaun, you mean. Sure, my aunt had one down in Connaught.”

“Vat vas it like?” asked the dreamy Dutch voice—a voice seemingly possessed by the calm that had made the sea like a mirror for the last three days, reducing the whole ship’s company meanwhile to the level of wasters.

“Was it like?” asked the dreamy Dutch voice—a voice seemingly filled with the calm that had made the sea as smooth as a mirror for the last three days, bringing the whole crew down to the level of slackers.

“Like? Sure, it was like a Leprachaun; and what else would it be like?”

“Like? Sure, it was like a leprechaun; and what else would it be like?”

“What like vas that?” persisted the voice.

“What was that like?” the voice insisted.

“It was like a little man no bigger than a big forked raddish, an’ as green as a cabbidge. Me a’nt had one in her house down in Connaught in the ould days. O musha! musha! the ould days, the ould days! Now, you may b’lave me or b’lave me not, but you could have put him in your pocket, and the grass-green head of him wouldn’t more than’v stuck out. She kept him in a cupboard, and out of the cupboard he’d pop if it was a crack open, an’ into the milk pans he’d be, or under the beds, or pullin’ the stool from under you, or at some other divarsion. He’d chase the pig—the crathur!—till it’d be all ribs like an ould umbrilla with the fright, an’ as thin as a greyhound with the runnin’ by the marnin; he’d addle the eggs so the cocks an’ hens wouldn’t know what they wis afther wid the chickens comin’ out wid two heads on them, an’ twinty-seven legs fore and aft. And you’d start to chase him, an’ then it’d be mainsail haul, and away he’d go, you behint him, till you’d landed tail over snout in a ditch, an’ he’d be back in the cupboard.”

“It was like a little guy, no bigger than a large forked radish, and as green as a cabbage. I didn’t have one of those in my house down in Connaught in the old days. Oh my! Oh my! the old days, the old days! Now, you can believe me or not, but you could have put him in your pocket, and the grass-green top of him wouldn’t have stuck out at all. She kept him in a cupboard, and he’d pop out whenever there was even a small crack open, and into the milk pans he’d dive, or under the beds, or pulling the stool out from under you, or getting into some other mischief. He’d chase the pig—the poor thing!—until it looked all ribs like an old umbrella with fright, and as thin as a greyhound from all the running by morning; he’d scramble the eggs so the roosters and hens wouldn’t know what to make of the chicks coming out with two heads and twenty-seven legs, front and back. And you’d start to chase him, and then it’d be full speed ahead, and away he’d go, you chasing after him, until you’d end up tail over snout in a ditch, and he’d be back in the cupboard.”

“He was a Troll,” murmured the Dutch voice.

“He was a Troll,” whispered the Dutch voice.

“I’m tellin’ you he was a Leprachaun, and there’s no knowin’ the divilments he’d be up to. He’d pull the cabbidge, maybe, out of the pot boilin’ on the fire forenint your eyes, and baste you in the face with it; and thin, maybe, you’d hold out your fist to him, and he’d put a goulden soverin in it.”

“I’m telling you, he was a leprechaun, and you never know what mischief he’d get up to. He might pull the cabbage out of the pot boiling right in front of you and smack you in the face with it; then, maybe, you’d hold out your fist to him, and he’d put a gold sovereign in it.”

“Wisht he was here!” murmured a voice from a bunk near the knightheads.

“Wish he was here!” murmured a voice from a bunk near the bow.

“Pawthrick,” drawled the voice from the hammock above, “what’d you do first if you found y’self with twenty pound in your pocket?”

“Pawthrick,” the voice from the hammock above drawled, “what would you do first if you found yourself with twenty pounds in your pocket?”

“What’s the use of askin’ me?” replied Mr Button. “What’s the use of twenty pound to a sayman at say, where the grog’s all wather an’ the beef’s all horse? Gimme it ashore, an’ you’d see what I’d do wid it!”

“What’s the point of asking me?” replied Mr. Button. “What’s twenty pounds going to do for a guy at a place where the drinks are all water and the beef is all horse? Give it to me on land, and you’d see what I’d do with it!”

“I guess the nearest grog-shop keeper wouldn’t see you comin’ for dust,” said a voice from Ohio.

“I guess the closest bar owner wouldn’t notice you coming from a mile away,” said a voice from Ohio.

“He would not,” said Mr Button; “nor you afther me. Be damned to the grog and thim that sells it!”

“He wouldn’t,” said Mr. Button; “and neither will you after me. To hell with the booze and those who sell it!”

“It’s all darned easy to talk,” said Ohio. “You curse the grog at sea when you can’t get it; set you ashore, and you’re bung full.”

“It’s so easy to talk,” said Ohio. “You complain about the drinks at sea when you can't have any; put you on land, and you’re completely drunk.”

“I likes me dhrunk,” said Mr Button, “I’m free to admit; an’ I’m the divil when it’s in me, and it’ll be the end of me yet, or me ould mother was a liar. ‘Pat,’ she says, first time I come home from say rowlin’, ‘storms you may escape, an’ wimmen you may escape, but the potheen ’ill have you.’ Forty year ago—forty year ago!”

“I like being drunk,” Mr. Button said. “I’m not ashamed to say it, and I turn into a real troublemaker when I’m drinking. It’ll be the death of me one day, or my old mother was lying. ‘Pat,’ she said the first time I came home from a night out, ‘you might dodge storms and women, but the poitín will get you.’ Forty years ago—forty years ago!”

“Well,” said Ohio, “it hasn’t had you yet.”

“Well,” said Ohio, “it hasn’t gotten you yet.”

“No,” replied Mr Button, “but it will.”

“No,” Mr. Button replied, “but it will.”




CHAPTER II

UNDER THE STARS

It was a wonderful night up on deck, filled with all the majesty and beauty of starlight and a tropic calm.

It was a beautiful night on deck, filled with the splendor and beauty of starlight and a tropical serenity.

The Pacific slept; a vast, vague swell flowing from far away down south under the night, lifted the Northumberland on its undulations to the rattling sound of the reef points and the occasional creak of the rudder; whilst overhead, near the fiery arch of the Milky Way, hung the Southern Cross like a broken kite.

The Pacific was calm; a huge, gentle swell coming from far down south under the night lifted the Northumberland on its waves to the rattling sounds of the reef points and the occasional creak of the rudder; meanwhile, overhead, near the glowing arc of the Milky Way, the Southern Cross hung like a tattered kite.

Stars in the sky, stars in the sea, stars by the million and the million; so many lamps ablaze that the firmament filled the mind with the idea of a vast and populous city—yet from all that living and flashing splendour not a sound.

Stars in the sky, stars in the sea, stars by the millions and millions; so many lights shining that the night sky made you think of a huge and bustling city—yet from all that vibrant and sparkling beauty, there was not a single sound.

Down in the cabin—or saloon, as it was called by courtesy—were seated the three passengers of the ship; one reading at the table, two playing on the floor.

Down in the cabin—or saloon, as it was politely referred to—sat the three passengers of the ship; one was reading at the table, while two were playing on the floor.

The man at the table, Arthur Lestrange, was seated with his large, deep-sunken eyes fixed on a book. He was most evidently in consumption—very near, indeed, to reaping the result of that last and most desperate remedy, a long sea voyage.

The man at the table, Arthur Lestrange, was sitting with his large, deep-set eyes locked onto a book. He was clearly very ill—close to facing the outcome of that final and most extreme solution, a long sea voyage.

Emmeline Lestrange, his little niece—eight years of age, a mysterious mite, small for her age, with thoughts of her own, wide-pupilled eyes that seemed the doors for visions, and a face that seemed just to have peeped into this world for a moment ere it was as suddenly withdrawn—sat in a corner nursing something in her arms, and rocking herself to the tune of her own thoughts.

Emmeline Lestrange, his little niece—eight years old, a mysterious tiny girl, small for her age, with her own thoughts, wide eyes that seemed like windows to visions, and a face that looked like it had just peeked into this world for a moment before quickly pulling back—sat in a corner cradling something in her arms, gently rocking herself to the rhythm of her own thoughts.

Dick, Lestrange’s little son, eight and a bit, was somewhere under the table. They were Bostonians, bound for San Francisco, or rather for the sun and splendour of Los Angeles, where Lestrange had bought a small estate, hoping there to enjoy the life whose lease would be renewed by the long sea voyage.

Dick, Lestrange’s young son, who was just over eight, was hiding somewhere under the table. They were from Boston, heading to San Francisco, or more accurately to the sunny allure of Los Angeles, where Lestrange had purchased a small estate, hoping to enjoy a life that would feel refreshed after the long sea journey.

As he sat reading, the cabin door opened, and appeared an angular female form. This was Mrs Stannard, the stewardess, and Mrs Stannard meant bedtime.

As he sat reading, the cabin door opened, and an angular female figure appeared. This was Mrs. Stannard, the stewardess, and Mrs. Stannard meant bedtime.

“Dicky,” said Mr Lestrange, closing his book, and raising the table-cloth a few inches, “bedtime.”

“Dicky,” Mr. Lestrange said, closing his book and lifting the tablecloth a few inches, “time for bed.”

“Oh, not yet, daddy!” came a sleep-freighted voice from under the table; “I ain’t ready. I dunno want to go to bed, I— Hi yow!”

“Oh, not yet, dad!” came a sleep-heavy voice from under the table; “I’m not ready. I don’t want to go to bed, I— Hi yow!”

Mrs Stannard, who knew her work, had stooped under the table, seized him by the foot, and hauled him out kicking and fighting and blubbering all at the same time.

Mrs. Stannard, who knew her job well, crouched down under the table, grabbed him by the foot, and yanked him out while he kicked, fought, and cried all at once.

As for Emmeline, she having glanced up and recognised the inevitable, rose to her feet, and, holding the hideous rag-doll she had been nursing, head down and dangling in one hand, she stood waiting till Dicky, after a few last perfunctory bellows, suddenly dried his eyes and held up a tear-wet face for his father to kiss. Then she presented her brow solemnly to her uncle, received a kiss and vanished, led by the hand into a cabin on the port side of the saloon.

As for Emmeline, she glanced up and recognized what was coming. She got to her feet, holding the ugly rag doll she'd been cradling, its head hanging down in one hand. She stood there waiting until Dicky, after a few last half-hearted cries, suddenly wiped his eyes and held up a tear-streaked face for his father to kiss. Then she solemnly offered her forehead to her uncle, received a kiss, and disappeared, led by the hand into a cabin on the port side of the saloon.

Mr Lestrange returned to his book, but he had not read for long when the cabin door was opened, and Emmeline, in her nightdress, reappeared, holding a brown paper parcel in her hand, a parcel of about the same size as the book you are reading.

Mr. Lestrange went back to his book, but he hadn't read for long when the cabin door opened, and Emmeline, in her nightdress, walked in again, holding a brown paper package in her hand, roughly the same size as the book you're reading.

“My box,” said she; and as she spoke, holding it up as if to prove its safety, the little plain face altered to the face of an angel.

“My box,” she said; and as she spoke, holding it up to show it was safe, her little plain face transformed into that of an angel.

She had smiled.

She smiled.

When Emmeline Lestrange smiled it was absolutely as if the light of Paradise had suddenly flashed upon her face: the happiest form of childish beauty suddenly appeared before your eyes, dazzled them—and was gone.

When Emmeline Lestrange smiled, it was like the light of Paradise had suddenly lit up her face: the purest kind of youthful beauty appeared before you, dazzled you—and was gone.

Then she vanished with her box, and Mr Lestrange resumed his book.

Then she disappeared with her box, and Mr. Lestrange went back to his book.

This box of Emmeline’s, I may say in parenthesis, had given more trouble aboard ship than all of the rest of the passengers’ luggage put together.

This box of Emmeline’s, I should mention in passing, caused more trouble on the ship than all the other passengers' luggage combined.

It had been presented to her on her departure from Boston by a lady friend, and what it contained was a dark secret to all on board, save its owner and her uncle; she was a woman, or, at all events, the beginning of a woman, yet she kept this secret to herself—a fact which you will please note.

It had been given to her when she left Boston by a female friend, and what it held was a dark secret known only to her and her uncle; she was a woman, or at least, the start of one, yet she kept this secret to herself—a point you should remember.

The trouble of the thing was that it was frequently being lost. Suspecting herself, maybe, as an unpractical dreamer in a world filled with robbers, she would cart it about with her for safety, sit down behind a coil of rope and fall into a fit of abstraction: be recalled to life by the evolutions of the crew reefing or furling or what not, rise to superintend the operations—and then suddenly find she had lost her box.

The issue was that she often lost it. Maybe she suspected herself of being an impractical dreamer in a world full of thieves. To keep it safe, she would carry it around with her and sit down behind a coil of rope, getting lost in thought. She'd be brought back to reality by the crew as they worked, but then she would suddenly realize she had misplaced her box.

Then she would absolutely haunt the ship. Wide-eyed and distressed of face she would wander hither and thither, peeping into the galley, peeping down the forescuttle, never uttering a word or wail, searching like an uneasy ghost, but dumb.

Then she would definitely haunt the ship. With wide eyes and a distressed expression, she would wander around, peeking into the kitchen, looking down the hatch, never saying a word or crying out, searching like an uneasy ghost, but silent.

She seemed ashamed to tell of her loss, ashamed to let any one know of it; but every one knew of it directly they saw her, to use Mr Button’s expression, “on the wandher,” and every one hunted for it.

She looked embarrassed to talk about her loss, embarrassed to let anyone in on it; but everyone could tell as soon as they saw her, to use Mr. Button’s phrase, “on the wander,” and everyone searched for it.

Strangely enough it was Paddy Button who usually found it. He who was always doing the wrong thing in the eyes of men, generally did the right thing in the eyes of children. Children, in fact, when they could get at Mr Button, went for him con amore. He was as attractive to them as a Punch and Judy show or a German band—almost.

Strangely enough, it was Paddy Button who usually discovered it. He, who was always seen as doing the wrong thing by adults, often did the right thing in the eyes of kids. In fact, when they could get to Mr. Button, children would approach him with enthusiasm. He was as appealing to them as a Punch and Judy show or a German band—almost.

Mr Lestrange after a while closed the book he was reading, looked around him and sighed.

Mr. Lestrange eventually closed the book he was reading, looked around, and sighed.

The cabin of the Northumberland was a cheerful enough place, pierced by the polished shaft of the mizzen mast, carpeted with an Axminster carpet, and garnished with mirrors let into the white pine panelling. Lestrange was staring at the reflection of his own face in one of these mirrors fixed just opposite to where he sat.

The cabin of the Northumberland was a bright enough space, featuring the polished shaft of the mizzen mast, covered with an Axminster carpet, and decorated with mirrors set into the white pine paneling. Lestrange was looking at the reflection of his own face in one of the mirrors placed directly across from where he sat.

His emaciation was terrible, and it was just perhaps at this moment that he first recognised the fact that he must not only die, but die soon.

His emaciation was horrific, and it was maybe at this moment that he first realized he not only had to die, but die soon.

He turned from the mirror and sat for a while with his chin resting upon his hand, and his eyes fixed on an ink spot upon the table-cloth; then he arose, and crossing the cabin climbed laboriously up the companion-way to the deck.

He turned away from the mirror and sat for a bit with his chin resting on his hand, his eyes focused on an ink spot on the tablecloth; then he stood up and, crossing the cabin, slowly climbed up the stairs to the deck.

As he leaned against the bulwark rail to recover his breath, the splendour and beauty of the Southern night struck him to the heart with a cruel pang. He took his seat on a deck chair and gazed up at the Milky Way, that great triumphal arch built of suns that the dawn would sweep away like a dream.

As he leaned against the railing to catch his breath, the beauty of the Southern night hit him hard with a sharp ache. He settled into a deck chair and looked up at the Milky Way, that magnificent arch made of stars that morning would wash away like a fleeting dream.

In the Milky Way, near the Southern Cross, occurs a terrible circular abyss, the Coal Sack. So sharply defined is it, so suggestive of a void and bottomless cavern, that the contemplation of it afflicts the imaginative mind with vertigo. To the naked eye it is as black and as dismal as death, but the smallest telescope reveals it beautiful and populous with stars.

In the Milky Way, near the Southern Cross, there is a terrifying circular void known as the Coal Sack. It’s so sharply defined and suggests a deep, bottomless cavern that just thinking about it gives the imaginative mind a sense of dizziness. To the naked eye, it appears as black and bleak as death, but even the smallest telescope shows it to be beautiful and filled with stars.

Lestrange’s eyes travelled from this mystery to the burning cross, and the nameless and numberless stars reaching to the sea-line, where they paled and vanished in the light of the rising moon. Then he became aware of a figure promenading the quarter-deck. It was the “Old Man.”

Lestrange’s gaze shifted from this mystery to the burning cross, and the countless stars stretching to the horizon, where they faded and disappeared in the glow of the rising moon. Then he noticed a figure walking along the quarter-deck. It was the “Old Man.”

A sea captain is always the “old man,” be his age what it may. Captain Le Farges’ age might have been forty-five. He was a sailor of the Jean Bart type, of French descent, but a naturalised American.

A sea captain is always called the “old man,” no matter his age. Captain Le Farges was probably around forty-five. He was a sailor like those of the Jean Bart kind, of French descent but a naturalized American.

“I don’t know where the wind’s gone,” said the captain as he drew near the man in the deck chair. “I guess it’s blown a hole in the firmament, and escaped somewheres to the back of beyond.”

“I don’t know where the wind went,” said the captain as he approached the man in the deck chair. “I guess it’s blown a hole in the sky and disappeared somewhere into the unknown.”

“It’s been a long voyage,” said Lestrange; “and I’m thinking, Captain, it will be a very long voyage for me. My port’s not ’Frisco; I feel it.”

“It’s been a long journey,” said Lestrange; “and I’m thinking, Captain, it’s going to be a very long journey for me. My destination isn’t ’Frisco; I can feel it.”

“Don’t you be thinking that sort of thing,” said the other, taking his seat in a chair close by. “There’s no manner of use forecastin’ the weather a month ahead. Now we’re in warm latitoods, your glass will rise steady, and you’ll be as right and spry as any one of us, before we fetch the Golden Gates.”

“Don’t even think like that,” said the other, settling into a nearby chair. “There’s no point in trying to predict the weather a month in advance. Now that we’re in warmer areas, your barometer will stay steady, and you’ll be as fit and energetic as any of us before we reach the Golden Gates.”

“I’m thinking about the children,” said Lestrange, seeming not to hear the captain’s words. “Should anything happen to me before we reach port, I should like you to do something for me. It’s only this: dispose of my body without—without the children knowing. It has been in my mind to ask you this for some days. Captain, those children know nothing of death.”

“I’m thinking about the kids,” said Lestrange, seeming not to hear the captain’s words. “If anything happens to me before we reach port, I’d like you to do something for me. It’s just this: handle my body without—without the kids knowing. I’ve been wanting to ask you this for a few days. Captain, those kids don’t know anything about death.”

Le Farge moved uneasily in his chair.

Le Farge shifted uncomfortably in his chair.

“Little Emmeline’s mother died when she was two. Her father—my brother—died before she was born. Dicky never knew a mother; she died giving him birth. My God, Captain, death has laid a heavy hand on my family; can you wonder that I have hid his very name from those two creatures that I love!”

“Little Emmeline’s mother passed away when she was two. Her father—my brother—died before she was born. Dicky never knew a mother; she died while giving birth to him. My God, Captain, death has weighed heavily on my family; can you blame me for hiding his name from those two beings that I love!”

“Ay, ay,” said Le Farge, “it’s sad! it’s sad!”

“Ay, ay,” said Le Farge, “it’s so sad! It’s so sad!”

“When I was quite a child,” went on Lestrange, “a child no older than Dicky, my nurse used to terrify me with tales about dead people. I was told I’d go to hell when I died if I wasn’t a good child. I cannot tell you how much that has poisoned my life, for the thoughts we think in childhood, Captain, are the fathers of the thoughts we think when we are grown up. And can a diseased father—have healthy children?”

“When I was just a kid,” Lestrange continued, “no older than Dicky, my nurse used to scare me with stories about dead people. I was told I’d go to hell when I died if I wasn’t a good kid. I can’t express how much that has ruined my life, because the thoughts we have as children, Captain, shape the thoughts we have when we grow up. And can a sick father raise healthy kids?”

“I guess not.”

"Guess not."

“So I just said, when these two tiny creatures came into my care, that I would do all in my power to protect them from the terrors of life—or rather, I should say, from the terror of death. I don’t know whether I have done right, but I have done it for the best. They had a cat, and one day Dicky came in to me and said: ‘Father, pussy’s in the garden asleep, and I can’t wake her.’ So I just took him out for a walk; there was a circus in the town, and I took him to it. It so filled his mind that he quite forgot the cat. Next day he asked for her. I did not tell him she was buried in the garden, I just said she must have run away. In a week he had forgotten all about her—children soon forget.”

“So I just said, when these two little kids came into my care, that I would do everything I could to protect them from the struggles of life—or really, from the fear of death. I don’t know if I did the right thing, but I did it with good intentions. They had a cat, and one day Dicky came to me and said: ‘Dad, the cat's in the garden asleep, and I can’t wake her.’ So I took him out for a walk; there was a circus in town, and I took him to it. It captivated him so much that he completely forgot about the cat. The next day he asked for her. I didn’t tell him she was buried in the garden; I just said she must have run away. Within a week, he had totally forgotten about her—kids forget quickly.”

“Ay, that’s true,” said the sea captain. “But ’pears to me they must learn some time they’ve got to die.”

“Ay, that’s true,” said the sea captain. “But it seems to me they need to learn sometime that they have to die.”

“Should I pay the penalty before we reach land, and be cast into that great, vast sea, I would not wish the children’s dreams to be haunted by the thought: just tell them I’ve gone on board another ship. You will take them back to Boston; I have here, in a letter, the name of a lady who will care for them. Dicky will be well off, as far as worldly goods are concerned, and so will Emmeline. Just tell them I’ve gone on board another ship—children soon forget.”

“Should I pay the penalty before we reach land and be thrown into that huge, endless sea, I wouldn’t want the kids’ dreams to be troubled by the thought: just tell them I’ve boarded another ship. You’ll take them back to Boston; I have a letter here with the name of a woman who will take care of them. Dicky will be fine, as far as material things go, and so will Emmeline. Just tell them I’ve boarded another ship—kids forget quickly.”

“I’ll do what you ask,” said the seaman.

“I'll do what you ask,” said the sailor.

The moon was over the horizon now, and the Northumberland lay adrift in a river of silver. Every spar was distinct, every reef point on the great sails, and the decks lay like spaces of frost cut by shadows black as ebony.

The moon was above the horizon now, and the Northumberland floated in a river of silver. Every spar was clear, every reef point on the huge sails, and the decks looked like patches of frost marked by shadows as dark as ebony.

As the two men sat without speaking, thinking their own thoughts, a little white figure emerged from the saloon hatch. It was Emmeline. She was a professed sleepwalker—a past mistress of the art.

As the two men sat in silence, lost in their own thoughts, a small white figure appeared from the saloon hatch. It was Emmeline. She was a well-known sleepwalker—a true master of the practice.

Scarcely had she stepped into dreamland than she had lost her precious box, and now she was hunting for it on the decks of the Northumberland.

Scarcely had she stepped into dreamland than she had lost her precious box, and now she was hunting for it on the decks of the Northumberland.

Mr Lestrange put his finger to his lips, took off his shoes and silently followed her. She searched behind a coil of rope, she tried to open the galley door; hither and thither she wandered, wide-eyed and troubled of face, till at last, in the shadow of the hencoop, she found her visionary treasure. Then back she came, holding up her little nightdress with one hand, so as not to trip, and vanished down the saloon companion very hurriedly, as if anxious to get back to bed, her uncle close behind, with one hand outstretched so as to catch her in case she stumbled.

Mr. Lestrange put his finger to his lips, took off his shoes, and quietly followed her. She looked behind a coil of rope and tried to open the galley door; she wandered around, wide-eyed and worried, until finally, in the shadow of the chicken coop, she found her imagined treasure. Then she came back, holding up her little nightdress with one hand to avoid tripping, and quickly disappeared down the saloon stairs, as if eager to get back to bed, with her uncle close behind, reaching out his hand to catch her in case she stumbled.




CHAPTER III

THE SHADOW AND THE FIRE

It was the fourth day of the long calm. An awning had been rigged up on the poop for the passengers, and under it sat Lestrange, trying to read, and the children trying to play. The heat and monotony had reduced even Dicky to just a surly mass, languid in movement as a grub. As for Emmeline, she seemed dazed. The rag-doll lay a yard away from her on the poop deck unnursed; even the wretched box and its whereabouts she seemed to have quite forgotten.

It was the fourth day of the long calm. An awning had been set up on the poop deck for the passengers, and under it sat Lestrange, trying to read, while the kids tried to play. The heat and boredom had turned even Dicky into a grumpy lump, moving as slowly as a slug. As for Emmeline, she looked dazed. The rag doll lay a yard away from her on the deck, neglected; she had even forgotten about the sad box and where it was.

“Daddy!” suddenly cried Dick, who had clambered up, and was looking over the after-rail.

“Dad!” suddenly shouted Dick, who had climbed up and was looking over the back railing.

“What?”

“What’s up?”

“Fish!”

"Fish!"

Lestrange rose to his feet, came aft and looked over the rail.

Lestrange stood up, walked to the back, and looked over the railing.

Down in the vague green of the water something moved, something pale and long—a ghastly form. It vanished; and yet another came, neared the surface, and displayed itself more fully. Lestrange saw its eyes, he saw the dark fin, and the whole hideous length of the creature; a shudder ran through him as he clasped Dicky.

Down in the murky green of the water, something moved, something pale and elongated—a terrifying shape. It disappeared, and then another one approached the surface, revealing itself more clearly. Lestrange caught sight of its eyes, he noticed the dark fin, and the entire grotesque length of the creature; a shiver went through him as he held onto Dicky.

“Ain’t he fine?” said the child. “I guess, daddy, I’d pull him aboard if I had a hook. Why haven’t I a hook, daddy?—why haven’t I a hook, daddy?— Ow, you’re squeezin’ me!”

“Isn’t he great?” said the child. “I guess, dad, I’d pull him aboard if I had a hook. Why don’t I have a hook, dad?—why don’t I have a hook, dad?—Ow, you’re squeezing me!”

Something plucked at Lestrange’s coat: it was Emmeline—she also wanted to look. He lifted her up in his arms; her little pale face peeped over the rail, but there was nothing to see: the forms of terror had vanished, leaving the green depths untroubled and unstained.

Something tugged at Lestrange’s coat: it was Emmeline—she wanted to see too. He picked her up in his arms; her little pale face peeked over the rail, but there was nothing to see: the shapes of fear had disappeared, leaving the green depths calm and untouched.

“What’s they called, daddy?” persisted Dick, as his father took him down from the rail, and led him back to the chair.

“What are they called, daddy?” Dick kept asking as his father lifted him down from the rail and guided him back to the chair.

“Sharks,” said Lestrange, whose face was covered with perspiration.

“Sharks,” said Lestrange, whose face was covered in sweat.

He picked up the book he had been reading—it was a volume of Tennyson—and he sat with it on his knees staring at the white sunlit main-deck barred with the white shadows of the standing rigging.

He picked up the book he had been reading—it was a collection of Tennyson's poetry—and sat with it on his lap, staring at the bright sunlit main deck marked with the white shadows of the standing rigging.

The sea had disclosed to him a vision. Poetry, Philosophy, Beauty, Art, the love and joy of life—was it possible that these should exist in the same world as those?

The sea had revealed to him a vision. Poetry, philosophy, beauty, art—was it possible that these could exist in the same world as those?

He glanced at the book upon his knees, and contrasted the beautiful things in it which he remembered with the terrible things he had just seen, the things that were waiting for their food under the keel of the ship.

He looked at the book on his lap and compared the beautiful things he remembered from it with the awful things he had just witnessed, the things that were lurking for their meal beneath the ship's hull.

It was three bells—half-past three in the afternoon—and the ship’s bell had just rung out. The stewardess appeared to take the children below; and as they vanished down the saloon companion-way Captain Le Farge came aft, on to the poop, and stood for a moment looking over the sea on the port side, where a bank of fog had suddenly appeared like the spectre of a country.

It was three o'clock—half-past three in the afternoon—and the ship’s bell had just rung. The stewardess showed up to take the kids below deck, and as they disappeared down the saloon stairs, Captain Le Farge walked to the back of the ship, onto the poop deck, and paused for a moment to gaze out over the sea on the left side, where a thick fog had suddenly emerged like a ghostly land.

“The sun has dimmed a bit,” said he; “I can a’most look at it. Glass steady enough—there’s a fog coming up—ever seen a Pacific fog?”

“The sun has dimmed a bit,” he said; “I can almost look at it. The glass is steady enough—there’s a fog rolling in—ever seen a Pacific fog?”

“No, never.”

“No way.”

“Well, you won’t want to see another,” replied the mariner, shading his eyes and fixing them upon the sea-line. The sea-line away to starboard had lost somewhat its distinctness, and over the day an almost imperceptible shade had crept.

“Well, you won’t want to see another,” replied the sailor, shielding his eyes and staring at the horizon. The horizon off to the right had become a bit less clear, and throughout the day, an almost undetectable shade had drifted in.

The captain suddenly turned from his contemplation of the sea and sky, raised his head and sniffed.

The captain abruptly shifted his gaze from the sea and sky, lifted his head, and sniffed.

“Something is burning somewhere—smell it? Seems to me like an old mat or summat. It’s that swab of a steward, maybe; if he isn’t breaking glass, he’s upsetting lamps and burning holes in the carpet. Bless my soul, I’d sooner have a dozen Mary Anns an’ their dustpans round the place than one tomfool steward like Jenkins.” He went to the saloon hatch. “Below there!”

“Something's burning somewhere—do you smell it? It feels like it could be an old mat or something. It’s probably that clumsy steward; if he’s not breaking glass, he’s knocking over lamps and burning holes in the carpet. Honestly, I’d rather have a dozen Mary Anns and their dustpans around here than one foolish steward like Jenkins.” He walked over to the saloon hatch. “Hey down there!”

“Ay, ay, sir.”

"Yes, sir."

“What are you burning?”

"What are you burning?"

“I an’t burnin’ northen, sir.”

“I ain't burning anything, sir.”

“Tell you, I smell it!”

“I can smell it!”

“There’s northen burnin’ here, sir.”

“There’s northern burning here, sir.”

“Neither is there, it’s all on deck. Something in the galley, maybe—rags, most likely, they’ve thrown on the fire.”

“There's nothing else; it's all on deck. Maybe something in the galley—probably rags they’ve tossed into the fire.”

“Captain!” said Lestrange.

"Captain!" Lestrange called.

“Ay, ay.”

"Yeah, yeah."

“Come here, please.”

"Please come here."

Le Farge climbed on to the poop.

Le Farge climbed onto the deck.

“I don’t know whether it’s my weakness that’s affecting my eyes, but there seems to me something strange about the main-mast.”

“I’m not sure if it’s my weakness messing with my vision, but there’s definitely something odd about the main mast.”

The main-mast near where it entered the deck, and for some distance up, seemed in motion—a corkscrew movement most strange to watch from the shelter of the awning.

The main mast, close to where it went into the deck and for quite a way up, appeared to be moving—a corkscrew motion that was really odd to see from the cover of the awning.

This apparent movement was caused by a spiral haze of smoke so vague that one could only tell of its existence from the mirage-like tremor of the mast round which it curled.

This apparent movement was caused by a swirling haze of smoke so vague that you could only notice it from the shimmering effect around the mast it wrapped around.

“My God!” cried Le Farge, as he sprang from the poop and rushed forward.

“My God!” yelled Le Farge, as he jumped from the back of the ship and rushed forward.

Lestrange followed him slowly, stopping every moment to clutch the bulwark rail and pant for breath. He heard the shrill bird-like notes of the bosun’s pipe. He saw the hands emerging from the forecastle, like bees out of a hive; he watched them surrounding the main-hatch. He watched the tarpaulin and locking-bars removed. He saw the hatch opened, and a burst of smoke—black, villainous smoke—ascend to the sky, solid as a plume in the windless air.

Lestrange followed him slowly, stopping every few moments to grab the railing and catch his breath. He heard the sharp, bird-like notes of the bosun's pipe. He saw hands coming out of the forecastle, like bees from a hive; he watched them gather around the main hatch. He watched as they took off the tarpaulin and locking bars. He saw the hatch open, and a cloud of smoke—thick, foul smoke—rise into the sky, solid as a plume in the still air.

Lestrange was a man of a highly nervous temperament, and it is just this sort of man who keeps his head in an emergency, whilst your level-headed, phlegmatic individual loses his balance. His first thought was of the children, his second of the boats.

Lestrange was a man with a very anxious personality, and it's exactly this type of person who stays calm in a crisis, while the more composed, unemotional person loses their cool. His first thought was of the kids, and his second was of the boats.

In the battering off Cape Horn the Northumberland lost several of her boats. There were left the long-boat, a quarter-boat, and the dinghy. He heard Le Farge’s voice ordering the hatch to be closed and the pumps manned, so as to flood the hold; and, knowing that he could do nothing on deck, he made as swiftly as he could for the saloon companion-way.

In the rough seas off Cape Horn, the Northumberland lost several of its boats. The long-boat, a quarter-boat, and the dinghy remained. He heard Le Farge’s voice instructing to close the hatch and man the pumps to flood the hold. Realizing he couldn’t do anything on deck, he hurried as quickly as he could toward the saloon companionway.

Mrs Stannard was just coming out of the children’s cabin.

Mrs. Stannard was just stepping out of the kids' cabin.

“Are the children lying down, Mrs Stannard?” asked Lestrange, almost breathless from the excitement and exertion of the last few minutes.

“Are the kids lying down, Mrs. Stannard?” asked Lestrange, almost breathless from the excitement and effort of the last few minutes.

The woman glanced at him with frightened eyes. He looked like the very herald of disaster.

The woman looked at him with scared eyes. He seemed like the very messenger of trouble.

“For if they are, and you have undressed them, then you must put their clothes on again. The ship is on fire, Mrs Stannard.”

“For if they are, and you’ve taken off their clothes, then you need to dress them again. The ship is on fire, Mrs. Stannard.”

“Good God, sir!”

“Oh my God, sir!”

“Listen!” said Lestrange.

“Listen!” Lestrange said.

From a distance, thin, and dreary as the crying of sea-gulls on a desolate beach, came the clanking of the pumps.

From far away, faint and bleak like the cries of seagulls on an empty beach, came the clanking of the pumps.




CHAPTER IV

AND LIKE A DREAM DISSOLVED

Before the woman had time to speak a thunderous step was heard on the companion stairs, and Le Farge broke into the saloon. The man’s face was injected with blood, his eyes were fixed and glassy like the eyes of a drunkard, and the veins stood on his temples like twisted cords.

Before the woman could say anything, a loud step echoed on the companion stairs, and Le Farge burst into the saloon. The man's face was flushed, his eyes were glassy and unfocused like those of a drunk, and the veins on his temples bulged like twisted ropes.

“Get those children ready!” he shouted, as he rushed into his own cabin. “Get you all ready—boats are being swung out and victualled. H--l! where are those papers?”

“Get those kids ready!” he shouted, as he hurried into his own cabin. “Get all of you ready—boats are being lowered and stocked with supplies. Damn it! Where are those papers?”

They heard him furiously searching and collecting things in his cabin—the ship’s papers, accounts, things the master mariner clings to as he clings to his life; and as he searched, and found, and packed, he kept bellowing orders for the children to be got on deck. Half mad he seemed, and half mad he was with the knowledge of the terrible thing that was stowed amidst the cargo.

They heard him frantically rummaging and gathering items in his cabin—the ship’s documents, records, things the captain holds onto as tightly as he holds onto his life; and as he searched, found, and packed, he kept yelling orders for the kids to get on deck. He seemed half-crazy, and he was half-crazy with the awareness of the awful thing hidden among the cargo.

Up on deck the crew, under the direction of the first mate, were working in an orderly manner, and with a will, utterly unconscious of there being anything beneath their feet but an ordinary cargo on fire. The covers had been stripped from the boats, kegs of water and bags of biscuit placed in them. The dinghy, smallest of the boats and most easily got away, was hanging at the port quarter-boat davits flush with the bulwarks; and Paddy Button was in the act of stowing a keg of water in her, when Le Farge broke on to the deck, followed by the stewardess carrying Emmeline, and Mr Lestrange leading Dick. The dinghy was rather a larger boat than the ordinary ships’ dinghy, and possessed a small mast and long sail. Two sailors stood ready to man the falls, and Paddy Button was just turning to trundle forward again when the captain seized him.

Up on deck, the crew, led by the first mate, were working efficiently and with purpose, completely unaware that beneath them lay an ordinary cargo on fire. The covers had been taken off the boats, and kegs of water and bags of biscuits were placed inside them. The dinghy, the smallest and easiest to launch, was hanging at the port quarter-boat davits level with the bulwarks, and Paddy Button was in the process of stowing a keg of water in it when Le Farge burst onto the deck, followed by the stewardess carrying Emmeline, and Mr. Lestrange leading Dick. The dinghy was slightly larger than typical ships’ dinghies, equipped with a small mast and a long sail. Two sailors stood ready to operate the falls, and Paddy Button was just about to move forward again when the captain grabbed him.

“Into the dinghy with you,” he cried, “and row these children and the passenger out a mile from the ship—two miles—three miles—make an offing.”

“Get into the dinghy,” he shouted, “and row these kids and the passenger a mile away from the ship—two miles—three miles—get some distance.”

“Sure, Captain dear, I’ve left me fiddle in the——”

“Sure, Captain dear, I’ve left my fiddle in the——”

Le Farge dropped the bundle of things he was holding under his left arm, seized the old sailor and rushed him against the bulwarks, as if he meant to fling him into the sea through the bulwarks.

Le Farge dropped the bundle of stuff he was holding under his left arm, grabbed the old sailor, and shoved him against the side of the ship, as if he planned to throw him into the sea through the railing.

Next moment Mr Button was in the boat. Emmeline was handed to him, pale of face and wide-eyed, and clasping something wrapped in a little shawl; then Dick, and then Mr Lestrange was helped over.

Next moment Mr. Button was in the boat. Emmeline was handed to him, pale-faced and wide-eyed, and holding something wrapped in a small shawl; then Dick, and then Mr. Lestrange was helped over.

“No room for more!” cried Le Farge. “Your place will be in the long-boat, Mrs Stannard, if we have to leave the ship. Lower away, lower away!”

“No room for more!” shouted Le Farge. “You’ll have to go in the lifeboat, Mrs. Stannard, if we have to abandon the ship. Lower it down, lower it down!”

The boat sank towards the smooth blue sea, kissed it and was afloat.

The boat sank into the calm blue sea, touched it, and then stayed afloat.

Now Mr Button, before joining the ship at Boston, had spent a good while lingering by the quay, having no money wherewith to enjoy himself in a tavern. He had seen something of the lading of the Northumberland, and heard more from a stevedore. No sooner had he cast off the falls and seized the oars, than his knowledge awoke in his mind, living and lurid. He gave a whoop that brought the two sailors leaning over the side.

Now Mr. Button, before boarding the ship in Boston, had spent quite a bit of time hanging around the dock since he didn’t have any money to enjoy himself at a tavern. He had gotten a glimpse of the cargo of the Northumberland and heard even more from a dockworker. As soon as he let go of the lines and grabbed the oars, his knowledge came to life in his mind, vivid and intense. He let out a shout that drew the attention of the two sailors leaning over the side.

“Bullies!”

“Bullies!”

“Ay, ay!”

"Yes, yes!"

“Run for your lives—I’ve just rimimbered—there’s two bar’ls of blastin’ powther in the hould!”

“Run for your lives—I just remembered—there are two barrels of blasting powder in the hold!”

Then he bent to his oars, as no man ever bent before.

Then he leaned into his oars like no one ever has before.

Lestrange, sitting in the stern-sheets clasping Emmeline and Dick, saw nothing for a moment after hearing these words. The children, who knew nothing of blasting powder or its effects, though half frightened by all the bustle and excitement, were still amused and pleased at finding themselves in the little boat so close to the blue pretty sea.

Lestrange, sitting in the back of the boat with Emmeline and Dick, didn’t see anything for a moment after hearing those words. The kids, unaware of explosives or what they could do, were a bit scared by all the commotion and excitement, but still delighted to be in the little boat so close to the beautiful blue sea.

Dick put his finger over the side, so that it made a ripple in the water (the most delightful experience of childhood). Emmeline, with one hand clasped in her uncle’s, watched Mr Button with a grave sort of half pleasure.

Dick put his finger over the side, creating a ripple in the water (the most delightful experience of childhood). Emmeline, holding her uncle’s hand, watched Mr. Button with a serious kind of half-pleasure.

He certainly was a sight worth watching. His soul was filled with tragedy and terror. His Celtic imagination heard the ship blowing up, saw himself and the little dinghy blown to pieces—nay, saw himself in hell, being toasted by “divils.”

He was definitely a sight to see. His soul was filled with tragedy and fear. His Celtic imagination heard the ship exploding, saw himself and the little dinghy being blown apart—no, saw himself in hell, being toasted by “devils.”

But tragedy and terror could find no room for expression on his fortunate or unfortunate face. He puffed and he blew, bulging his cheeks out at the sky as he tugged at the oars, making a hundred and one grimaces—all the outcome of agony of mind, but none expressing it. Behind lay the ship, a picture not without its lighter side. The long-boat and the quarter-boat, lowered with a rush and seaborne by the mercy of Providence, were floating by the side of the Northumberland.

But tragedy and terror had no place to show on his fortunate or unfortunate face. He pouted and blew, puffing out his cheeks toward the sky as he pulled on the oars, making a hundred different grimaces—all a result of his mental anguish, but none actually showing it. Behind him was the ship, which wasn’t without its lighter moments. The long-boat and the quarter-boat, dropped quickly and carried away by the grace of Providence, were floating alongside the Northumberland.

From the ship men were casting themselves overboard like water-rats, swimming in the water like ducks, scrambling on board the boats anyhow.

From the ship, men were jumping overboard like water rats, swimming in the water like ducks, and clambering onto the boats any way they could.

From the half-opened main-hatch the black smoke, mixed now with sparks, rose steadily and swiftly and spitefully, as if driven through the half-closed teeth of a dragon.

From the partially open main hatch, the black smoke, now mixed with sparks, rose steadily and quickly, almost maliciously, as if pushed through the half-closed teeth of a dragon.

A mile away beyond the Northumberland stood the fog bank. It looked solid, like a vast country that had suddenly and strangely built itself on the sea—a country where no birds sang and no trees grew. A country with white, precipitous cliffs, solid to look at as the cliffs of Dover.

A mile away beyond the Northumberland stood the fog bank. It looked solid, like a vast land that had suddenly and oddly formed on the sea—a land where no birds sang and no trees grew. A land with white, steep cliffs, solid-looking like the cliffs of Dover.

“I’m spint!” suddenly gasped the oarsman, resting the oar handles under the crook of his knees, and bending down as if he was preparing to butt at the passengers in the stern-sheets. “Blow up or blow down, I’m spint—don’t ax me, I’m spint!”

“I’m spent!” suddenly gasped the oarsman, resting the oar handles under the crook of his knees and bending down as if he was getting ready to charge at the passengers in the back. “Blow up or blow down, I’m spent—don’t ask me, I’m spent!”

Mr Lestrange, white as a ghost, but recovered somewhat from his first horror, gave the Spent One time to recover himself and turned to look at the ship. She seemed a great distance off, and the boats, well away from her, were making at a furious pace towards the dinghy. Dick was still playing with the water, but Emmeline’s eyes were entirely occupied with Paddy Button. New things were always of vast interest to her contemplative mind, and these evolutions of her old friend were eminently new.

Mr. Lestrange, as pale as a ghost but a little less shocked than before, gave the Spent One some time to collect himself and turned to look at the ship. It seemed very far away, and the boats, having distanced themselves from it, were speeding towards the dinghy. Dick was still splashing in the water, but Emmeline's gaze was completely focused on Paddy Button. New things always captivated her thoughtful mind, and her old friend's antics were particularly fascinating.

She had seen him swilling the decks, she had seen him dancing a jig, she had seen him going round the main deck on all fours with Dick on his back, but she had never seen him going on like this before.

She had seen him mopping the decks, she had seen him dancing a jig, she had seen him crawling around the main deck on all fours with Dick on his back, but she had never seen him acting like this before.

She perceived now that he was exhausted, and in trouble about something, and, putting her hand in the pocket of her dress, she searched for something that she knew was there. She produced a Tangerine orange, and leaning forward she touched the Spent One’s head with it.

She realized now that he was worn out and worried about something, and, reaching into the pocket of her dress, she looked for something that she knew was there. She pulled out a tangerine and leaned forward to touch the tired man's head with it.

Mr Button raised his head, stared vacantly for a second, saw the proffered orange, and at the sight of it the thought of “the childer” and their innocence, himself and the blasting powder, cleared his dazzled wits, and he took to the sculls again.

Mr. Button lifted his head, stared blankly for a moment, noticed the offered orange, and at the sight of it, the thought of "the kids" and their innocence, along with himself and the blasting powder, cleared his foggy mind, and he started rowing again.

“Daddy,” said Dick, who had been looking astern, “there’s clouds near the ship.”

“Dad,” said Dick, who had been looking back, “there are clouds near the ship.”

In an incredibly short space of time the solid cliffs of fog had broken. The faint wind that had banked it had pierced it, and was now making pictures and devices of it, most wonderful and weird to see. Horsemen of the mist rode on the water, and were dissolved; billows rolled on the sea, yet were not of the sea; blankets and spirals of vapour ascended to high heaven. And all with a terrible languor of movement. Vast and lazy and sinister, yet steadfast of purpose as Fate or Death, the fog advanced, taking the world for its own.

In no time at all, the thick fog had started to clear. A gentle breeze that had gathered it broke through, creating stunning and strange shapes. Figures of horsemen appeared in the mist above the water, only to vanish; waves surged on the sea, yet seemed disconnected from it; layers and swirls of vapor rose up into the sky. Everything moved with a heavy sluggishness. Huge, lazy, and ominous, yet determined like Fate or Death, the fog pushed forward, claiming the world as its own.

Against this grey and indescribably sombre background stood the smouldering ship with the breeze already shivering in her sails, and the smoke from her main-hatch blowing and beckoning as if to the retreating boats.

Against this gray and endlessly gloomy backdrop stood the smoldering ship, the breeze already rustling in her sails, and the smoke from her main hatch blowing and waving as if signaling to the retreating boats.

“Why’s the ship smoking like that?” asked Dick. “And look at those boats coming—when are we going back, daddy?”

“Why is the ship smoking like that?” asked Dick. “And look at those boats coming—when are we heading back, Dad?”

“Uncle,” said Emmeline, putting her hand in his, as she gazed towards the ship and beyond it, “I’m ’fraid.”

“Uncle,” said Emmeline, taking his hand as she looked towards the ship and past it, “I’m scared.”

“What frightens you, Emmy?” he asked, drawing her to him.

“What scares you, Emmy?” he asked, pulling her close.

“Shapes,” replied Emmeline, nestling up to his side.

“Shapes,” replied Emmeline, snuggling up to his side.

“Oh, Glory be to God!” gasped the old sailor, suddenly resting on his oars. “Will yiz look at the fog that’s comin’—”

“Oh, glory be to God!” gasped the old sailor, suddenly stopping his rowing. “Will you look at the fog that’s coming—”

“I think we had better wait here for the boats,” said Mr Lestrange; “we are far enough now to be safe if—anything happens.”

“I think we should wait here for the boats,” said Mr. Lestrange; “we're far enough now to be safe if—something happens.”

“Ay, ay,” replied the oarsman, whose wits had returned. “Blow up or blow down, she won’t hit us from here.”

“Ay, ay,” replied the oarsman, whose wits had come back to him. “Whether it blows up or down, it won’t hit us from here.”

“Daddy,” said Dick, “when are we going back? I want my tea.”

“Dad,” said Dick, “when are we going back? I want my tea.”

“We aren’t going back, my child,” replied his father. “The ship’s on fire; we are waiting for another ship.”

“We’re not going back, kid,” his father said. “The ship's on fire; we’re waiting for another one.”

“Where’s the other ship?” asked the child, looking round at the horizon that was clear.

“Where’s the other ship?” the child asked, glancing around at the clear horizon.

“We can’t see it yet,” replied the unhappy man, “but it will come.”

“We can’t see it yet,” said the unhappy man, “but it will come.”

The long-boat and the quarter-boat were slowly approaching. They looked like beetles crawling over the water, and after them across the glittering surface came a dullness that took the sparkle from the sea—a dullness that swept and spread like an eclipse shadow.

The long boat and the smaller boat were slowly getting closer. They resembled beetles crawling over the water, and trailing behind them was a flatness that dimmed the brightness of the sea—a flatness that moved and spread like the shadow of an eclipse.

Now the wind struck the dinghy. It was like a wind from fairyland, almost imperceptible, chill, and dimming the sun. A wind from Lilliput. As it struck the dinghy, the fog took the distant ship.

Now the wind hit the dinghy. It was like a breeze from a fairy tale, almost unnoticeable, chilly, and dimming the sunlight. A wind from Lilliput. As it hit the dinghy, the fog enveloped the distant ship.

It was a most extraordinary sight, for in less than thirty seconds the ship of wood became a ship of gauze, a tracery—flickered, and was gone forever from the sight of man.

It was an incredible sight, as in less than thirty seconds the wooden ship turned into a ship of gauze, a delicate pattern—flickered, and vanished forever from human view.




CHAPTER V

VOICES HEARD IN THE MIST

The sun became fainter still, and vanished. Though the air round the dinghy seemed quite clear, the on-coming boats were hazy and dim, and that part of the horizon that had been fairly clear was now blotted out.

The sun grew fainter and then disappeared. Even though the air around the dinghy felt clear, the approaching boats appeared hazy and blurry, and the part of the horizon that had been relatively clear was now obscured.

The long-boat was leading by a good way. When she was within hailing distance the captain’s voice came.

The longboat was well ahead. When it got within shouting distance, the captain's voice called out.

“Dinghy ahoy!”

“Dinghy ahead!”

“Ahoy!”

"Hey!"

“Fetch alongside here!”

"Come over here!"

The long-boat ceased rowing to wait for the quarter-boat that was slowly creeping up. She was a heavy boat to pull at all times, and now she was overloaded.

The longboat stopped rowing to wait for the smaller boat that was slowly making its way up. It was always a heavy boat to row, and now it was overloaded.

The wrath of Captain Le Farge with Paddy Button for the way he had stampeded the crew was profound, but he had not time to give vent to it.

The anger of Captain Le Farge toward Paddy Button for how he had panicked the crew was intense, but he didn't have time to express it.

“Here, get aboard us, Mr Lestrange!” said he, when the dinghy was alongside; “we have room for one. Mrs Stannard is in the quarter-boat, and it’s overcrowded; she’s better aboard the dinghy, for she can look after the kids. Come, hurry up, the smother is coming down on us fast. Ahoy!”—to the quarter-boat—“hurry up, hurry up!”

“Here, get on board with us, Mr. Lestrange!” he said when the dinghy was next to them; “we have room for one. Mrs. Stannard is in the quarter-boat, and it’s overcrowded; she’s better off in the dinghy so she can take care of the kids. Come on, hurry up, the fog is rolling in fast. Hey!”—to the quarter-boat—“hurry up, hurry up!”

The quarter-boat had suddenly vanished.

The lifeboat had suddenly vanished.

Mr Lestrange climbed into the long-boat. Paddy pushed the dinghy a few yards away with the tip of a scull, and then lay on his oars waiting.

Mr. Lestrange climbed into the lifeboat. Paddy pushed the dinghy a few yards away with the tip of an oar, and then rested on his oars, waiting.

“Ahoy! ahoy!” cried Le Farge.

“Hey! hey!” cried Le Farge.

“Ahoy!” came from the fog bank.

“Hey!” came from the fog bank.

Next moment the long-boat and the dinghy vanished from each other’s sight: the great fog bank had taken them.

Next moment, the longboat and the dinghy disappeared from each other’s view: the thick fog had swallowed them up.

Now a couple of strokes of the port scull would have brought Mr Button alongside the long-boat, so close was he; but the quarter-boat was in his mind, or rather imagination, so what must he do but take three powerful strokes in the direction in which he fancied the quarter-boat to be.

Now, a couple of strokes of the port oar would have brought Mr. Button alongside the lifeboat, he was that close; but he had the quarter-boat on his mind, or rather, in his imagination, so he decided to take three strong strokes in the direction he thought the quarter-boat was.

The rest was voices.

The rest was just voices.

“Dinghy ahoy!”

“Dinghy, coming through!”

“Ahoy!”

“Hey!”

“Ahoy!”

"Hey!"

“Don’t be shoutin’ together, or I’ll not know which way to pull. Quarter-boat ahoy! where are yiz?”

“Don’t shout all at once, or I won’t know which way to go. Quarter-boat, hey! Where are you all?”

“Port your helm!”

"Turn your steering wheel!"

“Ay, ay!”—putting his helm, so to speak, to starboard—“I’ll be wid yiz in wan minute—two or three minutes’ hard pulling.”

“Ay, ay!”—turning his helm, so to speak, to the right—“I’ll be with you in one minute—two or three minutes of hard pulling.”

“Ahoy!”—much more faint.

"Hey!"—much more faint.

“What d’ye mane rowin’ away from me?”—a dozen strokes.

“What do you mean rowing away from me?”—a dozen strokes.

“Ahoy!”—fainter still.

“Hey!”—fainter still.

Mr Button rested on his oars.

Mr. Button stopped rowing.

“Divil mend them—I b’lave that was the long-boat shoutin’.”

“Damn them—I believe that was the long-boat shouting.”

He took to his oars again and pulled vigorously.

He picked up his oars again and rowed vigorously.

“Paddy,” came Dick’s small voice, apparently from nowhere, “where are we now?”

“Paddy,” came Dick’s quiet voice, seemingly from nowhere, “where are we now?”

“Sure, we’re in a fog; where else would we be? Don’t you be affeared.”

“Sure, we’re in a fog; where else would we be? Don’t be scared.”

“I ain’t affeared, but Em’s shivering.”

“I’m not scared, but Em’s shaking.”

“Give her me coat,” said the oarsman, resting on his oars and taking it off. “Wrap it round her; and when it’s round her we’ll all let one big halloo together. There’s an ould shawl som’er in the boat, but I can’t be after lookin’ for it now.”

“Give me her coat,” said the oarsman, pausing on his oars and taking it off. “Wrap it around her; and when it’s around her we’ll all shout together. There’s an old shawl somewhere in the boat, but I can’t look for it right now.”

He held out the coat and an almost invisible hand took it; at the same moment a tremendous report shook the sea and sky.

He extended the coat, and a nearly invisible hand grabbed it; at that instant, a loud blast rattled the sea and sky.

“There she goes,” said Mr Button; “an’ me old fiddle an’ all. Don’t be frightened, childer; it’s only a gun they’re firin’ for divarsion. Now we’ll all halloo togither—are yiz ready?”

“There she goes,” said Mr. Button, “and my old fiddle too. Don’t be scared, kids; it’s just a gun they’re firing for fun. Now let’s all shout together—are you ready?”

“Ay, ay,” said Dick, who was a picker-up of sea terms.

“Ay, ay,” said Dick, who knew a bit about nautical lingo.

“Halloo!” yelled Pat.

"Hello!" yelled Pat.

“Halloo! Halloo!” piped Dick and Emmeline.

“Hello! Hello!” called Dick and Emmeline.

A faint reply came, but from where, it was difficult to say. The old man rowed a few strokes and then paused on his oars. So still was the surface of the sea that the chuckling of the water at the boat’s bow as she drove forward under the impetus of the last powerful stroke could be heard distinctly. It died out as she lost way, and silence closed round them like a ring.

A faint response came, but it was hard to tell from where. The old man rowed a few strokes and then stopped on his oars. The surface of the sea was so calm that the gentle splashing of the water at the front of the boat, as it moved forward from the last strong stroke, could be clearly heard. It faded away as the boat slowed down, and silence surrounded them like a circle.

The light from above, a light that seemed to come through a vast scuttle of deeply-muffed glass, faint though it was, almost to extinction, still varied as the little boat floated through the strata of the mist.

The light from above, which seemed to filter through a large skylight of thick glass, faint as it was, nearly to the point of disappearing, still changed as the small boat drifted through the layers of fog.

A great sea fog is not homogeneous—its density varies: it is honeycombed with streets, it has its caves of clear air, its cliffs of solid vapour, all shifting and changing place with the subtlety of legerdemain. It has also this wizard peculiarity, that it grows with the sinking of the sun and the approach of darkness.

A thick sea fog isn't uniform—its density changes: it's filled with passages, it has pockets of clear air, its walls of dense vapor, all shifting and changing position with a magician's finesse. It also has this magical quality, that it thickens as the sun sets and night falls.

The sun, could they have seen it, was now leaving the horizon.

The sun, if they could have seen it, was now setting on the horizon.

They called again. Then they waited, but there was no response.

They called again. Then they waited, but there was no answer.

“There’s no use bawlin’ like bulls to chaps that’s deaf as adders,” said the old sailor, shipping his oars; immediately upon which declaration he gave another shout, with the same result as far as eliciting a reply.

“There's no point in yelling like bulls to guys who are as deaf as doorknobs,” said the old sailor, putting away his oars; right after that, he shouted again, with the same outcome when it came to getting a response.

“Mr Button!” came Emmeline’s voice.

“Mr. Button!” came Emmeline's voice.

“What is it, honey?”

“What’s up, honey?”

“I’m—m—’fraid.”

"I’m afraid."

“You wait wan minit till I find the shawl—here it is, by the same token!—an’ I’ll wrap you up in it.”

“You wait one minute while I find the shawl—here it is, just like that!—and I’ll wrap you up in it.”

He crept cautiously aft to the stern-sheets and took Emmeline in his arms.

He quietly moved to the back of the boat and picked Emmeline up in his arms.

“Don’t want the shawl,” said Emmeline; “I’m not so much afraid in your coat.” The rough, tobacco-smelling old coat gave her courage somehow.

“Don’t want the shawl,” said Emmeline; “I’m not so scared in your coat.” The rough, tobacco-smelling old coat somehow made her feel more brave.

“Well, thin, keep it on. Dicky, are you cowld?”

“Well, if you’re thin, keep it on. Dicky, are you cold?”

“I’ve got into daddy’s great-coat; he left it behind him.”

“I've put on dad's great coat; he left it behind.”

“Well, thin, I’ll put the shawl round me own shoulders, for it’s cowld I am. Are y’ hungry, childer?”

“Well, then, I’ll put the shawl around my own shoulders, because I’m cold. Are you hungry, kids?”

“No,” said Dick, “but I’m drefful—Hi—yow——”

“No,” said Dick, “but I’m really—Hi—ow——”

“Slapy, is it? Well, down you get in the bottom of the boat, and here’s the shawl for a pilla. I’ll be rowin’ again in a minit to keep meself warm.”

“Slapy, is it? Well, get down in the bottom of the boat, and here’s the shawl for a pillow. I’ll be rowing again in a minute to keep myself warm.”

He buttoned the top button of the coat.

He fastened the top button of the coat.

“I’m a’right,” murmured Emmeline in a dreamy voice.

“I’m alright,” murmured Emmeline in a dreamy voice.

“Shut your eyes tight,” replied Mr Button, “or Billy Winker will be dridgin’ sand in them.

“Close your eyes tightly,” Mr. Button replied, “or Billy Winker will be pouring sand in them.”

“‘Shoheen, shoheen, shoheen, shoheen,
Sho—hu—lo, sho—hu—lo.
Shoheen, shoheen, shoheen, shoheen,
Hush a by the babby O.’”

“‘Shoheen, shoheen, shoheen, shoheen,
Sho—hu—lo, sho—hu—lo.
Shoheen, shoheen, shoheen, shoheen,
Hush a baby O.’”

It was the tag of an old nursery folk-song they sing in the hovels of the Achill coast fixed in his memory, along with the rain and the wind and the smell of the burning turf, and the grunting of the pig and the knickety-knock of a rocking cradle.

It was the refrain of an old nursery rhyme they sing in the shanties along the Achill coast stuck in his mind, along with the rain and the wind and the smell of the burning turf, the grunting of the pig, and the rhythmic creaking of a rocking cradle.

“She’s off,” murmured Mr Button to himself, as the form in his arms relaxed. Then he laid her gently down beside Dick. He shifted forward, moving like a crab. Then he put his hand to his pocket for his pipe and tobacco and tinder box. They were in his coat pocket, but Emmeline was in his coat. To search for them would be to awaken her.

“She’s gone,” Mr. Button whispered to himself as the figure in his arms became limp. He then carefully placed her down next to Dick. He inched forward, moving like a crab. Then, he reached into his pocket for his pipe, tobacco, and tinderbox. They were in his coat pocket, but Emmeline was in his coat. Looking for them would mean waking her up.

The darkness of night was now adding itself to the blindness of the fog. The oarsman could not see even the thole pins. He sat adrift mind and body. He was, to use his own expression, “moithered.” Haunted by the mist, tormented by “shapes.”

The darkness of night was now mixing with the blindness of the fog. The rower couldn't even see the thole pins. He sat there, lost both in mind and body. He was, in his own words, “confused.” Haunted by the mist, tormented by “shadows.”

It was just in a fog like this that the Merrows could be heard disporting in Dunbeg bay, and off the Achill coast. Sporting and laughing, and hallooing through the mist, to lead unfortunate fishermen astray.

It was in fog like this that the Merrows could be heard playing in Dunbeg bay and off the Achill coast. They were having fun, laughing, and calling out through the mist, trying to mislead unfortunate fishermen.

Merrows are not altogether evil, but they have green hair and teeth, fishes’ tails and fins for arms; and to hear them walloping in the water around you like salmon, and you alone in a small boat, with the dread of one coming floundering on board, is enough to turn a man’s hair grey.

Merrows aren't completely evil, but they have green hair and teeth, fish tails and fins for arms; hearing them splashing around you like salmon while you’re alone in a small boat, fearing one might come flopping on board, is enough to make a man go gray.

For a moment he thought of awakening the children to keep him company, but he was ashamed. Then he took to the sculls again, and rowed “by the feel of the water.” The creak of the oars was like a companion’s voice, the exercise lulled his fears. Now and again, forgetful of the sleeping children, he gave a halloo, and paused to listen. But no answer came.

For a moment, he considered waking the kids to keep him company, but he felt embarrassed. So, he picked up the oars again and rowed “by the feel of the water.” The creaking of the oars was like a friend’s voice, and the physical effort calmed his fears. Every now and then, forgetting about the sleeping kids, he called out, pausing to listen. But there was no response.

Then he continued rowing, long, steady, laborious strokes, each taking him further and further from the boats that he was never destined to sight again.

Then he kept rowing, making long, steady, hard strokes, each one taking him farther and farther away from the boats that he would never see again.




CHAPTER VI

DAWN ON A WIDE, WIDE SEA

“Is it aslape I’ve been?” said Mr Button, suddenly awaking with a start.

“Have I been asleep?” Mr. Button said, suddenly waking up with a jolt.

He had shipped his oars just for a minute’s rest. He must have slept for hours, for now, behold! a warm, gentle wind was blowing, the moon was shining, and the fog was gone.

He had put his oars away just for a quick break. He must have slept for hours because now, look! A warm, gentle wind was blowing, the moon was shining, and the fog had lifted.

“Is it dhraming I’ve been?” continued the awakened one. “Where am I at all, at all? O musha! sure, here I am. O wirra! wirra! I dreamt I’d gone aslape on the main-hatch and the ship was blown up with powther, and it’s all come true.”

“Have I been dreaming?” continued the one who had woken up. “Where am I? Oh dear! Here I am. Oh no! I dreamt I had fallen asleep on the main hatch and the ship blew up with gunpowder, and it all came true.”

“Mr Button!” came a small voice from the stern-sheets (Emmeline’s).

“Mr. Button!” a small voice called from the back (Emmeline’s).

“What is it, honey?”

“What’s wrong, honey?”

“Where are we now?”

"Where are we at now?"

“Sure, we’re afloat on the say, acushla; where else would we be?”

“Sure, we’re out on the water, sweetheart; where else would we be?”

“Where’s uncle?”

“Where's Uncle?”

“He’s beyant there in the long-boat—he’ll be afther us in a minit.”

"He's over there in the lifeboat—he'll be after us in a minute."

“I want a drink.”

"I'd like a drink."

He filled a tin pannikin that was by the beaker of water, and gave her a drink. Then he took his pipe and tobacco from his coat pocket.

He filled a tin cup that was next to the water pitcher and gave her a drink. Then he took his pipe and tobacco from his coat pocket.

She almost immediately fell asleep again beside Dick, who had not stirred or moved; and the old sailor, standing up and steadying himself, cast his eyes round the horizon. Not a sign of sail or boat was there on all the moonlit sea.

She quickly fell asleep again next to Dick, who hadn’t moved at all; and the old sailor, standing up and steadying himself, looked out at the horizon. There was no sign of a sail or boat anywhere on the moonlit sea.

From the low elevation of an open boat one has a very small horizon, and in the vague world of moonlight somewhere round about it was possible that the boats might be near enough to show up at daybreak.

From the low height of an open boat, the horizon feels very limited, and in the hazy moonlit world, it was possible that the boats might be close enough to be seen at daybreak.

But open boats a few miles apart may be separated by long leagues in the course of a few hours. Nothing is more mysterious than the currents of the sea.

But open boats just a few miles apart can be separated by long distances in just a few hours. Nothing is more mysterious than the ocean's currents.

The ocean is an ocean of rivers, some swiftly flowing, some slow, and a league from where you are drifting at the rate of a mile an hour another boat may be drifting two.

The ocean is a vast network of rivers, some moving quickly, some slowly, and a mile from where you are drifting at a speed of one mile per hour, another boat might be drifting at two.

A slight warm breeze was frosting the water, blending moonshine and star shimmer; the ocean lay like a lake, yet the nearest mainland was perhaps a thousand miles away.

A light warm breeze was gently rippling the water, mixing moonlight and starlight; the ocean appeared calm like a lake, even though the nearest land was probably about a thousand miles away.

The thoughts of youth may be long, long thoughts, but not longer than the thoughts of this old sailor man smoking his pipe under the stars. Thoughts as long as the world is round. Blazing bar rooms in Callao—harbours over whose oily surfaces the sampans slipped like water-beetles—the lights of Macao—the docks of London. Scarcely ever a sea picture, pure and simple, for why should an old seaman care to think about the sea, where life is all into the fo’cs’le and out again, where one voyage blends and jumbles with another, where after forty-five years of reefing topsails you can’t well remember off which ship it was Jack Rafferty fell overboard, or who it was killed who in the fo’cs’le of what, though you can still see, as in a mirror darkly, the fight, and the bloody face over which a man is holding a kerosene lamp.

The thoughts of youth can be deep and far-reaching, but they're not deeper than the thoughts of this old sailor smoking his pipe under the stars. Thoughts as vast as the world itself. The lively bars in Callao—harbors where the sampans glide like water beetles over the oily water—the lights of Macao—the docks of London. Hardly ever just a simple sea image, because why would an old seaman want to dwell on the sea, where life is all about the fo'c'sle and back again, where one voyage blurs together with another, and after forty-five years of handling topsails, you can hardly remember which ship Jack Rafferty fell overboard from, or who killed who in the fo’c'sle of which, even though you can still vaguely see, like in a dark mirror, the fight and the bloodied face of a man holding a kerosene lamp.

I doubt if Paddy Button could have told you the name of the first ship he ever sailed in. If you had asked him, he would probably have replied: “I disremimber; it was to the Baltic, and cruel cowld weather, and I was say-sick—till I near brought me boots up; and it was ‘O for ould Ireland!’ I was cryin’ all the time, an’ the captin dhrummin me back with a rope’s end to the tune uv it—but the name of the hooker—I disremimber—bad luck to her, whoever she was!”

I doubt Paddy Button could have told you the name of the first ship he ever sailed on. If you had asked him, he probably would have said, “I can’t remember; it was to the Baltic, and it was really cold, and I was seasick—almost threw up my boots; and I kept crying, ‘Oh, for old Ireland!’ the whole time, while the captain was hitting me back with a rope to the tune of it—but the name of the ship—I don’t remember—bad luck to her, whoever she was!”

So he sat smoking his pipe, whilst the candles of heaven burned above him, and calling to mind roaring drunken scenes and palm-shadowed harbours, and the men and the women he had known—such men and such women! The derelicts of the earth and the ocean. Then he nodded off to sleep again, and when he awoke the moon had gone.

So he sat smoking his pipe, while the stars lit up the sky above him, remembering wild drunken nights and palm-lined harbors, and the men and women he had met—such unforgettable people! The outcasts of the earth and the sea. Then he dozed off again, and when he woke up, the moon was gone.

Now in the eastern sky might have been seen a pale fan of light, vague as the wing of an ephemera. It vanished and changed back to darkness.

Now in the eastern sky, a faint beam of light could be seen, as subtle as the wing of a mayfly. It disappeared and faded back into darkness.

Presently, and almost at a stroke, a pencil of fire ruled a line along the eastern horizon, and the eastern sky became more beautiful than a rose leaf plucked in May. The line of fire contracted into one increasing spot, the rim of the rising sun.

Right now, suddenly, a bright line of fire cut across the eastern horizon, making the eastern sky more beautiful than a rose leaf picked in May. The line of fire shrank into one growing point, the edge of the rising sun.

As the light increased the sky above became of a blue impossible to imagine unless seen, a wan blue, yet living and sparkling as if born of the impalpable dust of sapphires. Then the whole sea flashed like the harp of Apollo touched by the fingers of the god. The light was music to the soul. It was day.

As the light grew, the sky turned a shade of blue you can’t quite picture unless you see it—it's a soft blue, yet vibrant and shimmering like it was created from the ethereal dust of sapphires. Then the entire sea sparkled like Apollo's harp strummed by the god’s fingers. The light felt like music to the soul. It was daytime.

“Daddy!” suddenly cried Dick, sitting up in the sunlight and rubbing his eyes with his open palms. “Where are we?”

“Dad!” suddenly yelled Dick, sitting up in the sunlight and rubbing his eyes with his hands. “Where are we?”

“All right, Dicky, me son!” cried the old sailor, who had been standing up casting his eyes round in a vain endeavour to sight the boats. “Your daddy’s as safe as if he was in hivin; he’ll be wid us in a minit, an’ bring another ship along with him. So you’re awake, are you, Em’line?”

“All right, Dicky, my son!” shouted the old sailor, who had been standing up and looking around in a futile attempt to spot the boats. “Your dad’s as safe as if he was in heaven; he’ll be with us in a minute and bring another ship along with him. So you’re awake, are you, Em’line?”

Emmeline, sitting up in the old pilot coat, nodded in reply without speaking. Another child might have supplemented Dick’s enquiries as to her uncle by questions of her own, but she did not.

Emmeline, sitting up in the old pilot coat, nodded in reply without speaking. Another child might have added their own questions to Dick’s inquiries about her uncle, but she didn’t.

Did she guess that there was some subterfuge in Mr Button’s answer, and that things were different from what he was making them out to be? Who can tell?

Did she realize that there was some trickery in Mr. Button’s response, and that things were not as he described them? Who knows?

She was wearing an old cap of Dick’s, which Mrs Stannard in the hurry and confusion had popped on her head. It was pushed to one side, and she made a quaint enough little figure as she sat up in the early morning brightness, dressed in the old salt-stained coat beside Dick, whose straw hat was somewhere in the bottom of the boat, and whose auburn locks were blowing in the faint breeze.

She was wearing an old cap of Dick’s that Mrs. Stannard had quickly placed on her head in the chaos. It was tilted to one side, and she looked pretty amusing as she sat up in the early morning light, dressed in the old salt-stained coat next to Dick, whose straw hat was lost somewhere at the bottom of the boat, and whose auburn hair was blowing in the gentle breeze.

“Hurroo!” cried Dick, looking around at the blue and sparkling water, and banging with a stretcher on the bottom of the boat. “I’m goin’ to be a sailor, aren’t I, Paddy? You’ll let me sail the boat, won’t you, Paddy, an’ show me how to row?”

“Hurroo!” shouted Dick, glancing at the bright blue, sparkling water and thumping the bottom of the boat with a stretcher. “I’m going to be a sailor, right, Paddy? You’ll let me steer the boat, won’t you, Paddy, and show me how to row?”

“Aisy does it,” said Paddy, taking hold of the child. “I haven’t a sponge or towel, but I’ll just wash your face in salt wather and lave you to dry in the sun.”

“Aisy does it,” said Paddy, picking up the child. “I don’t have a sponge or towel, but I’ll just wash your face with salt water and leave you to dry in the sun.”

He filled the bailing tin with sea water.

He filled the bucket with seawater.

“I don’t want to wash!” shouted Dick.

“I don’t want to wash!” shouted Dick.

“Stick your face into the water in the tin,” commanded Paddy. “You wouldn’t be going about the place with your face like a sut-bag, would you?”

“Stick your face in the water in the tin,” ordered Paddy. “You wouldn’t want to walk around with your face looking like a mess, would you?”

“Stick yours in!” commanded the other.

“Put yours in!” commanded the other.

Mr Button did so, and made a hub-bubbling noise in the water; then he lifted a wet and streaming face, and flung the contents of the bailing tin overboard.

Mr. Button did that and made a splashing noise in the water; then he lifted a wet and dripping face and tossed the contents of the bailing tin overboard.

“Now you’ve lost your chance,” said this arch nursery-strategist, “all the water’s gone.”

“Now you’ve missed your opportunity,” said this master strategist of the nursery, “all the water’s gone.”

“There’s more in the sea.”

“There’s more in the sea.”

“There’s no more to wash with, not till to-morrow—the fishes don’t allow it.”

“There’s nothing left to wash with, not until tomorrow—the fish won’t allow it.”

“I want to wash,” grumbled Dick. “I want to stick my face in the tin, same’s you did; ’sides, Em hasn’t washed.”

“I want to wash,” complained Dick. “I want to stick my face in the tin, just like you did; besides, Em hasn’t washed.”

I don’t mind,” murmured Emmeline.

"I don't mind," murmured Emmeline.

“Well, thin,” said Mr Button, as if making a sudden resolve, “I’ll ax the sharks.” He leaned over the boat’s side, his face close to the surface of the water. “Halloo there!” he shouted, and then bent his head sideways to listen; the children also looked over the side, deeply interested.

“Well, thin,” said Mr. Button, as if making a sudden decision, “I’ll ask the sharks.” He leaned over the boat’s edge, his face close to the water. “Hello there!” he shouted, then tilted his head to listen; the kids also looked over the side, very curious.

“Halloo there! Are y’aslape— Oh, there y’are! Here’s a spalpeen with a dhirty face, an’s wishful to wash it; may I take a bailin’ tin of— Oh, thank your ’arner, thank your ’arner—good day to you, and my respects.”

“Hello there! Are you asleep— Oh, there you are! Here’s a rascal with a dirty face, and he wants to wash it; may I get a bucket of— Oh, thank you, thank you—have a great day, and my regards.”

“What did the shark say, Mr Button?” asked Emmeline.

“What did the shark say, Mr. Button?” Emmeline asked.

“He said: ‘Take a bar’l full, an’ welcome, Mister Button; an’ it’s wishful I am I had a drop of the crathur to offer you this fine marnin’.’ Thin he popped his head under his fin and went aslape agin; leastwise, I heard him snore.”

“He said, ‘Take a full barrel, and welcome, Mr. Button; and I wish I had a drink of the stuff to offer you this fine morning.’ Then he popped his head under his fin and went to sleep again; at least, I heard him snoring.”

Emmeline nearly always “Mr Buttoned” her friend; sometimes she called him “Mr Paddy.” As for Dick, it was always “Paddy,” pure and simple. Children have etiquettes of their own.

Emmeline almost always called her friend “Mr. Buttoned”; sometimes she referred to him as “Mr. Paddy.” As for Dick, it was just “Paddy,” plain and simple. Kids have their own rules of etiquette.

It must often strike landsmen and landswomen that the most terrible experience when cast away at sea in an open boat is the total absence of privacy. It seems an outrage on decency on the part of Providence to herd people together so. But, whoever has gone through the experience will bear me out that in great moments of life like this the human mind enlarges, and things that would shock us ashore are as nothing out there, face to face with eternity.

It often surprises people who live on land that the worst part of being stranded at sea in a small boat is the complete lack of privacy. It feels like a violation of decency by fate to shove people together like that. However, anyone who has been through such an experience will agree that in significant moments like this, the human mind expands, and things that would normally shock us on land seem trivial when confronted with eternity.

If so with grown-up people, how much more so with this old shell-back and his two charges?

If that's the case with adults, how much more so with this old sailor and his two kids?

And indeed Mr Button was a person who called a spade a spade, had no more conventions than a walrus, and looked after his two charges just as a nursemaid might look after her charges, or a walrus after its young.

And indeed, Mr. Button was the kind of person who spoke his mind, had no more social norms than a walrus, and took care of his two charges just like a nanny would look after her kids, or a walrus would care for its pups.

There was a large bag of biscuits in the boat, and some tinned stuff—mostly sardines.

There was a big bag of cookies in the boat, and some canned food—mostly sardines.

I have known a sailor to open a box of sardines with a tin-tack. He was in prison, the sardines had been smuggled into him, and he had no can-opener. Only his genius and a tin-tack.

I once met a sailor who opened a can of sardines with a thumbtack. He was in prison, the sardines were smuggled to him, and he didn’t have a can opener—just his ingenuity and a thumbtack.

Paddy had a jack-knife, however, and in a marvellously short time a box of sardines was opened, and placed on the stern-sheets beside some biscuits.

Paddy had a jackknife, though, and in no time at all, he opened a box of sardines and set it on the back seat next to some biscuits.

These, with some water and Emmeline’s Tangerine orange, which she produced and added to the common store, formed the feast, and they fell to.

These, along with some water and Emmeline’s Tangerine orange, which she brought out and added to the shared supplies, made up the feast, and they dug in.

When they had finished, the remains were put carefully away, and they proceeded to step the tiny mast.

When they were done, they carefully stored the remains and moved on to raise the small mast.

The sailor, when the mast was in its place, stood for a moment resting his hand on it, and gazing around him over the vast and voiceless blue.

The sailor, once the mast was in position, paused for a moment, resting his hand on it and looking out over the endless, silent blue.

The Pacific has three blues: the blue of morning, the blue of midday, and the blue of evening. But the blue of morning is the happiest: the happiest thing in colour—sparkling, vague, newborn—the blue of heaven and youth.

The Pacific has three shades of blue: the blue of morning, the blue of midday, and the blue of evening. But the blue of morning is the most joyful: the happiest color—sparkling, hazy, fresh—the blue of the sky and youth.

“What are you looking for, Paddy?” asked Dick.

“What are you looking for, Paddy?” Dick asked.

“Say-gulls,” replied the prevaricator; then to himself: “Not a sight or a sound of them! Musha! musha! which way will I steer—north, south, aist, or west? It’s all wan, for if I steer to the aist, they may be in the west; and if I steer to the west, they may be in the aist; and I can’t steer to the west, for I’d be steering right in the wind’s eye. Aist it is; I’ll make a soldier’s wind of it, and thrust to chance.”

“Seagulls,” replied the liar; then to himself: “Not a sight or sound of them! Man! man! Which way should I go—north, south, east, or west? It’s all the same, because if I head east, they might be in the west; and if I head west, they might be in the east; and I can’t go west, since I’d be going straight into the wind. East it is; I’ll take a chance like a soldier and see where it leads me.”

He set the sail and came aft with the sheet. Then he shifted the rudder, lit a pipe, leaned luxuriously back and gave the bellying sail to the gentle breeze.

He set the sail and moved to the back with the rope. Then he adjusted the rudder, lit a pipe, leaned back comfortably, and let the sail fill with the light breeze.

It was part of his profession, part of his nature, that, steering, maybe, straight towards death by starvation and thirst, he was as unconcerned as if he were taking the children for a summer’s sail. His imagination dealt little with the future; almost entirely influenced by his immediate surroundings, it could conjure up no fears from the scene now before it. The children were the same.

It was part of his job, part of his character, that, sailing, perhaps, directly toward death by hunger and thirst, he was as relaxed as if he were taking the kids for a summer boat ride. His imagination didn’t focus much on the future; mostly shaped by what was happening around him, it couldn’t create any worries from the scene in front of him. The kids were the same.

Never was there a happier starting, more joy in a little boat. During breakfast the seaman had given his charges to understand that if Dick did not meet his father and Emmeline her uncle in a “while or two,” it was because he had gone on board a ship, and he’d be along presently. The terror of their position was as deeply veiled from them as eternity is veiled from you or me.

Never was there a happier beginning, more joy in a small boat. During breakfast, the sailor had made it clear to the kids that if Dick didn’t meet his dad and Emmeline didn’t see her uncle in a little while, it was because he had gone on board a ship, and he’d be there soon. The fear of their situation was as hidden from them as eternity is hidden from you or me.

The Pacific was still bound by one of those glacial calms that can only occur when the sea has been free from storms for a vast extent of its surface, for a hurricane down by the Horn will send its swell and disturbance beyond the Marquesas. De Bois in his table of amplitudes points out that more than half the sea disturbances at any given space are caused, not by the wind, but by storms at a great distance.

The Pacific was still trapped in one of those icy calms that can only happen when the sea has been untouched by storms over a large area, because a hurricane down by the Horn will send its swells and turmoil all the way past the Marquesas. De Bois in his table of amplitudes notes that more than half of the sea disturbances in any given area are caused, not by the wind, but by storms far away.

But the sleep of the Pacific is only apparent. This placid lake, over which the dinghy was pursuing the running ripple, was heaving to an imperceptible swell and breaking on the shores of the Low Archipelago, and the Marquesas in foam and thunder.

But the sleep of the Pacific is only superficial. This calm lake, over which the dinghy was chasing the gentle ripple, was rising with an unnoticeable swell and crashing onto the shores of the Low Archipelago, and the Marquesas in foam and thunder.

Emmeline’s rag-doll was a shocking affair from a hygienic or artistic standpoint. Its face was just inked on, it had no features, no arms; yet not for all the dolls in the world would she have exchanged this filthy and nearly formless thing. It was a fetish.

Emmeline’s rag doll was a pretty terrible sight when it came to cleanliness or looks. Its face was just drawn on with ink, it had no facial features, and no arms; yet she wouldn’t trade this dirty and almost shapeless thing for all the dolls in the world. It was like a lucky charm to her.

She sat nursing it on one side of the helmsman, whilst Dick, on the other side, hung his nose over the water, on the look-out for fish.

She sat cradling it on one side of the helmsman, while Dick, on the other side, leaned his nose over the water, watching for fish.

“Why do you smoke, Mr Button?” asked Emmeline, who had been watching her friend for some time in silence.

“Why do you smoke, Mr. Button?” Emmeline asked, having been quietly observing her friend for a while.

“To aise me thrubbles,” replied Paddy.

“To ease my troubles,” replied Paddy.

He was leaning back with one eye shut and the other fixed on the luff of the sail. He was in his element: nothing to do but steer and smoke, warmed by the sun and cooled by the breeze. A landsman would have been half demented in his condition, many a sailor would have been taciturn and surly, on the look-out for sails, and alternately damning his soul and praying to his God. Paddy smoked.

He was leaning back with one eye closed and the other focused on the edge of the sail. He was completely at ease: all he had to do was steer and smoke, soaking up the sun and enjoying the breeze. A landlubber would have gone a bit crazy in his situation, and many sailors would have been quiet and grumpy, scanning for other boats, alternating between cursing and praying. Paddy just smoked.

“Whoop!” cried Dick. “Look, Paddy!”

“Whoop!” shouted Dick. “Look, Paddy!”

An albicore a few cables lengths to port had taken a flying leap from the flashing sea, turned a complete somersault and vanished.

An albacore a short distance to the left jumped out of the sparkling sea, did a full flip, and disappeared.

“It’s an albicore takin’ a buck lep. Hundreds I’ve seen before this; he’s bein’ chased.”

“It’s an albicore taking a hit. I’ve seen hundreds of them before; he’s being chased.”

“What’s chasing him, Paddy?”

“What's after him, Paddy?”

“What’s chasin’ him?—why, what else but the gibly-gobly-ums!”

“What’s chasing him?—why, what else but the gibberish!”

Before Dick could enquire as to the personal appearance and habits of the latter, a shoal of silver arrow heads passed the boat and flittered into the water with a hissing sound.

Before Dick could ask about the looks and habits of the latter, a school of silver arrowheads swam past the boat and splashed into the water with a hissing sound.

“Thim’s flyin’ fish. What are you sayin’—fish can’t fly! Where’s the eyes in your head?”

“Thim’s flying fish. What are you talking about—fish can’t fly! Where are your brains?”

“Are the gibblyums chasing them too?” asked Emmeline fearfully.

“Are the gibblyums chasing them as well?” Emmeline asked anxiously.

“No; ’tis the Billy balloos that’s afther thim. Don’t be axin’ me any more questions now, or I’ll be tellin’ you lies in a minit.”

“No; it’s the Billy balloos that are after them. Don’t ask me any more questions now, or I’ll start telling you lies in a minute.”

Emmeline, it will be remembered, had brought a small parcel with her done up in a little shawl; it was under the boat seat, and every now and then she would stoop down to see if it were safe.

Emmeline, as you may recall, had brought a small package with her wrapped in a little shawl; it was under the boat seat, and every now and then she would lean down to check if it was okay.




CHAPTER VII

STORY OF THE PIG AND THE BILLY-GOAT

Every hour or so Mr Button would shake his lethargy off, and rise and look round for “sea-gulls,” but the prospect was sail-less as the prehistoric sea, wingless, voiceless. When Dick would fret now and then, the old sailor would always devise some means of amusing him. He made him fishing-tackle out of a bent pin and some small twine that happened to be in the boat, and told him to fish for “pinkeens”; and Dick, with the pathetic faith of childhood, fished.

Every hour or so, Mr. Button would shake off his tiredness and stand up to look around for "seagulls," but the view was as empty as a prehistoric ocean—wingless and silent. Whenever Dick would get restless, the old sailor would always find a way to entertain him. He made some fishing gear using a bent pin and a little bit of twine he found in the boat, and told Dick to fish for "pinkeens"; and Dick, with the innocent faith of a child, fished.

Then he told them things. He had spent a year at Deal long ago, where a cousin of his was married to a boatman.

Then he shared some stories with them. He had spent a year in Deal a long time ago, where one of his cousins was married to a boatman.

Mr Button had put in a year as a longshoreman at Deal, and he had got a great lot to tell of his cousin and her husband, and more especially of one, Hannah; Hannah was his cousin’s baby—a most marvellous child, who was born with its “buck” teeth fully developed, and whose first unnatural act on entering the world was to make a snap at the “docther.” “Hung on to his fist like a bull-dog, and him bawlin’ ‘Murther!’”

Mr. Button had spent a year working as a dockworker in Deal, and he had plenty to share about his cousin and her husband, especially about one person, Hannah. Hannah was his cousin’s baby—a truly remarkable child who was born with her “buck” teeth already developed, and her first unusual action upon entering the world was to take a snap at the “doctor.” “Clung to his fist like a bulldog, and he was shouting ‘Murder!’”

“Mrs James,” said Emmeline, referring to a Boston acquaintance, “had a little baby, and it was pink.”

“Mrs. James,” Emmeline said, talking about a Boston friend, “had a little baby, and it was pink.”

“Ay, ay,” said Paddy; “they’re mostly pink to start with, but they fade whin they’re washed.”

“Ay, ay,” said Paddy; “they’re mostly pink to begin with, but they fade when they’re washed.”

“It’d no teeth,” said Emmeline, “for I put my finger in to see.”

“It didn’t have any teeth,” Emmeline said, “because I put my finger in to check.”

“The doctor brought it in a bag,” put in Dick, who was still steadily fishing—“dug it out of a cabbage patch; an’ I got a trow’l and dug all our cabbage patch up, but there weren’t any babies—but there were no end of worms.”

“The doctor brought it in a bag,” said Dick, who was still fishing steadily—“he dug it out of a cabbage patch; and I got a trowel and dug up our cabbage patch, but there weren’t any babies—but there were plenty of worms.”

“I wish I had a baby,” said Emmeline, “and I wouldn’t send it back to the cabbage patch.”

“I wish I had a baby,” said Emmeline, “and I wouldn’t send it back to the cabbage patch.”

“The doctor,” explained Dick, “took it back and planted it again; and Mrs James cried when I asked her, and daddy said it was put back to grow and turn into an angel.”

“The doctor,” Dick explained, “took it back and planted it again; and Mrs. James cried when I asked her, and Dad said it was put back to grow and become an angel.”

“Angels have wings,” said Emmeline dreamily.

“Angels have wings,” Emmeline said with a dreamy expression.

“And,” pursued Dick, “I told cook, and she said to Jane, daddy was always stuffing children up with—something or ’nother. And I asked daddy to let me see him stuffing up a child—and daddy said cook’d have to go away for saying that, and she went away next day.”

“And,” continued Dick, “I told the cook, and she said to Jane, Dad was always feeding kids with—something or another. And I asked Dad to let me see him feeding a kid—and Dad said the cook would have to leave for saying that, and she left the next day.”

“She had three big trunks and a box for her bonnet,” said Emmeline, with a far-away look as she recalled the incident.

“She had three large trunks and a box for her hat,” Emmeline said, gazing off into the distance as she remembered the incident.

“And the cabman asked her hadn’t she any more trunks to put on his cab, and hadn’t she forgot the parrot cage,” said Dick.

“And the cab driver asked her if she had any more trunks to put in his cab, and if she had forgotten the parrot cage,” said Dick.

“I wish I had a parrot in a cage,” murmured Emmeline, moving slightly so as to get more in the shadow of the sail.

“I wish I had a parrot in a cage,” Emmeline whispered, shifting a bit to get further into the shade of the sail.

“And what in the world would you be doin’ with a par’t in a cage?” asked Mr Button.

“And what in the world would you be doing with a parrot in a cage?” asked Mr. Button.

“I’d let it out,” replied Emmeline.

“I’d let it out,” Emmeline replied.

“Spakin’ about lettin’ par’ts out of cages, I remimber me grandfather had an ould pig,” said Paddy (they were all talking seriously together like equals). “I was a spalpeen no bigger than the height of me knee, and I’d go to the sty door, and he’d come to the door, and grunt an’ blow wid his nose undher it; an’ I’d grunt back to vex him, an’ hammer wid me fist on it, an’ shout ‘Halloo there! halloo there!’ and ‘Halloo to you!’ he’d say, spakin’ the pigs’ language. ‘Let me out,’ he’d say, ‘and I’ll give yiz a silver shilling.’

“Speaking of letting animals out of cages, I remember my grandfather had an old pig,” said Paddy (they were all talking seriously together like equals). “I was just a little kid, no taller than my knee, and I’d go to the pigpen door, and he’d come to the door, grunting and blowing his nose under it; and I’d grunt back to annoy him, bang my fist on it, and shout ‘Hello there! hello there!’ and ‘Hello to you!’ he’d say, speaking the pig’s language. ‘Let me out,’ he’d say, ‘and I’ll give you a silver shilling.’”

“‘Pass it under the door,’ I’d answer him. Thin he’d stick the snout of him undher the door an’ I’d hit it a clip with a stick, and he’d yell murther Irish. An’ me mother’d come out an’ baste me, an’ well I desarved it.

“‘Slide it under the door,’ I’d reply to him. He’d stick his nose under the door and I’d give it a whack with a stick, and he’d shout murder in Irish. Then my mom would come out and beat me, and I really deserved it.

“Well, wan day I opened the sty door, an’ out he boulted and away and beyant, over hill and hollo he goes till he gets to the edge of the cliff overlookin’ the say, and there he meets a billy-goat, and he and the billy-goat has a division of opinion.

“Well, one day I opened the pigpen door, and out he charged, running away beyond sight, over hills and hollows until he reached the edge of the cliff overlooking the sea, where he met a billy-goat, and they had a disagreement.”

“‘Away wid yiz!’ says the billy-goat.

“‘Get away from me!’ says the billy-goat.

“‘Away wid yourself!’ says he.

“‘Go away!’ he says.

“‘Whose you talkin’ to?’ says t’other.

“‘Who are you talking to?’ says the other.”

“‘Yourself,’ says him.

"‘Yourself,’ he says."

“‘Who stole the eggs?’ says the billy-goat.

“‘Who took the eggs?’ asks the billy-goat.

“‘Ax your ould grandmother!’ says the pig.

“‘Ask your old grandmother!’ says the pig.

“‘Ax me ould which mother?’ says the billy-goat.

“‘Ask me which mother?’ says the billy-goat.

“‘Oh, ax me——’ And before he could complete the sintence ram, blam, the ould billy-goat butts him in the chist, and away goes the both of thim whirtlin’ into the say below.

“‘Oh, ask me——’ And before he could finish the sentence, bam, the old billy-goat butts him in the chest, and off they both go whirling into the sea below.

“Thin me ould grandfather comes out, and collars me by the scruff, and ‘Into the sty with you!’ says he; and into the sty I wint, and there they kep’ me for a fortni’t on bran mash and skim milk—and well I desarved it.”

“Then my old grandfather comes out, grabs me by the scruff, and says, ‘Into the pigpen with you!’ So I went into the pigpen, and they kept me there for two weeks on bran mash and skim milk—and I definitely deserved it.”

They dined somewhere about eleven o’clock, and at noon Paddy unstepped the mast and made a sort of little tent or awning with the sail in the bow of the boat to protect the children from the rays of the vertical sun.

They had lunch around eleven o'clock, and at noon, Paddy took down the mast and fashioned a little tent or awning with the sail in the front of the boat to shield the kids from the direct sunlight.

Then he took his place in the bottom of the boat, in the stern, stuck Dick’s straw hat over his face to preserve it from the sun, kicked about a bit to get a comfortable position, and fell asleep.

Then he sat at the back of the boat, put Dick’s straw hat over his face to shield it from the sun, shifted around a bit to find a comfortable position, and fell asleep.




CHAPTER VIII

“S-H-E-N-A-N-D-O-A-H”

He had slept an hour and more when he was brought to his senses by a thin and prolonged shriek. It was Emmeline in a nightmare, or more properly a day-mare, brought on by a meal of sardines and the haunting memory of the gibbly-gobbly-ums. When she was shaken (it always took a considerable time to bring her to, from these seizures) and comforted, the mast was restepped.

He had been asleep for over an hour when a sharp, drawn-out scream woke him up. It was Emmeline having a nightmare, or more accurately, a daymare, triggered by a meal of sardines and the unsettling memory of the gibbly-gobbly-ums. Once she was shaken awake (it always took a while to bring her back from these episodes) and comforted, the mast was put back up.

As Mr Button stood with his hand on the spar looking round him before going aft with the sheet, an object struck his eye some three miles ahead. Objects rather, for they were the masts and spars of a small ship rising from the water. Not a vestige of sail, just the naked spars. It might have been a couple of old skeleton trees jutting out of the water for all a landsman could have told.

As Mr. Button stood with his hand on the spar, looking around before heading to the back with the sheet, something caught his eye about three miles ahead. Actually, several things, because they were the masts and spars of a small ship sticking up from the water. There wasn't a single sail visible, just the bare spars. To anyone on land, it might have looked like a couple of old, dead trees sticking out of the water.

He stared at this sight for twenty or thirty seconds without speaking, his head projected like the head of a tortoise. Then he gave a wild “Hurroo!”

He stared at this scene for twenty or thirty seconds without saying a word, his head sticking out like a turtle's head. Then he let out a wild “Hurroo!”

“What is it, Paddy?” asked Dick.

"What's up, Paddy?" asked Dick.

“Hurroo!” replied Mr Button. “Ship ahoy! ship ahoy! Lie to till I be afther boardin’ you. Sure, they are lyin’ to—divil a rag of canvas on her—are they aslape or dhramin’? Here, Dick, let me get aft wid the sheet; the wind’ll take us up to her quicker than we’ll row.”

“Hey there!” replied Mr. Button. “Ship ahoy! ship ahoy! Wait until I board you. They’re certainly waiting—there’s not a scrap of canvas on her—are they asleep or dreaming? Here, Dick, let me get to the back with the sail; the wind will take us to her faster than we can row.”

He crawled aft and took the tiller; the breeze took the sail, and the boat forged ahead.

He crawled to the back and grabbed the tiller; the breeze filled the sail, and the boat moved forward.

“Is it daddy’s ship?” asked Dick, who was almost as excited as his friend.

“Is that Daddy's ship?” asked Dick, who was nearly as excited as his friend.

“I dinno; we’ll see when we fetch her.”

"I don't know; we'll see when we get her."

“Shall we go on her, Mr Button?” asked Emmeline.

“Should we go on her, Mr. Button?” Emmeline asked.

“Ay will we, honey.”

"Yeah, we will, honey."

Emmeline bent down, and fetching her parcel from under the seat, held it in her lap.

Emmeline crouched down, grabbed her package from under the seat, and placed it in her lap.

As they drew nearer, the outlines of the ship became more apparent. She was a small brig, with stump topmasts, from the spars a few rags of canvas fluttered. It was apparent soon to the old sailor’s eye what was amiss with her.

As they got closer, the shape of the ship became clearer. She was a small brig with short topmasts, and a few tattered pieces of canvas were fluttering from the spars. The old sailor quickly noticed what was wrong with her.

“She’s derelick, bad cess to her!” he muttered; “derelick and done for—just me luck!”

“She’s ruined, bad luck to her!” he muttered; “ruined and finished—just my luck!”

“I can’t see any people on the ship,” cried Dick, who had crept forward to the bow. “Daddy’s not there.”

“I can’t see anyone on the ship,” shouted Dick, who had moved to the front. “Dad’s not there.”

The old sailor let the boat off a point or two, so as to get a view of the brig more fully; when they were within twenty cable lengths or so he unstepped the mast and took to the sculls.

The old sailor adjusted the boat's angle a bit to get a better look at the brig; when they were about twenty cable lengths away, he took down the mast and started rowing with the oars.

The little brig floated very low on the water, and presented a mournful enough appearance; her running rigging all slack, shreds of canvas flapping at the yards, and no boats hanging at her davits. It was easy enough to see that she was a timber ship, and that she had started a butt, flooded herself and been abandoned.

The little brig sat very low in the water and looked pretty sad; her ropes were all loose, pieces of canvas were flapping on the masts, and there were no boats on her davits. It was clear she was a timber ship that had sprung a leak, filled with water, and been left behind.

Paddy lay on his oars within a few strokes of her. She was floating as placidly as though she were in the harbour of San Francisco; the green water showed in her shadow, and in the green water waved the tropic weeds that were growing from her copper. Her paint was blistered and burnt absolutely as though a hot iron had been passed over it, and over her taffrail hung a large rope whose end was lost to sight in the water.

Paddy rested on his oars just a few strokes away from her. She floated as calmly as if she were in the harbor of San Francisco; the green water reflected in her shadow, and in that green water, the tropical weeds were swaying, growing from her copper. Her paint was blistered and scorched as if a hot iron had been dragged across it, and a large rope hung over her stern, its end disappearing into the water.

A few strokes brought them under the stern. The name of the ship was there in faded letters, also the port to which she belonged. “Shenandoah. Martha’s Vineyard.”

A few strokes brought them under the back of the ship. The name of the ship was there in faded letters, along with the port it belonged to. “Shenandoah. Martha’s Vineyard.”

“There’s letters on her,” said Mr Button. “But I can’t make thim out. I’ve no larnin’.”

“There's writing on her,” said Mr. Button. “But I can't make it out. I haven't had any education.”

“I can read them,” said Dick.

“I can read them,” said Dick.

“So c’n I,” murmured Emmeline.

“So can I,” murmured Emmeline.

“S-H-E-N-A-N-D-O-A-H,” spelt Dick.

“S-H-E-N-A-N-D-O-A-H,” spelled Dick.

“What’s that?” enquired Paddy.

“What’s that?” asked Paddy.

“I don’t know,” replied Dick, rather downcastedly.

“I don’t know,” replied Dick, somewhat sadly.

“There you are!” cried the oarsman in a disgusted manner, pulling the boat round to the starboard side of the brig. “They pritind to tache letters to childer in schools, pickin’ their eyes out wid book-readin’, and here’s letters as big as me face an’ they can’t make hid or tail of them—be dashed to book-readin’!”

“There you are!” shouted the oarsman in an annoyed tone, steering the boat around to the right side of the brig. “They pretend to teach letters to kids in schools, drilling them with book reading, and here are letters as big as my face and they can’t make heads or tails of them—forget about book reading!”

The brig had old-fashioned wide channels, regular platforms; and she floated so low in the water that they were scarcely a foot above the level of the dinghy.

The brig had outdated wide channels and standard platforms; and she floated so low in the water that they were barely a foot above the level of the dinghy.

Mr Button secured the boat by passing the painter through a channel plate, then, with Emmeline and her parcel in his arms or rather in one arm, he clambered over the channel and passed her over the rail on to the deck. Then it was Dick’s turn, and the children stood waiting whilst the old sailor brought the beaker of water, the biscuit, and the tinned stuff on board.

Mr. Button secured the boat by threading the rope through a channel plate, then, with Emmeline and her package in one arm, he climbed over the channel and handed her over the rail onto the deck. Next, it was Dick's turn, and the kids stood waiting while the old sailor brought the cup of water, the biscuit, and the canned goods on board.

It was a place to delight the heart of a boy, the deck of the Shenandoah; forward right from the main hatchway it was laden with timber. Running rigging lay loose on the deck in coils, and nearly the whole of the quarter-deck was occupied by a deck-house. The place had a delightful smell of sea-beach, decaying wood, tar, and mystery. Bights of buntline and other ropes were dangling from above, only waiting to be swung from. A bell was hung just forward of the foremast. In half a moment Dick was forward hammering at the bell with a belaying pin he had picked from the deck.

It was a place that could make any boy's heart soar, the deck of the Shenandoah; right in front of the main hatch, it was piled high with timber. Loose running rigging coiled on the deck, and almost the entire quarter-deck was taken up by a deck-house. The area had an amazing smell of the sea, rotting wood, tar, and adventure. Loops of buntline and other ropes hung down from above, just waiting to be swung. A bell was hung just in front of the foremast. In no time, Dick was up front banging on the bell with a belaying pin he had grabbed from the deck.

Mr Button shouted to him to desist; the sound of the bell jarred on his nerves. It sounded like a summons, and a summons on that deserted craft was quite out of place. Who knew what mightn’t answer it in the way of the supernatural?

Mr. Button shouted at him to stop; the sound of the bell grated on his nerves. It felt like an invitation, and an invitation on that empty boat was really inappropriate. Who knew what might respond to it in a supernatural way?

Dick dropped the belaying pin and ran forward. He took the disengaged hand, and the three went aft to the door of the deck-house. The door was open, and they peeped in.

Dick dropped the belaying pin and ran forward. He took the disengaged hand, and the three went back to the door of the deck-house. The door was open, and they peeked inside.

The place had three windows on the starboard side, and through the windows the sun was shining in a mournful manner. There was a table in the middle of the place. A seat was pushed away from the table as if some one had risen in a hurry. On the table lay the remains of a meal, a teapot, two teacups, two plates. On one of the plates rested a fork with a bit of putrifying bacon upon it that some one had evidently been conveying to his mouth when—something had happened. Near the teapot stood a tin of condensed milk, haggled open. Some old salt had just been in the act of putting milk in his tea when the mysterious something had occurred. Never did a lot of dead things speak so eloquently as these things spoke.

The place had three windows on the right side, and through them, the sun was shining in a sad way. There was a table in the middle of the room. A chair was pushed away from the table as if someone had gotten up in a hurry. On the table were the leftovers of a meal: a teapot, two teacups, and two plates. On one of the plates was a fork with a piece of rotten bacon on it that someone had clearly been about to eat when—something had happened. Next to the teapot was a tin of condensed milk, half-open. Some old guy had just been about to add milk to his tea when the mysterious event took place. Never had so many lifeless things spoken so powerfully as these items did.

One could conjure it all up. The skipper, most likely, had finished his tea, and the mate was hard at work at his, when the leak had been discovered, or some derelict had been run into, or whatever it was had happened—happened.

One could bring it all to mind. The captain had probably finished his tea, and the first mate was busy with his, when the leak was discovered, or they had collided with some abandoned ship, or whatever had happened—happened.

One thing was evident, that since the abandonment of the brig she had experienced fine weather, else the things would not have been left standing so trimly on the table.

One thing was clear: since the brig was abandoned, she had seen good weather; otherwise, the items wouldn’t have been left so neatly on the table.

Mr Button and Dick entered the place to prosecute enquiries, but Emmeline remained at the door. The charm of the old brig appealed to her almost as much as to Dick, but she had a feeling about it quite unknown to him. A ship where no one was had about it suggestions of “other things.”

Mr. Button and Dick went inside to ask questions, but Emmeline stayed at the door. The allure of the old ship fascinated her just as much as it did Dick, but she felt something about it that he didn’t. A ship with no one on board hinted at “other things.”

She was afraid to enter the gloomy deck-house, and afraid to remain alone outside; she compromised matters by sitting down on the deck. Then she placed the small bundle beside her, and hurriedly took the rag-doll from her pocket, into which it was stuffed head down, pulled its calico skirt from over its head, propped it up against the coaming of the door, and told it not to be afraid.

She was scared to go into the dark deck-house and also scared to stay alone outside; she found a middle ground by sitting down on the deck. Then she set the small bundle beside her, quickly took the rag-doll from her pocket, where it had been stuffed head down, pulled its calico skirt down from over its head, leaned it against the edge of the door, and told it not to be scared.

There was not much to be found in the deck-house, but aft of it were two small cabins like rabbit hutches, once inhabited by the skipper and his mate. Here there were great findings in the way of rubbish. Old clothes, old boots, an old top-hat of that extraordinary pattern you may see in the streets of Pernambuco, immensely tall, and narrowing towards the brim. A telescope without a lens, a volume of Hoyt, a nautical almanac, a great bolt of striped flannel shirting, a box of fish hooks. And in one corner—glorious find!—a coil of what seemed to be ten yards or so of black rope.

There wasn't much to discover in the deck-house, but behind it were two small cabins that looked like rabbit hutches, previously occupied by the captain and his first mate. Inside, there were plenty of treasures in the form of junk. Old clothes, worn-out boots, and an old top hat of that strange design you might see in the streets of Pernambuco—very tall and narrowing toward the brim. A telescope without a lens, a book of Hoyt, a nautical almanac, a big roll of striped flannel fabric, and a box of fishing hooks. And in one corner—a fantastic find!—a coil of what appeared to be about ten yards of black rope.

“Baccy, begorra!” shouted Pat, seizing upon his treasure. It was pigtail. You may see coils of it in the tobacconists’ windows of seaport towns. A pipe full of it would make a hippopotamus vomit, yet old sailors chew it and smoke it and revel in it.

“Baccy, for sure!” shouted Pat, grabbing his treasure. It was pigtail. You can see coils of it in the tobacco shop windows of coastal towns. A pipe full of it could make a hippopotamus throw up, yet old sailors chew it, smoke it, and enjoy it.

“We’ll bring all the lot of the things out on deck, and see what’s worth keepin’ an’ what’s worth leavin’,” said Mr Button, taking an immense armful of the old truck; whilst Dick, carrying the top-hat, upon which he had instantly seized as his own special booty, led the way.

“We’ll bring everything up on deck and see what’s worth keeping and what’s worth leaving,” said Mr. Button, grabbing a huge load of the old stuff; while Dick, carrying the top hat he immediately claimed as his own prize, took the lead.

“Em,” shouted Dick, as he emerged from the doorway, “see what I’ve got!”

“Em,” shouted Dick, as he stepped out of the doorway, “check out what I’ve got!”

He popped the awful-looking structure over his head. It went right down to his shoulders.

He pulled the terrible-looking thing over his head. It fell all the way down to his shoulders.

Emmeline gave a shriek.

Emmeline let out a scream.

“It smells funny,” said Dick, taking it off and applying his nose to the inside of it—“smells like an old hair brush. Here, you try it on.”

“It smells weird,” said Dick, taking it off and putting his nose inside—“smells like an old hairbrush. Here, you try it on.”

Emmeline scrambled away as far as she could, till she reached the starboard bulwarks, where she sat in the scupper, breathless and speechless and wide-eyed. She was always dumb when frightened (unless it were a nightmare or a very sudden shock), and this hat suddenly seen half covering Dick frightened her out of her wits. Besides, it was a black thing, and she hated black things—black cats, black horses; worst of all, black dogs.

Emmeline scrambled away as far as she could until she reached the right side of the ship, where she sat in the drain, breathless, speechless, and wide-eyed. She always froze up when she was scared (unless it was from a nightmare or a sudden shock), and seeing that hat half covering Dick out of nowhere completely terrified her. Plus, it was black, and she hated black things—black cats, black horses; worst of all, black dogs.

She had once seen a hearse in the streets of Boston, an old-time hearse with black plumes, trappings and all complete. The sight had nearly given her a fit, though she did not know in the least the meaning of it.

She once saw a hearse in the streets of Boston, an old-fashioned hearse with black plumes and all the decorations. The sight almost gave her a panic, even though she had no idea what it meant.

Meanwhile Mr Button was conveying armful after armful of stuff on deck. When the heap was complete, he sat down beside it in the glorious afternoon sunshine, and lit his pipe.

Meanwhile, Mr. Button was carrying load after load of things onto the deck. When he had piled everything up, he sat down next to it in the beautiful afternoon sunshine and lit his pipe.

He had searched neither for food or water as yet; content with the treasure God had given him, for the moment the material things of life were forgotten. And, indeed, if he had searched he would have found only half a sack of potatoes in the caboose, for the lazarette was awash, and the water in the scuttle-butt was stinking.

He hadn't looked for food or water yet; satisfied with the treasure God had given him, for now, the material things in life were forgotten. And, really, if he had searched, he would have found only half a sack of potatoes in the back, because the storage area was flooded, and the water in the barrel was foul.

Emmeline, seeing what was in progress, crept up, Dick promising not to put the hat on her, and they all sat round the pile.

Emmeline, noticing what was happening, quietly approached, with Dick promising not to put the hat on her, and they all gathered around the pile.

“Thim pair of brogues,” said the old man, holding a pair of old boots up for inspection like an auctioneer, “would fetch half a dollar any day in the wake in any sayport in the world. Put them beside you, Dick, and lay hold of this pair of britches by the ends of em’—stritch them.”

“Those pair of brogues,” said the old man, holding up a pair of old boots for inspection like an auctioneer, “would sell for fifty cents any day in any port in the world. Set them beside you, Dick, and grab this pair of pants by the ends—stretch them.”

The trousers were stretched out, examined and approved of, and laid beside the boots.

The pants were stretched out, checked over, approved, and placed next to the boots.

“Here’s a tiliscope wid wan eye shut,” said Mr Button, examining the broken telescope and pulling it in and out like a concertina. “Stick it beside the brogues; it may come in handy for somethin’. Here’s a book”—tossing the nautical almanac to the boy. “Tell me what it says.”

“Here’s a telescope with one eye shut,” Mr. Button said, looking at the broken device and pulling it in and out like an accordion. “Put it next to the shoes; it might be useful for something. Here’s a book”—he threw the nautical almanac to the boy. “Let me know what it says.”

Dick examined the pages of figures hopelessly.

Dick looked at the pages of numbers in despair.

“I can’t read ’em,” said Dick; “it’s numbers.”

“I can’t read them,” said Dick; “it’s just numbers.”

“Buzz it overboard,” said Mr Button.

“Throw it overboard,” said Mr. Button.

Dick did what he was told joyfully, and the proceedings resumed.

Dick happily did what he was told, and the proceedings continued.

He tried on the tall hat, and the children laughed. On her old friend’s head the thing ceased to have terror for Emmeline.

He put on the tall hat, and the kids laughed. On her old friend’s head, it stopped being scary for Emmeline.

She had two methods of laughing. The angelic smile before mentioned—a rare thing—and, almost as rare, a laugh in which she showed her little white teeth, whilst she pressed her hands together, the left one tight shut, and the right clasped over it.

She had two ways of laughing. The angelic smile mentioned earlier—a rare occurrence—and, almost just as rare, a laugh where she displayed her little white teeth while pressing her hands together, the left one tightly shut and the right one clasped over it.

He put the hat on one side, and continued the sorting, searching all the pockets of the clothes and finding nothing. When he had arranged what to keep, they flung the rest overboard, and the valuables were conveyed to the captain’s cabin, there to remain till wanted.

He set the hat aside and kept sorting, checking all the pockets of the clothes but finding nothing. Once he decided what to keep, they threw the rest overboard, and the valuables were taken to the captain’s cabin, where they would stay until needed.

Then the idea that food might turn up useful as well as old clothes in their present condition struck the imaginative mind of Mr Button, and he proceeded to search.

Then the thought that food might be just as useful as old clothes in their current state occurred to Mr. Button's imaginative mind, and he started to look for it.

The lazarette was simply a cistern full of sea water; what else it might contain, not being a diver, he could not say. In the copper of the caboose lay a great lump of putrifying pork or meat of some sort. The harness cask contained nothing except huge crystals of salt. All the meat had been taken away. Still, the provisions and water brought on board from the dinghy would be sufficient to last them some ten days or so, and in the course of ten days a lot of things might happen.

The lazarette was just a tank full of seawater; as he wasn't a diver, he couldn't tell what else might be in there. In the copper of the stove sat a large chunk of rotting pork or some kind of meat. The harness cask held nothing but large crystals of salt. All the meat had been removed. Still, the supplies and water they brought on board from the small boat would be enough to last them about ten days, and a lot could happen in that time.

Mr Button leaned over the side. The dinghy was nestling beside the brig like a duckling beside a duck; the broad channel might have been likened to the duck’s wing half extended. He got on the channel to see if the painter was safely attached. Having made all secure, he climbed slowly up to the main-yard arm, and looked round upon the sea.

Mr. Button leaned over the edge. The dinghy was resting beside the brig like a duckling next to its mother; the wide channel could have been compared to a duck’s wing partially extended. He stepped onto the channel to check if the painter was securely attached. Once everything was secure, he slowly climbed up to the main-yard arm and looked out at the sea.




CHAPTER IX

SHADOWS IN THE MOONLIGHT

“Daddy’s a long time coming,” said Dick all of a sudden.

“Dad's taking a long time to get here,” said Dick out of nowhere.

They were seated on the baulks of timber that cumbered the deck of the brig on either side of the caboose. An ideal perch. The sun was setting over Australia way, in a sea that seemed like a sea of boiling gold. Some mystery of mirage caused the water to heave and tremble as if troubled by fervent heat.

They were sitting on the wooden beams that cluttered the deck of the ship on either side of the cabin. A perfect spot. The sun was setting over Australia, in a sea that looked like it was made of boiling gold. Some kind of mirage made the water ripple and shake as if it were disturbed by intense heat.

“Ay, is he,” said Mr Button; “but it’s better late than never. Now don’t be thinkin’ of him, for that won’t bring him. Look at the sun goin’ into the wather, and don’t be spakin’ a word, now, but listen and you’ll hear it hiss.”

“Yeah, he is,” said Mr. Button; “but it’s better late than never. Now don’t think about him, because that won’t bring him back. Look at the sun going into the water, and don’t say a word now, just listen and you’ll hear it hiss.”

The children gazed and listened, Paddy also. All three were mute as the great blazing shield touched the water that leapt to meet it.

The children stared and listened, just like Paddy. All three were silent as the huge blazing sun touched the water that jumped up to greet it.

You could hear the water hiss—if you had imagination enough. Once having touched the water, the sun went down behind it, as swiftly as a man in a hurry going down a ladder. As he vanished a ghostly and golden twilight spread over the sea, a light exquisite but immensely forlorn. Then the sea became a violet shadow, the west darkened as if to a closing door, and the stars rushed over the sky.

You could hear the water hissing—if you had enough imagination. Once the sun touched the water, it quickly dipped below the horizon, like someone in a rush going down a ladder. As it disappeared, a haunting and golden twilight spread over the sea, a light that was beautiful yet profoundly lonely. Then the sea turned into a violet shadow, the west darkened as if a door were closing, and the stars flashed across the sky.

“Mr Button,” said Emmeline, nodding towards the sun as he vanished, “where’s over there?”

“Mr. Button,” Emmeline said, nodding toward the sun as he disappeared, “where’s over there?”

“The west,” replied he, staring at the sunset. “Chainy and Injee and all away beyant.”

“The west,” he said, gazing at the sunset. “Chainy and Injee and all the way beyond.”

“Where’s the sun gone to now, Paddy?” asked Dick.

“Where has the sun gone now, Paddy?” asked Dick.

“He’s gone chasin’ the moon, an’ she’s skedadlin’ wid her dress brailed up for all she’s worth; she’ll be along up in a minit. He’s always afther her, but he’s never caught her yet.”

“He’s off chasing the moon, and she’s rushing by with her dress hiked up as much as she can; she’ll be here in a minute. He’s always after her, but he hasn’t caught her yet.”

“What would he do to her if he caught her?” asked Emmeline.

“What would he do to her if he caught her?” asked Emmeline.

“Faith, an’ maybe he’d fetch her a skelp—an’ well she’d desarve it.”

“Faith, and maybe he’d give her a slap—and she would totally deserve it.”

“Why’d she deserve it?” asked Dick, who was in one of his questioning moods.

“Why did she deserve it?” asked Dick, who was in one of his questioning moods.

“Because she’s always delutherin’ people an’ leadin’ thim asthray. Girls or men, she moidhers thim all once she gets the comeither on them; same as she did Buck M’Cann.”

“Because she’s always deceiving people and leading them astray. Girls or guys, she bosses them all around once she gets their attention; just like she did with Buck M’Cann.”

“Who’s he?”

“Who is he?”

“Buck M’Cann? Faith, he was the village ijit where I used to live in the ould days.”

“Buck M’Cann? Seriously, he was the local idiot from the village where I used to live back in the old days.”

“What’s that?”

"What's that?"

“Hould your whisht, an’ don’t be axin’ questions. He was always wantin’ the moon, though he was twinty an’ six feet four. He’d a gob on him that hung open like a rat-trap with a broken spring, and he was as thin as a barber’s pole, you could a’ tied a reef knot in the middle of ’um; and whin the moon was full there was no houldin’ him.” Mr Button gazed at the reflection of the sunset on the water for a moment as if recalling some form from the past, and then proceeded. “He’d sit on the grass starin’ at her, an’ thin he’d start to chase her over the hills, and they’d find him at last, maybe a day or two later, lost in the mountains, grazin’ on berries, an’ as green as a cabbidge from the hunger an’ the cowld, till it got so bad at long last they had to hobble him.”

“Keep quiet and don’t ask questions. He always wanted the moon, even though he was twenty and six feet four. He had a mouth that hung open like a rat trap with a broken spring, and he was as thin as a barber's pole; you could have tied a reef knot in the middle of him. When the moon was full, there was no stopping him.” Mr. Button stared at the reflection of the sunset on the water for a moment as if remembering something from the past, and then continued. “He’d sit on the grass staring at her, and then he’d start to chase her over the hills. They would find him eventually, maybe a day or two later, lost in the mountains, eating berries, and as green as a cabbage from the hunger and the cold, until it got so bad that they had to tie him up.”

“I’ve seen a donkey hobbled,” cried Dick.

“I’ve seen a donkey tied up,” cried Dick.

“Thin you’ve seen the twin brother of Buck M’Cann. Well, one night me elder brother Tim was sittin’ over the fire, smokin’ his dudeen an’ thinkin’ of his sins, when in comes Buck with the hobbles on him.

“Think you’ve seen the twin brother of Buck M’Cann. Well, one night my older brother Tim was sitting by the fire, smoking his pipe and reflecting on his sins when Buck came in with the hobbles on him.

“‘Tim,’ says he, ‘I’ve got her at last!’

“‘Tim,’ he says, ‘I finally have her!’”

“‘Got who?’ says Tim.

"‘Got who?’ asks Tim."

“‘The moon,’ says he.

"‘The moon,’ he says."

“‘Got her where?’ says Tim.

“‘Got her where?’ asks Tim.”

“‘In a bucket down by the pond,’ says t’other, ‘safe an’ sound an’ not a scratch on her; you come and look,’ says he. So Tim follows him, he hobblin’, and they goes to the pond side, and there, sure enough, stood a tin bucket full of wather, an’ on the wather the refliction of the moon.

“‘In a bucket by the pond,’ says the other, ‘safe and sound and with no scratches; come and see,’ says he. So Tim follows him, limping, and they go to the pond, and there, sure enough, stood a tin bucket full of water, and on the water, the reflection of the moon.

“‘I dridged her out of the pond,’ whispers Buck. ‘Aisy now,’ says he, ‘an’ I’ll dribble the water out gently,’ says he, ‘an’ we’ll catch her alive at the bottom of it like a trout.’ So he drains the wather out gently of the bucket till it was near all gone, an’ then he looks into the bucket expectin’ to find the moon flounderin’ in the bottom of it like a flat fish.

“‘I fished her out of the pond,’ Buck whispers. ‘Easy now,’ he says, ‘and I’ll pour the water out slowly,’ he continues, ‘and we’ll snag her at the bottom like a trout.’ So he carefully drains the water out of the bucket until there’s almost none left, and then he looks into the bucket, expecting to see the moon floundering at the bottom like a flatfish.”

“‘She’s gone, bad ’cess to her!’ says he.

“‘She’s gone, bad luck to her!’ he says.

“‘Try again,’ says me brother, and Buck fills the bucket again, and there was the moon sure enough when the water came to stand still.

“‘Try again,’ says my brother, and Buck fills the bucket again, and there was the moon for sure when the water settled.”

“‘Go on,’ says me brother. ‘Drain out the wather, but go gentle, or she’ll give yiz the slip again.’

“‘Go on,’ my brother says. ‘Drain out the water, but be careful, or she’ll get away from you again.’”

“‘Wan minit,’ says Buck, ‘I’ve got an idea,’ says he; ‘she won’t give me the slip this time,’ says he. ‘You wait for me,’ says he; and off he hobbles to his old mother’s cabin a stone’s-throw away, and back he comes with a sieve.

“‘Wait a minute,’ says Buck, ‘I’ve got an idea,’ he says; ‘she won’t get away from me this time,’ he says. ‘Just wait for me,’ he says; and off he hobbles to his old mother’s cabin a short distance away, and back he comes with a sieve.

“‘You hold the sieve,’ says Buck, ‘and I’ll drain the water into it; if she ’scapes from the bucket we’ll have her in the sieve.’ And he pours the wather out of the bucket as gentle as if it was crame out of a jug. When all the wather was out he turns the bucket bottom up, and shook it.

“‘You hold the sieve,’ says Buck, ‘and I’ll pour the water into it; if she escapes from the bucket, we’ll catch her in the sieve.’ And he pours the water out of the bucket as gently as if it was cream coming out of a jug. When all the water was out, he turns the bucket upside down and shakes it.”

“‘Ran dan the thing!’ he cries, ‘she’s gone again;’ an’ wid that he flings the bucket into the pond, and the sieve afther the bucket, when up comes his old mother hobbling on her stick.

“‘Ran dan the thing!’ he shouts, ‘she's gone again;’ and with that, he throws the bucket into the pond, and the sieve after the bucket, when up comes his old mother hobbling along with her stick.

“‘Where’s me bucket?’ says she.

“‘Where's my bucket?’ she says.”

“‘In the pond,’ say Buck.

“In the pond,” says Buck.

“‘And me sieve?’ says she.

“And me sieve?” she asks.

“‘Gone afther the bucket.’

“‘Gone after the bucket.’”

“‘I’ll give yiz a bucketin’!’ says she; and she up with the stick and landed him a skelp, an’ driv him roarin’ and hobblin’ before her, and locked him up in the cabin, an’ kep’ him on bread an’ wather for a wake to get the moon out of his head; but she might have saved her thruble, for that day month in it was agin—— There she comes!”

“‘I’ll give you a beating!’ she said; and she grabbed the stick and hit him, sending him yelling and limping in front of her, then locked him up in the cabin, keeping him on bread and water for a week to get the idea out of his head; but she could have saved herself the trouble, because that day a month later it happened again—— There she comes!”

The moon, argent and splendid, was breaking from the water. She was full, and her light was powerful almost as the light of day. The shadows of the children and the queer shadow of Mr Button were cast on the wall of the caboose hard and black as silhouettes.

The moon, bright and beautiful, was rising from the water. She was full, and her light was almost as strong as daylight. The shadows of the children and the strange shape of Mr. Button were cast on the wall of the caboose, dark and stark like silhouettes.

“Look at our shadows!” cried Dick, taking off his broad-brimmed straw hat and waving it.

“Look at our shadows!” shouted Dick, removing his wide-brimmed straw hat and waving it around.

Emmeline held up her doll to see its shadow, and Mr Button held up his pipe.

Emmeline held her doll up to see its shadow, and Mr. Button held his pipe up.

“Come now,” said he, putting the pipe back in his mouth, and making to rise, “and shadda off to bed; it’s time you were aslape, the both of you.”

“Come on,” he said, putting the pipe back in his mouth and getting ready to stand up, “it's time for you both to head to bed; you need to be asleep.”

Dick began to yowl.

Dick started to yell.

I don’t want to go to bed; I aint tired, Paddy—les’s stay a little longer.”

I don’t want to go to bed; I’m not tired, Paddy—let’s stay a little longer.”

“Not a minit,” said the other, with all the decision of a nurse; “not a minit afther me pipe’s out!”

“Not a minute,” said the other, with all the authority of a nurse; “not a minute after my pipe’s out!”

“Fill it again,” said Dick.

“Refill it,” said Dick.

Mr Button made no reply. The pipe gurgled as he puffed at it—a kind of death-rattle speaking of almost immediate extinction.

Mr. Button didn’t say anything. The pipe gurgled as he puffed on it—a sort of death rattle hinting at an almost immediate end.

“Mr Button!” said Emmeline. She was holding her nose in the air and sniffing; seated to windward of the smoker, and out of the pigtail-poisoned air, her delicate sense of smell perceived something lost to the others.

“Mr. Button!” said Emmeline. She held her nose up in the air and sniffed; sitting upwind from the smoker and away from the pungent air, her sensitive sense of smell detected something that the others could not.

“What is it, acushla?”

“What is it, sweetheart?”

“I smell something.”

"I smell something."

“What d’ye say you smell?”

“What do you smell?”

“Something nice.”

"Something nice."

“What’s it like?” asked Dick, sniffing hard. “I don’t smell anything.”

“What’s it like?” asked Dick, sniffing intently. “I don’t smell anything.”

Emmeline sniffed again to make sure.

Emmeline sniffed once more to be certain.

“Flowers,” said she.

"Flowers," she said.

The breeze, which had shifted several points since midday, was bearing with it a faint, faint odour: a perfume of vanilla and spice so faint as to be imperceptible to all but the most acute olfactory sense.

The breeze, which had changed direction a few times since noon, was carrying a subtle scent: a hint of vanilla and spice so light that it was barely noticeable to anyone except those with a keen sense of smell.

“Flowers!” said the old sailor, tapping the ashes out of his pipe against the heel of his boot. “And where’d you get flowers in middle of the say? It’s dhramin’ you are. Come now—to bed wid yiz!”

“Flowers!” said the old sailor, tapping the ashes out of his pipe against the heel of his boot. “And where did you get flowers in the middle of the day? You’re dreaming. Come on—to bed with you!”

“Fill it again,” wailed Dick, referring to the pipe.

“Fill it again,” cried Dick, pointing to the pipe.

“It’s a spankin’ I’ll give you,” replied his guardian, lifting him down from the timber baulks, and then assisting Emmeline, “in two ticks if you don’t behave. Come along, Em’line.”

“It’s a spanking I’ll give you,” replied his guardian, lifting him down from the wooden beams, and then helping Emmeline, “in a second if you don’t behave. Come on, Em’line.”

He started aft, a small hand in each of his, Dick bellowing.

He started towards the back, with a small hand in each of his, while Dick shouted.

As they passed the ship’s bell, Dick stretched towards the belaying pin that was still lying on the deck, seized it, and hit the bell a mighty bang. It was the last pleasure to be snatched before sleep, and he snatched it.

As they walked by the ship's bell, Dick reached out for the belaying pin that was still on the deck, grabbed it, and struck the bell with a strong hit. It was the final bit of fun he could grab before sleep, and he took it.

Paddy had made up beds for himself and his charges in the deck-house; he had cleared the stuff off the table, broken open the windows to get the musty smell away, and placed the mattresses from the captain and mate’s cabins on the floor.

Paddy had set up beds for himself and his crew in the deck-house; he had cleared off the table, opened the windows to get rid of the stale smell, and put the mattresses from the captain's and mate's cabins on the floor.

When the children were in bed and asleep, he went to the starboard rail, and, leaning on it, looked over the moonlit sea. He was thinking of ships as his wandering eye roved over the sea spaces, little dreaming of the message that the perfumed breeze was bearing him. The message that had been received and dimly understood by Emmeline. Then he leaned with his back to the rail and his hands in his pockets. He was not thinking now, he was ruminating.

When the kids were in bed and asleep, he went to the right side of the ship, and, leaning on the railing, stared out at the moonlit sea. He was thinking about ships as his eyes wandered over the water, completely unaware of the message that the fragrant breeze was bringing him. It was a message that Emmeline had received and vaguely understood. Then he leaned back against the railing with his hands in his pockets. He wasn’t thinking now; he was just lost in thought.

The basis of the Irish character as exemplified by Paddy Button is a profound laziness mixed with a profound melancholy. Yet Paddy, in his left-handed way, was as hard a worker as any man on board ship; and as for melancholy, he was the life and soul of the fo’cs’le. Yet there they were, the laziness and the melancholy, only waiting to be tapped.

The essence of the Irish character, as shown by Paddy Button, is a deep laziness combined with a heavy sadness. Still, Paddy, in his unique way, worked as hard as anyone else on the ship, and as for sadness, he was the heart and soul of the crew's living quarters. Yet, the laziness and the sadness were always there, just waiting to be brought out.

As he stood with his hands thrust deep in his pockets, longshore fashion, counting the dowels in the planking of the deck by the moonlight, he was reviewing the “old days.” The tale of Buck M’Cann had recalled them, and across all the salt seas he could see the moonlight on the Connemara mountains, and hear the sea-gulls crying on the thunderous beach where each wave has behind it three thousand miles of sea.

As he stood with his hands shoved deep in his pockets, like a longshoreman, counting the dowels in the deck planking under the moonlight, he was reminiscing about the "old days." The story of Buck M’Cann had brought them back to him, and across all the salty seas, he could see the moonlight on the Connemara mountains and hear the seagulls crying on the roaring beach where each wave has three thousand miles of ocean behind it.

Suddenly Mr Button came back from the mountains of Connemara to find himself on the deck of the Shenandoah; and he instantly became possessed by fears. Beyond the white deserted deck, barred by the shadows of the standing rigging, he could see the door of the caboose. Suppose he should suddenly see a head pop out—or, worse, a shadowy form go in?

Suddenly, Mr. Button returned from the mountains of Connemara and found himself on the deck of the Shenandoah; and he was immediately filled with fear. Beyond the empty, white deck, overshadowed by the standing rigging, he could see the door of the caboose. What if he suddenly saw a head pop out—or, even worse, a shadowy figure go in?

He turned to the deck-house, where the children were sound asleep, and where, in a few minutes, he, too, was sound asleep beside them, whilst all night long the brig rocked to the gentle swell of the Pacific, and the breeze blew, bringing with it the perfume of flowers.

He turned to the cabin, where the kids were fast asleep, and where, in a few minutes, he was fast asleep beside them too, while all night long the ship rocked gently with the swell of the Pacific, and the breeze blew in, carrying the scent of flowers.




CHAPTER X

THE TRAGEDY OF THE BOATS

When the fog lifted after midnight the people in the long-boat saw the quarter-boat half a mile to starboard of them.

When the fog cleared after midnight, the people in the longboat spotted the quarterboat half a mile to their right.

“Can you see the dinghy?” asked Lestrange of the captain, who was standing up searching the horizon.

“Can you see the dinghy?” Lestrange asked the captain, who was standing up and scanning the horizon.

“Not a speck,” answered Le Farge. “Damn that Irishman! but for him I’d have got the boats away properly victualled and all; as it is I don’t know what we’ve got aboard. You, Jenkins, what have you got forward there?”

“Not a thing,” replied Le Farge. “Damn that Irishman! If it weren't for him, I would have gotten the boats properly stocked and ready; as it stands, I have no idea what we have on board. You, Jenkins, what do you have up front there?”

“Two bags of bread and a breaker of water,” answered the steward.

“Two bags of bread and a pitcher of water,” answered the steward.

“A breaker of water be sugared!” came another voice; “a breaker half full, you mean.”

“A water breaker should be sweetened!” came another voice; “you mean a breaker that’s half full.”

Then the steward’s voice: “So it is; there’s not more than a couple of gallons in her.”

Then the steward said, “That’s right; there’s only about a couple of gallons in it.”

“My God!” said Le Farge. “Damn that Irishman!”

“Oh my God!” said Le Farge. “Damn that Irishman!”

“There’s not more than’ll give us two half pannikins apiece all round,” said the steward.

“There’s nothing more that will give us two half cups each all around,” said the steward.

“Maybe,” said Le Farge, “the quarter-boat’s better stocked; pull for her.”

“Maybe,” said Le Farge, “the quarter-boat has better supplies; row towards her.”

“She’s pulling for us,” said the stroke oar.

“She’s rooting for us,” said the stroke oar.

“Captain,” asked Lestrange, “are you sure there’s no sight of the dinghy?”

“Captain,” Lestrange asked, “are you sure there’s no sign of the dinghy?”

“None,” replied Le Farge.

"None," Le Farge replied.

The unfortunate man’s head sank on his breast. He had little time to brood over his troubles, however, for a tragedy was beginning to unfold around him, the most shocking, perhaps, in the annals of the sea—a tragedy to be hinted at rather than spoken of.

The unfortunate man’s head dropped onto his chest. He didn’t have much time to dwell on his problems, though, because a tragedy was starting to unfold around him, one of the most shocking, perhaps, in the history of the sea—a tragedy that was better hinted at than openly discussed.

When the boats were within hailing distance, a man in the bow of the long-boat rose up.

When the boats were close enough to call out to, a man in the front of the longboat stood up.

“Quarter-boat ahoy!”

“Hey, quarter-boat!”

“Ahoy!”

"Hey!"

“How much water have you?”

“How much water do you have?”

“None!”

"None!"

The word came floating over the placid moonlit water. At it the fellows in the long-boat ceased rowing, and you could see the water-drops dripping off their oars like diamonds in the moonlight.

The word drifted across the calm, moonlit water. At that, the guys in the longboat stopped rowing, and you could see the water drops falling from their oars like diamonds in the moonlight.

“Quarter-boat ahoy!” shouted the fellow in the bow. “Lay on your oars.”

“Quarter-boat, over here!” shouted the guy in the front. “Get your oars ready.”

“Here, you scowbanker!” cried Le Farge, “who are you to be giving directions—”

“Hey, you scowbanker!” shouted Le Farge, “who do you think you are giving orders—”

“Scowbanker yourself!” replied the fellow. “Bullies, put her about!”

“Scowbanker yourself!” the guy shot back. “Bullies, turn her around!”

The starboard oars backed water, and the boat came round.

The right oars pulled back, and the boat turned.

By chance the worst lot of the Northumberland’s crew were in the long-boat—veritable “scowbankers,” scum; and how scum clings to life you will never know, until you have been amongst it in an open boat at sea. Le Farge had no more command over this lot than you have who are reading this book.

By chance, the worst members of the Northumberland crew were in the lifeboat—true “scum,” and you'll never understand how scum clings to life until you've experienced it in an open boat at sea. Le Farge had no more control over this group than you do who are reading this book.

“Heave to!” came from the quarter-boat, as she laboured behind.

“Heave to!” shouted from the quarter-boat, as it struggled behind.

“Lay on your oars, bullies!” cried the ruffian at the bow, who was still standing up like an evil genius who had taken momentary command over events. “Lay on your oars, bullies; they’d better have it now.”

“Keep rowing, you guys!” shouted the thug at the front, who was still standing like a wicked mastermind who had briefly taken control of the situation. “Keep rowing, you guys; they’d better get it now.”

The quarter-boat in her turn ceased rowing, and lay a cable’s length away.

The small boat stopped rowing and floated a cable's length away.

“How much water have you?” came the mate’s voice.

“How much water do you have?” came the mate’s voice.

“Not enough to go round.”

“Not enough to go around.”

Le Farge made to rise, and the stroke oar struck at him, catching him in the wind and doubling him up in the bottom of the boat.

Le Farge tried to get up, but the oar hit him, knocking him down and folding him over at the bottom of the boat.

“Give us some, for God’s sake!” came the mate’s voice; “we’re parched with rowing, and there’s a woman on board.”

“Give us some, for heaven's sake!” shouted the mate; “we’re dry from rowing, and there’s a woman on board.”

The fellow in the bow of the long-boat, as if some one had suddenly struck him, broke into a tornado of blasphemy.

The guy in the front of the lifeboat, as if someone had suddenly hit him, erupted into a storm of cursing.

“Give us some,” came the mate’s voice, “or, by God, we’ll lay you aboard!”

“Give us some,” the crew member shouted, “or, I swear, we’ll put you on board!”

Before the words were well spoken the men in the quarter-boat carried the threat into action. The conflict was brief: the quarter-boat was too crowded for fighting. The starboard men in the long-boat fought with their oars, whilst the fellows to port steadied the boat.

Before the words were fully said, the men in the quarter-boat took action on the threat. The fight was short: the quarter-boat was too cramped for a real battle. The men on the starboard side of the long-boat fought with their oars, while the guys on the port side steadied the boat.

The fight did not last long, and presently the quarter-boat sheered off, half of the men in her cut about the head and bleeding—two of them senseless.

The fight didn't last long, and soon the quarter-boat veered away, half of the men on it injured and bleeding from their heads—two of them unconscious.




It was sundown on the following day. The long-boat lay adrift. The last drop of water had been served out eight hours before.

It was sunset the next day. The longboat was floating aimlessly. The last drop of water had been distributed eight hours earlier.

The quarter-boat, like a horrible phantom, had been haunting and pursuing her all day, begging for water when there was none. It was like the prayers one might expect to hear in hell.

The quarter-boat, like a terrifying ghost, had been following her all day, pleading for water when there was none. It sounded like the prayers you might hear in hell.

The men in the long-boat, gloomy and morose, weighed down with a sense of crime, tortured by thirst, and tormented by the voices imploring for water, lay on their oars when the other boat tried to approach.

The men in the lifeboat, feeling down and depressed, burdened by a feeling of guilt, suffering from thirst, and tormented by the voices begging for water, stopped rowing when the other boat attempted to get closer.

Now and then, suddenly, and as if moved by a common impulse, they would all shout out together: “We have none.” But the quarter-boat would not believe. It was in vain to hold the breaker with the bung out to prove its dryness, the half-delirious creatures had it fixed in their minds that their comrades were withholding from them the water that was not.

Now and then, all of a sudden, and as if driven by a shared impulse, they would all shout together: “We have none.” But the quarter-boat wouldn’t believe it. It was pointless to hold the breaker with the bung out to show it was dry; the half-delirious people were convinced that their companions were keeping back the nonexistent water.

Just as the sun touched the sea, Lestrange, rousing himself from a torpor into which he had sunk, raised himself and looked over the gunwale. He saw the quarter-boat drifting a cable’s length away, lit by the full light of sunset, and the spectres in it, seeing him, held out in mute appeal their blackened tongues.

Just as the sun kissed the sea, Lestrange, shaking off the daze he had fallen into, lifted himself and peered over the side of the boat. He saw the lifeboat drifting a cable’s length away, illuminated by the bright sunset, and the figures in it, noticing him, silently reached out with their darkened mouths.




Of the night that followed it is almost impossible to speak. Thirst was nothing to what the scowbankers suffered from the torture of the whimpering appeal for water that came to them at intervals during the night.

Of the night that followed, it's almost impossible to describe. Thirst was nothing compared to what the scowbankers endured from the torment of the whimpering pleas for water that came to them at intervals throughout the night.




When at last the Arago, a French whale ship, sighted them, the crew of the long-boat were still alive, but three of them were raving madmen. Of the crew of the quarter-boat was saved—not one.

When the Arago, a French whale ship, finally spotted them, the long-boat crew was still alive, but three of them were completely insane. Not a single member of the quarter-boat crew was saved.




PART II


CHAPTER XI

THE ISLAND

“Childer!” shouted Paddy. He was at the cross-trees in the full dawn, whilst the children standing beneath on deck were craning their faces up to him. “There’s an island forenint us.”

“Kids!” shouted Paddy. He was at the cross-trees in the bright morning, while the children standing below on the deck were looking up at him. “There’s an island in front of us.”

“Hurrah!” cried Dick. He was not quite sure what an island might be like in the concrete, but it was something fresh, and Paddy’s voice was jubilant.

“Yay!” shouted Dick. He wasn’t entirely sure what an island would be like in real life, but it was something new, and Paddy’s voice was full of excitement.

“Land ho! it is,” said he, coming down to the deck. “Come for’ard to the bows, and I’ll show it you.”

“Land ho! It is,” he said, stepping onto the deck. “Come up front to the bow, and I’ll show it to you.”

He stood on the timber in the bows and lifted Emmeline up in his arms; and even at that humble elevation from the water she could see something of an undecided colour—green for choice—on the horizon.

He stood on the wooden platform at the front and lifted Emmeline into his arms; even from that low height above the water, she could see something of an unclear color—green, if she had to choose—on the horizon.

It was not directly ahead, but on the starboard bow—or, as she would have expressed it, to the right. When Dick had looked and expressed his disappointment at there being so little to see, Paddy began to make preparations for leaving the ship.

It wasn't directly in front of them, but off to the right. When Dick looked and said he was disappointed by how little there was to see, Paddy started getting ready to leave the ship.

It was only just now, with land in sight, that he recognised in some fashion the horror of the position from which they were about to escape.

It was only just now, with land in sight, that he realized in some way the horror of the situation they were about to escape.

He fed the children hurriedly with some biscuits and tinned meat, and then, with a biscuit in his hand, eating as he went, he trotted about the decks, collecting things and stowing them in the dinghy. The bolt of striped flannel, all the old clothes, a housewife full of needles and thread, such as seamen sometimes carry, the half-sack of potatoes, a saw which he found in the caboose, the precious coil of tobacco, and a lot of other odds and ends he transhipped, sinking the little dinghy several strakes in the process. Also, of course, he took the breaker of water, and the remains of the biscuit and tinned stuff they had brought on board. These being stowed, and the dinghy ready, he went forward with the children to the bow, to see how the island was bearing.

He quickly fed the kids some biscuits and canned meat, then, with a biscuit in hand and eating as he moved, he hurried around the decks, gathering things and loading them into the dinghy. He packed the bolt of striped flannel, all the old clothes, a sewing kit full of needles and thread that sailors sometimes carry, the half-sack of potatoes, a saw he found in the kitchen, the valuable coil of tobacco, and a bunch of other random bits and pieces, making the little dinghy sit lower in the water as he did so. He also took the water container and the leftovers of the biscuits and canned food they had brought on board. Once everything was stowed and the dinghy was ready, he went to the front with the kids to see how the island was positioned.

It had loomed up nearer during the hour or so in which he had been collecting and storing the things—nearer, and more to the right, which meant that the brig was being borne by a fairly swift current, and that she would pass it, leaving it two or three miles to starboard. It was well they had command of the dinghy.

It had come closer during the hour or so he had been gathering and stowing the items—closer and further to the right, which meant the brig was being pushed along by a fairly fast current, and that it would pass, leaving it two or three miles to the starboard side. It was good they had control of the dinghy.

“The sea’s all round it,” said Emmeline, who was seated on Paddy’s shoulder, holding on tight to him, and gazing upon the island, the green of whose trees was now visible, an oasis of verdure in the sparkling and seraphic blue.

“The sea’s all around it,” said Emmeline, who was sitting on Paddy’s shoulder, holding on tight to him and looking at the island, the green of its trees now visible, an oasis of greenery in the sparkling and heavenly blue.

“Are we going there, Paddy?” asked Dick, holding on to a stay, and straining his eyes towards the land.

“Are we going there, Paddy?” Dick asked, gripping a stay and squinting towards the land.

“Ay, are we,” said Mr Button. “Hot foot—five knots, if we’re makin’ wan; and it’s ashore we’ll be by noon, and maybe sooner.”

“Aye, we are,” said Mr. Button. “Hurrying along—five knots, if we’re making one; and we’ll be onshore by noon, and maybe even sooner.”

The breeze had freshened up, and was blowing dead from the island, as though the island were making a weak attempt to blow them away from it.

The breeze had picked up, blowing straight from the island, as if the island was making a feeble effort to push them away.

Oh, what a fresh and perfumed breeze it was! All sorts of tropical growing things had joined their scent in one bouquet.

Oh, what a fresh and fragrant breeze it was! All kinds of tropical plants had combined their scents into one beautiful bouquet.

“Smell it,” said Emmeline, expanding her small nostrils. “That’s what I smelt last night, only it’s stronger now.”

“Smell it,” Emmeline said, flaring her small nostrils. “That’s what I smelled last night, but it’s stronger now.”

The last reckoning taken on board the Northumberland had proved the ship to be south by east of the Marquesas; this was evidently one of those small, lost islands that lie here and there south by east of the Marquesas. Islands the most lonely and beautiful in the world.

The last update received on the Northumberland showed the ship to be south by east of the Marquesas; it was clearly one of those small, uncharted islands that exist here and there south by east of the Marquesas. These islands are some of the most remote and beautiful in the world.

As they gazed it grew before them, and shifted still more to the right. It was hilly and green now, though the trees could not be clearly made out; here, the green was lighter in colour, and there, darker. A rim of pure white marble seemed to surround its base. It was foam breaking on the barrier reef.

As they looked, it expanded in front of them and shifted even more to the right. It was now hilly and green, although the trees were hard to distinguish; in some areas, the green was a lighter shade, and in others, darker. A border of pure white marble appeared to encircle its base. It was foam crashing against the barrier reef.

In another hour the feathery foliage of the cocoa-nut palms could be made out, and the old sailor judged it time to take to the boat.

In another hour, the feathery leaves of the coconut palms became visible, and the old sailor decided it was time to get into the boat.

He lifted Emmeline, who was clasping her luggage, over the rail on to the channel, and deposited her in the stern-sheets; then Dick.

He lifted Emmeline, who was holding onto her luggage, over the railing onto the channel and set her down in the back seats; then Dick.

In a moment the boat was adrift, the mast stepped, and the Shenandoah left to pursue her mysterious voyage at the will of the currents of the sea.

In no time, the boat was adrift, the mast raised, and the Shenandoah set off on her mysterious journey, guided by the currents of the sea.

“You’re not going to the island, Paddy,” cried Dick, as the old man put the boat on the port tack.

“You're not going to the island, Paddy," yelled Dick, as the old man adjusted the boat to the port tack.

“You be aisy,” replied the other, “and don’t be larnin’ your gran’mother. How the divil d’ye think I’d fetch the land sailin’ dead in the wind’s eye?”

"You be easy," replied the other, "and don’t be teaching your grandmother. How the hell do you think I’d sail the land dead into the wind?"

“Has the wind eyes?”

"Does the wind have eyes?"

Mr Button did not answer the question. He was troubled in his mind. What if the island were inhabited? He had spent several years in the South Seas. He knew the people of the Marquesas and Samoa, and liked them. But here he was out of his bearings.

Mr. Button didn't answer the question. He was anxious. What if the island was inhabited? He had spent several years in the South Seas. He was familiar with the people of the Marquesas and Samoa, and he liked them. But now, he felt completely lost.

However, all the troubling in the world was of no use. It was a case of the island or the deep sea, and, putting the boat on the starboard tack, he lit his pipe and leaned back with the tiller in the crook of his arm. His keen eyes had made out from the deck of the brig an opening in the reef, and he was making to run the dinghy abreast of the opening, and then take to the sculls and row her through.

However, all the chaos in the world was pointless. It came down to choosing between the island or the deep sea, and as he set the boat on a starboard course, he lit his pipe and leaned back with the tiller in the crook of his arm. His sharp eyes had spotted an opening in the reef from the deck of the brig, and he was planning to steer the dinghy alongside the opening and then take to the oars to row through.

Now, as they drew nearer a sound came on the breeze, a sound faint and sonorous and dreamy. It was the sound of the breakers on the reef. The sea just here was heaving to a deeper swell, as if vexed in its sleep at the resistance to it of the land.

Now, as they got closer, a sound floated on the breeze, a faint, deep, and dreamy sound. It was the sound of the waves crashing on the reef. The sea in this spot was rising to a deeper swell, as if disturbed in its sleep by the land's resistance.

Emmeline, sitting with her bundle in her lap, stared without speaking at the sight before her. Even in the bright, glorious sunshine, and despite the greenery that showed beyond, it was a desolate sight seen from her place in the dinghy. A white, forlorn beach, over which the breakers raced and tumbled, sea-gulls wheeling and screaming, and over all the thunder of the surf.

Emmeline sat with her bundle in her lap, silently gazing at the scene in front of her. Even in the bright, beautiful sunshine, and despite the greenery visible beyond, it was a bleak sight from her spot in the dinghy. A lonely, white beach, with waves crashing and rolling, seagulls circling and squawking, all accompanied by the roar of the surf.

Suddenly the break became visible, and a glimpse of smooth, blue water beyond. Mr Button unshipped the tiller, unstepped the mast, and took to the sculls.

Suddenly, the opening came into view, revealing a glimpse of smooth, blue water beyond. Mr. Button detached the tiller, took down the mast, and started using the oars.

As they drew nearer, the sea became more active, savage, and alive; the thunder of the surf became louder, the breakers more fierce and threatening, the opening broader.

As they got closer, the ocean grew more turbulent, wild, and vibrant; the roar of the waves became louder, the crashes more intense and menacing, the gap wider.

One could see the water swirling round the coral piers, for the tide was flooding into the lagoon; it had seized the little dinghy and was bearing it along far swifter than the sculls could have driven it. Sea-gulls screamed around them, the boat rocked and swayed. Dick shouted with excitement, and Emmeline shut her eyes tight.

One could see the water swirling around the coral piers, as the tide was rushing into the lagoon; it had taken hold of the small dinghy and was carrying it along much faster than the oars could have moved it. Sea gulls screamed around them, and the boat rocked and swayed. Dick shouted with excitement, while Emmeline shut her eyes tight.

Then, as though a door had been swiftly and silently closed, the sound of the surf became suddenly less. The boat floated on an even keel; she opened her eyes and found herself in Wonderland.

Then, as if a door had been quickly and quietly shut, the sound of the waves became suddenly softer. The boat floated steadily; she opened her eyes and realized she was in Wonderland.




CHAPTER XII

THE LAKE OF AZURE

On either side lay a great sweep of waving blue water. Calm, almost as a lake, sapphire here, and here with the tints of the aqua marine. Water so clear that fathoms away below you could see the branching coral, the schools of passing fish, and the shadows of the fish upon the spaces of sand.

On both sides stretched a vast expanse of shimmering blue water. It was calm, nearly like a lake, sparkling sapphire in some places and aquamarine in others. The water was so clear that, even from way above, you could see the branching coral, schools of fish swimming by, and the shadows of the fish cast on the sandy bottom.

Before them the clear water washed the sands of a white beach, the cocoa-palms waved and whispered in the breeze; and as the oarsman lay on his oars to look a flock of bluebirds rose, as if suddenly freed from the tree-tops, wheeled, and passed soundless, like a wreath of smoke, over the tree-tops of the higher land beyond.

Before them, the clear water lapped at the sands of a white beach, while the cocoa palms swayed and whispered in the breeze. As the oarsman rested on his oars to gaze, a flock of bluebirds suddenly took flight from the treetops, circling gracefully and passing silently like a wisp of smoke over the higher land beyond.

“Look!” shouted Dick, who had his nose over the gunwale of the boat. “Look at the fish!”

“Look!” shouted Dick, who had his nose over the edge of the boat. “Look at the fish!”

“Mr Button,” cried Emmeline, “where are we?”

“Mr. Button,” yelled Emmeline, “where are we?”

“Bedad, I dunno; but we might be in a worse place, I’m thinkin’,” replied the old man, sweeping his eyes over the blue and tranquil lagoon, from the barrier reef to the happy shore.

“Honestly, I don’t know; but I think we could be in a worse situation,” replied the old man, scanning the calm blue lagoon, from the barrier reef to the cheerful shore.

On either side of the broad beach before them the cocoa-nut trees came down like two regiments, and bending gazed at their own reflections in the lagoon. Beyond lay waving chapparel, where cocoa-palms and breadfruit trees intermixed with the mammee apple and the tendrils of the wild vine. On one of the piers of coral at the break of the reef stood a single cocoa-palm; bending with a slight curve, it, too, seemed seeking its reflection in the waving water.

On both sides of the wide beach in front of them, the coconut trees lined up like two regiments, leaning in to see their reflections in the lagoon. Beyond, there was waving brush where coconut palms and breadfruit trees mixed with mammee apple trees and the tendrils of wild vines. On one of the coral piers at the edge of the reef stood a lone coconut palm; bending slightly, it also seemed to be searching for its reflection in the swaying water.

But the soul of it all, the indescribable thing about this picture of mirrored palm trees, blue lagoon, coral reef and sky, was the light.

But the essence of it all, the unexplainable quality of this scene with mirrored palm trees, a blue lagoon, coral reef, and sky, was the light.

Away at sea the light was blinding, dazzling, cruel. Away at sea it had nothing to focus itself upon, nothing to exhibit but infinite spaces of blue water and desolation.

Away at sea, the light was harsh, overwhelming, and unforgiving. Out there, it had nothing to direct itself at, nothing to show except endless expanses of blue water and emptiness.

Here it made the air a crystal, through which the gazer saw the loveliness of the land and reef, the green of palm, the white of coral, the wheeling gulls, the blue lagoon, all sharply outlined—burning, coloured, arrogant, yet tender—heart-breakingly beautiful, for the spirit of eternal morning was here, eternal happiness, eternal youth.

Here the air felt like crystal, allowing the observer to see the beauty of the land and reef, the green palms, the white coral, the circling gulls, and the blue lagoon—all vividly defined—intense, colorful, bold, yet gentle—exquisitely beautiful, for the essence of everlasting morning was present, along with eternal happiness and eternal youth.

As the oarsman pulled the tiny craft towards the beach, neither he nor the children saw away behind the boat, on the water near the bending palm tree at the break in the reef, something that for a moment insulted the day, and was gone. Something like a small triangle of dark canvas, that rippled through the water and sank from sight; something that appeared and vanished like an evil thought.

As the rower moved the small boat towards the shore, neither he nor the kids noticed something far behind the boat, on the water near the leaning palm tree at the gap in the reef, that briefly disturbed the peaceful day and then disappeared. It looked like a small triangle of dark fabric that glided through the water and sank from view; something that showed up and vanished like a bad thought.

It did not take long to beach the boat. Mr Button tumbled over the side up to his knees in water, whilst Dick crawled over the bow.

It didn't take long to get the boat on the shore. Mr. Button fell over the side, getting soaked up to his knees, while Dick crawled over the front.

“Catch hould of her the same as I do,” cried Paddy, laying hold of the starboard gunwale; whilst Dick, imitative as a monkey, seized the gunwale to port. Now then:

“Grab her the same way I am,” shouted Paddy, gripping the starboard gunwale, while Dick, mimicking him like a monkey, took hold of the gunwale to port. Alright then:

“‘Yeo ho, Chilliman,
Up wid her, up wid her,
Heave O, Chilliman.’

“‘Hey ho, Chilliman,
Lift her up, lift her up,
Heave O, Chilliman.’

“Lave her be now; she’s high enough.”

“Leave her alone now; she’s had enough.”

He took Emmeline in his arms and carried her up on the sand. It was from just here on the sand that you could see the true beauty of the lagoon. That lake of sea water forever protected from storm and trouble by the barrier reef of coral.

He picked Emmeline up and carried her over to the sand. From this spot on the sand, you could truly see the beauty of the lagoon. That body of seawater is always shielded from storms and turmoil by the coral barrier reef.

Right from where the little clear ripples ran up the strand, it led the eye to the break in the coral reef where the palm gazed at its own reflection in the water, and there, beyond the break, one caught a vision of the great heaving, sparkling sea.

Right from where the gentle ripples lapped at the shore, it drew the eye to the gap in the coral reef where the palm tree looked at its own reflection in the water, and there, beyond the break, you could see the vast, shimmering ocean.

The lagoon, just here, was perhaps more than a third of a mile broad. I have never measured it, but I know that, standing by the palm tree on the reef, flinging up one’s arm and shouting to a person on the beach, the sound took a perceptible time to cross the water: I should say, perhaps, an almost perceptible time. The distant signal and the distant call were almost coincident, yet not quite.

The lagoon right here was maybe more than a third of a mile wide. I’ve never measured it, but I know that when standing by the palm tree on the reef, waving my arm and shouting to someone on the beach, there was a noticeable delay before the sound reached the water: I’d say, maybe an almost noticeable delay. The distant signal and the distant call were nearly simultaneous, but not entirely.

Dick, mad with delight at the place in which he found himself, was running about like a dog just out of the water. Mr Button was discharging the cargo of the dinghy on the dry, white sand. Emmeline seated herself with her precious bundle on the sand, and was watching the operations of her friend, looking at the things around her and feeling very strange.

Dick, overjoyed at where he was, was running around like a dog that just got out of the water. Mr. Button was unloading the cargo from the dinghy onto the dry, white sand. Emmeline sat down with her precious bundle on the sand, watching her friend at work, taking in her surroundings, and feeling quite strange.

For all she knew all this was the ordinary accompaniment of a sea voyage. Paddy’s manner throughout had been set to the one idea, not to frighten the “childer”; the weather had backed him up. But down in the heart of her lay the knowledge that all was not as it should be. The hurried departure from the ship, the fog in which her uncle had vanished, those things, and others as well, she felt instinctively were not right. But she said nothing.

For all she knew, this was just a typical part of a sea voyage. Paddy’s behavior had been focused on one goal: not to scare the kids. The weather had supported him in that. But deep down, she sensed that something wasn’t right. The rushed exit from the ship, the fog in which her uncle had disappeared—she instinctively felt that these things, along with others, were off. Still, she kept quiet.

She had not long for meditation, however, for Dick was running towards her with a live crab which he had picked up, calling out that he was going to make it bite her.

She didn't have much time to think, though, because Dick was running towards her with a live crab he had found, shouting that he was going to make it pinch her.

“Take it away!” cried Emmeline, holding both hands with fingers widespread in front of her face. “Mr Button! Mr Button! Mr Button!”

“Go for it!” shouted Emmeline, holding both hands with her fingers spread in front of her face. “Mr. Button! Mr. Button! Mr. Button!”

“Lave her be, you little divil!” roared Pat, who was depositing the last of the cargo on the sand. “Lave her be, or it’s a cow-hidin’ I’ll be givin’ you!”

“Leave her alone, you little troublemaker!” shouted Pat, who was unloading the last of the cargo onto the sand. “Leave her be, or I’ll give you a hiding!”

“What’s a ‘divil,’ Paddy?” asked Dick, panting from his exertions. “Paddy, what’s a ‘divil’?”

“What’s a ‘devil,’ Paddy?” asked Dick, out of breath from his efforts. “Paddy, what’s a ‘devil’?”

“You’re wan. Ax no questions now, for it’s tired I am, an’ I want to rest me bones.”

“You look pale. Don’t ask any questions now, because I’m tired and I just want to rest my bones.”

He flung himself under the shade of a palm tree, took out his tinder box, tobacco and pipe, cut some tobacco up, filled his pipe and lit it. Emmeline crawled up, and sat near him, and Dick flung himself down on the sand near Emmeline.

He threw himself under the shade of a palm tree, took out his tinderbox, tobacco, and pipe, chopped up some tobacco, filled his pipe, and lit it. Emmeline crawled over and sat close to him, and Dick dropped down on the sand near Emmeline.

Mr Button took off his coat and made a pillow of it against a cocoa-nut tree stem. He had found the El Dorado of the weary. With his knowledge of the South Seas a glance at the vegetation to be seen told him that food for a regiment might be had for the taking; water, too.

Mr. Button took off his coat and used it as a pillow against a coconut tree trunk. He had discovered a paradise for the tired. With his knowledge of the South Seas, a quick look at the plants around him told him that there was enough food to feed a large group, and there was water available too.

Right down the middle of the strand was a depression which in the rainy season would be the bed of a rushing rivulet. The water just now was not strong enough to come all the way to the lagoon, but away up there “beyant” in the woods lay the source, and he’d find it in due time. There was enough in the breaker for a week, and green “cuca-nuts” were to be had for the climbing.

Right in the middle of the beach was a dip that during the rainy season would become a fast-running stream. The water wasn’t strong enough to reach the lagoon right now, but way up there “beyond” in the woods was the source, and he’d find it eventually. There was enough in the waves for a week, and green coconuts were available for climbing.

Emmeline contemplated Paddy for a while as he smoked and rested his bones, then a great thought occurred to her. She took the little shawl from around the parcel she was holding and exposed the mysterious box.

Emmeline watched Paddy for a bit as he smoked and relaxed, then an idea struck her. She removed the small shawl from the package she was holding and revealed the mysterious box.

“Oh, begorra, the box!” said Paddy, leaning on his elbow interestedly; “I might a’ known you wouldn’t a’ forgot it.”

“Oh, wow, the box!” said Paddy, leaning on his elbow with interest; “I should have known you wouldn’t forget it.”

“Mrs James,” said Emmeline, “made me promise not to open it till I got on shore, for the things in it might get lost.”

“Mrs. James,” Emmeline said, “made me promise not to open it until I got on land, because the things inside might get lost.”

“Well, you’re ashore now,” said Dick; “open it.”

“Well, you’re on land now,” said Dick; “go ahead and open it.”

“I’m going to,” said Emmeline.

“I’m gonna,” said Emmeline.

She carefully undid the string, refusing the assistance of Paddy’s knife. Then the brown paper came off, disclosing a common cardboard box. She raised the lid half an inch, peeped in, and shut it again.

She carefully untied the string, declining the help of Paddy’s knife. Then the brown paper came off, revealing a plain cardboard box. She lifted the lid slightly, took a quick glance inside, and closed it again.

Open it!” cried Dick, mad with curiosity.

Open it!” yelled Dick, bursting with curiosity.

“What’s in it, honey?” asked the old sailor, who was as interested as Dick.

“What’s in it, honey?” asked the old sailor, who was just as curious as Dick.

“Things,” replied Emmeline.

"Stuff," replied Emmeline.

Then all at once she took the lid off and disclosed a tiny tea service of china, packed in shavings; there was a teapot with a lid, a cream jug, cups and saucers, and six microscopic plates, each painted with a pansy.

Then all at once she took off the lid and revealed a tiny tea set made of china, packed in shavings; there was a teapot with a lid, a cream jug, cups and saucers, and six tiny plates, each painted with a pansy.

“Sure, it’s a tay-set!” said Paddy, in an interested voice. “Glory be to God! will you look at the little plates wid the flowers on thim?”

“Sure, it’s a tea set!” said Paddy, in an interested voice. “Glory be to God! will you look at the little plates with the flowers on them?”

“Heugh!” said Dick in disgust; “I thought it might a’ been soldiers.”

“Ugh!” said Dick in disgust; “I thought it might have been soldiers.”

I don’t want soldiers,” replied Emmeline, in a voice of perfect contentment.

I don’t want soldiers,” Emmeline replied, sounding completely content.

She unfolded a piece of tissue paper, and took from it a sugar-tongs and six spoons. Then she arrayed the whole lot on the sand.

She opened a piece of tissue paper and took out a pair of sugar tongs and six spoons. Then she laid everything out on the sand.

“Well, if that don’t beat all!” said Paddy.

“Well, if that doesn’t beat all!” said Paddy.

“And whin are you goin’ to ax me to tay with you?”

“And when are you going to ask me to stay with you?”

“Some time,” replied Emmeline, collecting the things, and carefully repacking them.

“Soon,” replied Emmeline, gathering her things and carefully repacking them.

Mr Button finished his pipe, tapped the ashes out, and placed it in his pocket.

Mr. Button finished his pipe, emptied the ashes, and put it in his pocket.

“I’ll be afther riggin’ up a bit of a tint,” said he, as he rose to his feet, “to shelter us from the jew to-night; but I’ll first have a look at the woods to see if I can find wather. Lave your box with the other things, Emmeline; there’s no one here to take it.”

“I’ll be setting up a little tent,” he said as he stood up, “to protect us from the dew tonight; but first, I’ll check the woods to see if I can find some water. Leave your box with the other things, Emmeline; there’s no one here to take it.”

Emmeline left her box on the heap of things that Paddy had placed in the shadow of the cocoa-nut trees, took his hand, and the three entered the grove on the right.

Emmeline left her box on the pile of things that Paddy had put in the shade of the coconut trees, took his hand, and the three of them walked into the grove on the right.

It was like entering a pine forest; the tall symmetrical stems of the trees seemed set by mathematical law, each at a given distance from the other. Whichever way you entered a twilight alley set with tree boles lay before you. Looking up you saw at an immense distance above a pale green roof patined with sparkling and flashing points of light, where the breeze was busy playing with the green fronds of the trees.

It felt like stepping into a pine forest; the tall, straight trunks of the trees appeared arranged by some mathematical rule, each spaced evenly apart from the others. No matter which way you entered a dimly lit path lined with tree trunks, it unfolded before you. When you looked up, you saw a pale green canopy far above, decorated with twinkling points of light, where the breeze was playfully rustling the green leaves of the trees.

“Mr Button,” murmured Emmeline, “we won’t get lost, will we?”

“Mr. Button,” murmured Emmeline, “we aren’t going to get lost, are we?”

“Lost! No, faith; sure we’re goin’ uphill, an’ all we have to do is to come down again, when we want to get back—ware nuts!” A green nut detached from up above came down rattling and tumbling and hopped on the ground. Paddy picked it up. “It’s a green cucanut,” said he, putting it in his pocket (it was not very much bigger than a Jaffa orange), “and we’ll have it for tay.”

“Lost! No way, we’re definitely going uphill, and all we have to do is come back down when we want to return—watch out for those nuts!” A green nut fell from above, bouncing and rolling as it hit the ground. Paddy picked it up. “It’s a green coconut,” he said, placing it in his pocket (it was about the size of a Jaffa orange), “and we’ll have it for tea.”

“That’s not a cocoa-nut,” said Dick; “cocoa-nuts are brown. I had five cents once an’ I bought one, and scraped it out and y’et it.”

"That's not a coconut," said Dick. "Coconuts are brown. I had five cents once, and I bought one, scraped it out, and ate it."

“When Dr Sims made Dicky sick,” said Emmeline, “he said the wonder t’im was how Dicky held it all.”

“When Dr. Sims made Dicky sick,” Emmeline said, “he wondered how Dicky could handle it all.”

“Come on,” said Mr Button, “an’ don’t be talkin’, or it’s the Cluricaunes will be after us.”

“Come on,” said Mr. Button, “and don’t talk, or the Cluricaunes will be after us.”

“What’s cluricaunes?” demanded Dick.

“What are cluricaunes?” demanded Dick.

“Little men no bigger than your thumb that make the brogues for the Good People.”

“Tiny little men no taller than your thumb who make the shoes for the Good People.”

“Who’s they?”

"Who's that?"

“Whisht, and don’t be talkin’. Mind your head, Em’leen, or the branches’ll be hittin’ you in the face.”

“Shh, and don’t make any noise. Watch your head, Em’leen, or the branches will hit you in the face.”

They had left the cocoa-nut grove, and entered the chapparel. Here was a deeper twilight, and all sorts of trees lent their foliage to make the shade. The artu with its delicately diamonded trunk, the great breadfruit tall as a beech, and shadowy as a cave, the aoa, and the eternal cocoa-nut palm all grew here like brothers. Great ropes of wild vine twined like the snake of the laocoon from tree to tree, and all sorts of wonderful flowers, from the orchid shaped like a butterfly to the scarlet hibiscus, made beautiful the gloom.

They had left the coconut grove and entered the brush. Here, the twilight was deeper, and all kinds of trees provided their leaves to create shade. The artu with its delicately patterned trunk, the tall breadfruit tree as high as a beech and as shadowy as a cave, the aoa, and the ever-present coconut palm all grew here like family. Thick ropes of wild vine twisted like the snake from the Laocoon story, connecting tree to tree, and all sorts of stunning flowers, from butterfly-shaped orchids to bright red hibiscus, brightened the darkness.

Suddenly Mr Button stopped.

Suddenly, Mr. Button stopped.

“Whisht!” said he.

"Shh!" he said.

Through the silence—a silence filled with the hum and the murmur of wood insects and the faint, far song of the reef—came a tinkling, rippling sound: it was water. He listened to make sure of the bearing of the sound, then he made for it.

Through the silence—a silence filled with the buzzing and chirping of insects and the distant, soft melody of the reef—came a tinkling, flowing sound: it was water. He listened to pinpoint the direction of the sound, then he headed toward it.

Next moment they found themselves in a little grass-grown glade. From the hilly ground above, over a rock black and polished like ebony, fell a tiny cascade not much broader than one’s hand; ferns grew around and from a tree above where a great rope of wild convolvulus flowers blew their trumpets in the enchanted twilight.

Next moment they found themselves in a small grassy clearing. From the hilly ground above, a tiny waterfall, not much wider than a hand, cascaded over a rock that was smooth and shiny like ebony; ferns grew around it, and from a tree above, a thick vine of wild morning glory flowers swayed in the magical twilight.

The children cried out at the prettiness of it, and Emmeline ran and dabbled her hands in the water. Just above the little waterfall sprang a banana tree laden with fruit; it had immense leaves six feet long and more, and broad as a dinner-table. One could see the golden glint of the ripe fruit through the foliage.

The kids shouted with delight at how beautiful it was, and Emmeline rushed over and splashed her hands in the water. Right above the small waterfall stood a banana tree heavy with fruit; it had huge leaves that were six feet long or more and as wide as a dinner table. You could see the golden shine of the ripe fruit peeking through the leaves.

In a moment Mr Button had kicked off his shoes and was going up the rock like a cat, absolutely, for it seemed to give him nothing to climb by.

In no time, Mr. Button had kicked off his shoes and was climbing up the rock like a cat, effortlessly, as if there was nothing there for him to grip.

“Hurroo!” cried Dick in admiration. “Look at Paddy!”

“Wow!” shouted Dick in admiration. “Look at Paddy!”

Emmeline looked, and saw nothing but swaying leaves.

Emmeline looked and saw nothing but moving leaves.

“Stand from under!” he shouted, and next moment down came a huge bunch of yellow-jacketed bananas. Dick shouted with delight, but Emmeline showed no excitement: she had discovered something.

“Get out of the way!” he yelled, and the next moment a huge bunch of yellow-jacketed bananas came crashing down. Dick shouted with joy, but Emmeline didn’t show any excitement: she had found something.




CHAPTER XIII

DEATH VEILED WITH LICHEN

“Mr Button,” said she, when the latter had descended, “there’s a little barrel”; she pointed to something green and lichen-covered that lay between the trunks of two trees—something that eyes less sharp than the eyes of a child might have mistaken for a boulder.

“Mr. Button,” she said when he got down, “there’s a little barrel.” She pointed to something green and covered in lichen that lay between the trunks of two trees—something that less observant eyes than a child’s might have mistaken for a boulder.

“Sure, an’ faith it’s an’ ould empty bar’l,” said Mr Button, wiping the sweat from his brow and staring at the thing. “Some ship must have been wathering here an’ forgot it. It’ll do for a sate whilst we have dinner.”

“Sure, it’s an old empty barrel,” said Mr. Button, wiping the sweat from his brow and staring at it. “Some ship must have been anchored here and left it behind. It’ll work as a seat while we have dinner.”

He sat down upon it and distributed the bananas to the children, who sat down on the grass.

He sat down on it and handed out the bananas to the children, who settled on the grass.

The barrel looked such a deserted and neglected thing that his imagination assumed it to be empty. Empty or full, however, it made an excellent seat, for it was quarter sunk in the green soft earth, and immovable.

The barrel looked so abandoned and rundown that he imagined it was empty. But whether it was empty or full, it made a great seat since it was partially sunk into the soft green earth and didn’t budge.

“If ships has been here, ships will come again,” said he, as he munched his bananas.

“If ships have been here, ships will come again,” he said, as he munched on his bananas.

“Will daddy’s ship come here?” asked Dick.

“Will Dad's ship come here?” asked Dick.

“Ay, to be sure it will,” replied the other, taking out his pipe. “Now run about and play with the flowers an’ lave me alone to smoke a pipe, and then we’ll all go to the top of the hill beyant, and have a look round us.

“Ay, for sure it will,” replied the other, pulling out his pipe. “Now go run around and play with the flowers and leave me alone to smoke my pipe, and then we’ll all head up to the top of the hill over there and have a look around.”

“Come ’long, Em!” cried Dick; and the children started off amongst the trees, Dick pulling at the hanging vine tendrils, and Emmeline plucking what blossoms she could find within her small reach.

“Come on, Em!” shouted Dick; and the kids set off among the trees, Dick tugging at the dangling vine tendrils, and Emmeline picking whatever flowers she could reach.

When he had finished his pipe he hallooed, and small voices answered him from the wood. Then the children came running back, Emmeline laughing and showing her small white teeth, a large bunch of blossoms in her hand; Dick flowerless, but carrying what seemed a large green stone.

When he finished his pipe, he called out, and small voices responded from the woods. Then the kids came running back, Emmeline laughing and showing off her small white teeth, a big bunch of flowers in her hand; Dick was without flowers but was holding what looked like a large green stone.

“Look at what a funny thing I’ve found!” he cried; “it’s got holes in it.”

“Look at this funny thing I found!” he exclaimed; “it has holes in it.”

“Dhrap it!” shouted Mr Button, springing from the barrel as if some one had stuck an awl into him. “Where’d you find it? What d’you mane by touchin’ it? Give it here.”

“Drop it!” shouted Mr. Button, jumping out of the barrel as if someone had poked him with a sharp stick. “Where did you find it? What do you mean by touching it? Give it here.”

He took it gingerly in his hands; it was a lichen-covered skull, with a great dent in the back of it where it had been cloven by an axe or some sharp instrument. He hove it as far as he could away amidst the trees.

He picked it up carefully; it was a lichen-covered skull, with a large dent in the back where it had been split by an axe or some sharp tool. He threw it as far as he could into the trees.

“What is it, Paddy?” asked Dick, half astonished, half frightened at the old man’s manner.

“What’s wrong, Paddy?” asked Dick, feeling both amazed and scared by the old man’s behavior.

“It’s nothin’ good,” replied Mr Button.

“It’s nothing good,” replied Mr. Button.

“There were two others, and I wanted to fetch them,” grumbled Dick.

“There were two others, and I wanted to grab them,” grumbled Dick.

“You lave them alone. Musha! musha! but there’s been black doin’s here in days gone by. What is it, Emmeline?”

“You leave them alone. Come on! Come on! But there’s been some dark things happening here in the past. What is it, Emmeline?”

Emmeline was holding out her bunch of flowers for admiration. He took a great gaudy blossom—if flowers can ever be called gaudy—and stuck its stalk in the pocket of his coat. Then he led the way uphill, muttering as he went.

Emmeline was offering her bouquet for admiration. He picked a bright, flashy flower—if flowers can ever be called flashy—and tucked its stem into the pocket of his coat. Then he led the way uphill, grumbling as he walked.

The higher they got the less dense became the trees and the fewer the cocoa-nut palms. The cocoa-nut palm loves the sea, and the few they had here all had their heads bent in the direction of the lagoon, as if yearning after it.

The higher they climbed, the sparser the trees became and the fewer the coconut palms. The coconut palm loves the sea, and the few they saw here all leaned toward the lagoon, as if longing for it.

They passed a cane-brake where canes twenty feet high whispered together like bulrushes. Then a sunlit sward, destitute of tree or shrub, led them sharply upward for a hundred feet or so to where a great rock, the highest point of the island, stood, casting its shadow in the sunshine. The rock was about twenty feet high, and easy to climb. Its top was almost flat, and as spacious as an ordinary dinner-table. From it one could obtain a complete view of the island and the sea.

They walked past a thicket where canes stood twenty feet tall, rustling together like reeds. Then, a sunny clearing with no trees or shrubs led them steeply upward for about a hundred feet to a large rock, the highest point of the island, casting its shadow in the sunlight. The rock was about twenty feet high and easy to climb. Its top was nearly flat and as roomy as an average dinner table. From there, one could see the entire island and the ocean.

Looking down, one’s eye travelled over the trembling and waving tree-tops, to the lagoon; beyond the lagoon to the reef, beyond the reef to the infinite space of the Pacific. The reef encircled the whole island, here further from the land, here closer; the song of the surf on it came as a whisper, just like the whisper you hear in a shell; but, a strange thing, though the sound heard on the beach was continuous, up here one could distinguish an intermittency as breaker after breaker dashed itself to death on the coral strand below.

Looking down, your eyes moved over the shaking and swaying treetops to the lagoon; beyond the lagoon to the reef, and beyond the reef to the endless expanse of the Pacific. The reef surrounded the entire island, sometimes farther from the shore, sometimes closer; the sound of the waves crashing on it came as a whisper, just like the sound you hear in a shell; but, oddly enough, even though the sound on the beach was constant, up here you could hear it breaking intermittently as wave after wave crashed against the coral shore below.

You have seen a field of green barley ruffled over by the wind, just so from the hill-top you could see the wind in its passage over the sunlit foliage beneath.

You have seen a field of green barley swaying in the wind; from the hilltop, you could see the wind moving over the sunlit plants below.

It was breezing up from the south-west, and banyan and cocoa-palm, artu and breadfruit tree, swayed and rocked in the merry wind. So bright and moving was the picture of the breeze-swept sea, the blue lagoon, the foam-dashed reef, and the rocking trees that one felt one had surprised some mysterious gala day, some festival of Nature more than ordinarily glad.

It was a gentle breeze coming from the southwest, and the banyan and cocoa palms, artu, and breadfruit trees swayed playfully in the wind. The vibrant scene of the breezy sea, the blue lagoon, the foamy reef, and the swaying trees made it feel like one had stumbled upon some hidden festive day, a celebration of Nature that was unusually joyful.

As if to strengthen the idea, now and then above the trees would burst what seemed a rocket of coloured stars. The stars would drift away in a flock on the wind and be lost. They were flights of birds. All-coloured birds peopled the trees below—blue, scarlet, dove-coloured, bright of eye, but voiceless. From the reef you could see occasionally the sea-gulls rising here and there in clouds like small puffs of smoke.

As if to emphasize the point, every now and then, what looked like a rocket of colorful stars would explode above the trees. The stars would float away in a group on the wind and disappear. They were flocks of birds. The trees below were filled with birds of every color—blue, red, gray, bright-eyed, but silent. From the reef, you could occasionally spot sea gulls rising here and there in clouds like little puffs of smoke.

The lagoon, here deep, here shallow, presented, according to its depth or shallowness, the colours of ultra-marine or sky. The broadest parts were the palest, because the most shallow; and here and there, in the shallows, you might see a faint tracery of coral ribs almost reaching the surface. The island at its broadest might have been three miles across. There was not a sign of house or habitation to be seen, and not a sail on the whole of the wide Pacific.

The lagoon, sometimes deep and sometimes shallow, displayed colors of ultramarine or sky depending on its depth. The wider areas were the lightest since they were the most shallow; and here and there, in the shallows, you could spot faint outlines of coral ribs nearly breaking the surface. At its widest, the island might have spanned three miles. There were no signs of houses or any kind of settlement in sight, and not a single sail across the expansive Pacific.

It was a strange place to be, up here. To find oneself surrounded by grass and flowers and trees, and all the kindliness of nature, to feel the breeze blow, to smoke one’s pipe, and to remember that one was in a place uninhabited and unknown. A place to which no messages were ever carried except by the wind or the sea-gulls.

It was an odd spot to be, up here. Surrounded by grass, flowers, and trees, with all the warmth of nature, feeling the breeze, smoking a pipe, and realizing you were in a place that was uninhabited and unknown. A place where no messages were ever delivered, except by the wind or the seagulls.

In this solitude the beetle was as carefully painted and the flower as carefully tended as though all the peoples of the civilised world were standing by to criticise or approve.

In this solitude, the beetle was painted with great care and the flower was tended to just as meticulously, as if all the people of the civilized world were watching to either criticize or approve.

Nowhere in the world, perhaps, so well as here, could you appreciate Nature’s splendid indifference to the great affairs of Man.

Nowhere in the world, maybe, can you appreciate Nature’s amazing indifference to the major concerns of humanity like you can here.

The old sailor was thinking nothing of this sort. His eyes were fixed on a small and almost imperceptible stain on the horizon to the sou’-sou’-west. It was no doubt another island almost hull-down on the horizon. Save for this blemish the whole wheel of the sea was empty and serene.

The old sailor wasn’t thinking about anything like that. His eyes were locked on a small, barely noticeable stain on the horizon to the south-southwest. It was definitely another island, almost disappearing on the horizon. Other than this mark, the entire sea was calm and empty.

Emmeline had not followed them up to the rock. She had gone botanising where some bushes displayed great bunches of the crimson arita berries as if to show to the sun what Earth could do in the way of manufacturing poison. She plucked two great bunches of them, and with this treasure came to the base of the rock.

Emmeline hadn't joined them at the rock. Instead, she had gone plant hunting where some bushes showed off large clusters of bright red arita berries, almost like they were trying to demonstrate to the sun what the Earth could produce in terms of poison. She picked two large bunches of them and brought this find to the foot of the rock.

“Lave thim berries down!” cried Mr Button, when she had attracted his attention. “Don’t put thim in your mouth; thim’s the never-wake-up berries.”

“Wash those berries off!” shouted Mr. Button, when she had caught his attention. “Don’t put them in your mouth; those are the never-wake-up berries.”

He came down off the rock, hand over fist, flung the poisonous things away, and looked into Emmeline’s small mouth, which at his command she opened wide. There was only a little pink tongue in it, however, curled up like a rose-leaf; no sign of berries or poison. So, giving her a little shake, just as a nursemaid would have done in like circumstances, he took Dick off the rock, and led the way back to the beach.

He climbed down from the rock, grabbing hold tightly, tossed the poisonous items aside, and looked into Emmeline’s small mouth, which she opened wide at his command. There was just a tiny pink tongue in there, curled up like a rose petal; no sign of berries or poison. So, giving her a little shake, just like a nanny would in similar situations, he lifted Dick off the rock and headed back to the beach.




CHAPTER XIV

ECHOES OF FAIRY-LAND

“Mr Button,” said Emmeline that night, as they sat on the sand near the tent he had improvised, “Mr Button—cats go to sleep.”

“Mr. Button,” Emmeline said that night, as they sat on the sand by the tent he had set up, “Mr. Button—cats go to sleep.”

They had been questioning him about the “never-wake-up” berries.

They had been asking him about the “never-wake-up” berries.

“Who said they didn’t?” asked Mr Button.

“Who said they didn’t?” asked Mr. Button.

“I mean,” said Emmeline, “they go to sleep and never wake up again. Ours did. It had stripes on it, and a white chest, and rings all down its tail. It went asleep in the garden, all stretched out, and showing its teeth; an’ I told Jane, and Dicky ran in an’ told uncle. I went to Mrs Sims, the doctor’s wife, to tea; and when I came back I asked Jane where pussy was—and she said it was deadn’ berried, but I wasn’t to tell uncle.”

“I mean,” said Emmeline, “they go to sleep and never wake up again. Ours did. It had stripes on it, a white chest, and rings all down its tail. It fell asleep in the garden, all stretched out and showing its teeth; and I told Jane, and Dicky ran in and told Uncle. I went to Mrs. Sims, the doctor’s wife, for tea; and when I came back, I asked Jane where the cat was—and she said it was dead and buried, but I wasn’t supposed to tell Uncle.”

“I remember,” said Dick. “It was the day I went to the circus, and you told me not to tell daddy the cat was deadn’ berried. But I told Mrs James’s man when he came to do the garden; and I asked him where cats went when they were deadn’ berried, and he said he guessed they went to hell—at least he hoped they did, for they were always scratchin’ up the flowers. Then he told me not to tell any one he’d said that, for it was a swear word, and he oughtn’t to have said it. I asked him what he’d give me if I didn’t tell, an’ he gave me five cents. That was the day I bought the cocoa-nut.”

“I remember,” said Dick. “It was the day I went to the circus, and you told me not to tell Dad that the cat was dead and buried. But I told Mrs. James’s gardener when he came to work in the garden; and I asked him where cats go when they're dead and buried, and he said he guessed they went to hell—at least he hoped they did, because they were always digging up the flowers. Then he told me not to tell anyone he’d said that, because it was a swear word, and he shouldn’t have said it. I asked him what he’d give me if I didn’t tell, and he gave me five cents. That was the day I bought the coconut.”

The tent, a makeshift affair, consisting of two sculls and a tree branch, which Mr Button had sawed off from a dwarf aoa, and the stay-sail he had brought from the brig, was pitched in the centre of the beach, so as to be out of the way of falling cocoa-nuts, should the breeze strengthen during the night. The sun had set, but the moon had not yet risen as they sat in the starlight on the sand near the temporary abode.

The tent, a makeshift setup made from two oars and a tree branch that Mr. Button had cut off from a small aoa, along with the stay-sail he had brought from the brig, was set up in the middle of the beach to avoid any falling coconuts if the wind picked up during the night. The sun had set, but the moon hadn’t risen yet as they sat in the starlight on the sand near their temporary shelter.

“What’s the things you said made the boots for the people, Paddy?” asked Dick, after a pause.

“What did you say about the boots made for the people, Paddy?” asked Dick, after a pause.

“Which things?”

"What things?"

“You said in the wood I wasn’t to talk, else—”

“You said in the woods I shouldn’t talk, or else—”

“Oh, the Cluricaunes—the little men that cobbles the Good People’s brogues. Is it them you mane?”

“Oh, the Cluricaunes—the little guys who fix the Good People’s shoes. Is that who you mean?”

“Yes,” said Dick, not knowing quite whether it was them or not that he meant, but anxious for information that he felt would be curious. “And what are the good people?”

“Yeah,” Dick said, not really sure if he was referring to them or not, but eager for information that he thought would be interesting. “And who are the good people?”

“Sure, where were you born and bred that you don’t know the Good People is the other name for the fairies—savin’ their presence?”

“Sure, where were you born and raised that you don’t know the Good People is another name for the fairies—saving their presence?”

“There aren’t any,” replied Dick. “Mrs Sims said there weren’t.”

“There aren’t any,” Dick replied. “Mrs. Sims said there aren’t.”

“Mrs James,” put in Emmeline, “said there were. She said she liked to see children b’lieve in fairies. She was talking to another lady, who’d got a red feather in her bonnet, and a fur muff. They were having tea, and I was sitting on the hearthrug. She said the world was getting too—something or another, an’ then the other lady said it was, and asked Mrs James did she see Mrs Someone in the awful hat she wore Thanksgiving Day. They didn’t say anything more about fairies, but Mrs James——”

“Mrs. James,” Emmeline chimed in, “said there were. She said she liked to see kids believe in fairies. She was chatting with another lady who had a red feather in her hat and a fur muff. They were having tea, and I was sitting on the rug by the fire. She said the world was getting too—something or another, and then the other lady agreed and asked Mrs. James if she saw Mrs. Someone in that awful hat she wore on Thanksgiving Day. They didn’t discuss fairies any further, but Mrs. James—”

“Whether you b’lave in them or not,” said Paddy, “there they are. An’ maybe they’re poppin’ out of the wood behint us now, an’ listenin’ to us talkin’; though I’m doubtful if there’s any in these parts, though down in Connaught they were as thick as blackberries in the ould days. O musha! musha! the ould days, the ould days! when will I be seein’ thim again? Now, you may b’lave me or b’lave me not, but me own ould father—God rest his sowl!—was comin’ over Croagh Patrick one night before Christmas with a bottle of whisky in one hand of him, and a goose, plucked an’ claned an’ all, in the other, which same he’d won in a lottery, when, hearin’ a tchune no louder than the buzzin’ of a bee, over a furze-bush he peeps, and there, round a big white stone, the Good People were dancing in a ring hand in hand, an’ kickin’ their heels, an’ the eyes of them glowin’ like the eyes of moths; and a chap on the stone, no bigger than the joint of your thumb, playin’ to thim on a bagpipes. Wid that he let wan yell an’ drops the goose an’ makes for home, over hedge an’ ditch, boundin’ like a buck kangaroo, an’ the face on him as white as flour when he burst in through the door, where we was all sittin’ round the fire burnin’ chestnuts to see who’d be married the first.

“Whether you believe in them or not,” said Paddy, “there they are. And maybe they’re popping out of the wood behind us now, listening to us talk; though I’m not sure if there are any in these parts, whereas down in Connaught they were as thick as blackberries in the old days. Oh my! Oh my! the old days, the old days! when will I see them again? Now, you can believe me or not, but my own old father—God rest his soul!—was coming over Croagh Patrick one night before Christmas with a bottle of whisky in one hand and a goose, plucked and cleaned and all, in the other, which he’d won in a lottery. He heard a tune no louder than the buzzing of a bee, peeped over a furze bush, and there, around a big white stone, the Good People were dancing in a ring hand in hand, kicking their heels, and their eyes glowing like those of moths; and a guy on the stone, no bigger than the joint of your thumb, was playing for them on bagpipes. With that, he let out a yell, dropped the goose, and made for home, over hedge and ditch, bounding like a kangaroo, with his face as white as flour when he burst through the door, where we were all sitting around the fire roasting chestnuts to see who’d be married first.

“‘An’ what in the name of the saints is the mather wid yiz?’ says me mother.

“‘And what in the name of the saints is the matter with you?’ says my mother.

“‘I’ve sane the Good People,’ says he, ‘up on the field beyant,’ says he; ‘and they’ve got the goose,’ says he, ‘but, begorra, I’ve saved the bottle,’ he says. ‘Dhraw the cork and give me a taste of it, for me heart’s in me throat, and me tongue’s like a brick-kil.’

“‘I’ve seen the Good People,’ he says, ‘out in the field over there,’ he says; ‘and they’ve got the goose,’ he says, ‘but, by golly, I’ve saved the bottle,’ he says. ‘Pull the cork and give me a taste of it, because my heart’s in my throat and my tongue’s like a brick.’”

“An’ whin we come to prize the cork out of the bottle, there was nothin’ in it; an’ whin we went next marnin’ to look for the goose, it was gone. But there was the stone, sure enough, and the marks on it of the little brogues of the chap that’d played the bagpipes—and who’d be doubtin’ there were fairies after that?”

“Then when we tried to pull the cork out of the bottle, there was nothing inside it; and when we went the next morning to look for the goose, it was gone. But there was the stone, for sure, with the markings on it from the little shoes of the guy who played the bagpipes—and who would doubt that there were fairies after that?”

The children said nothing for a while, and then Dick said:

The kids were quiet for a bit, and then Dick said:

“Tell us about Cluricaunes, and how they make the boots.”

“Tell us about Cluricaunes and how they make the boots.”

“Whin I’m tellin’ you about Cluricaunes,” said Mr Button, “it’s the truth I’m tellin’ you, an’ out of me own knowlidge, for I’ve spoken to a man that’s held wan in his hand; he was me own mother’s brother, Con Cogan—rest his sowl! Con was six fut two, wid a long, white face; he’d had his head bashed in, years before I was barn, in some ruction or other, an’ the docthers had japanned him with a five-shillin’ piece beat flat.”

“When I’m telling you about Cluricaunes,” said Mr. Button, “I’m telling you the truth, and from my own knowledge, because I’ve talked to a man who held one in his hand; he was my own mother’s brother, Con Cogan—rest his soul! Con was six feet two, with a long, white face; he had his head smashed in, years before I was born, in some fight or other, and the doctors had patched him up with a five-shilling coin beaten flat.”

Dick interposed with a question as to the process, aim, and object of japanning, but Mr Button passed the question by.

Dick interrupted with a question about the process, purpose, and goal of japanning, but Mr. Button ignored the question.

“He’d been bad enough for seein’ fairies before they japanned him, but afther it, begorra, he was twiced as bad. I was a slip of a lad at the time, but me hair near turned grey wid the tales he’d tell of the Good People and their doin’s. One night they’d turn him into a harse an’ ride him half over the county, wan chap on his back an’ another runnin’ behind, shovin’ furze prickles under his tail to make him buck-lep. Another night it’s a dunkey he’d be, harnessed to a little cart, an’ bein’ kicked in the belly and made to draw stones. Thin it’s a goose he’d be, runnin’ over the common wid his neck stritched out squawkin’, an’ an old fairy woman afther him wid a knife, till it fair drove him to the dhrink; though, by the same token, he didn’t want much dhrivin’.

“He’d been bad enough for seeing fairies before they painted him, but after it, honestly, he was twice as bad. I was just a kid at the time, but my hair nearly turned gray from the stories he’d tell about the Good People and their antics. One night they’d turn him into a horse and ride him halfway across the county, one guy on his back and another running behind, shoving thorny bushes under his tail to make him buck. Another night he’d be a donkey, harnessed to a little cart, getting kicked in the belly and forced to pull stones. Then he’d turn into a goose, running across the field with his neck stretched out squawking, and an old fairy woman chasing him with a knife, until it drove him to drink; though, to be fair, he didn’t need much pushing.”

“And what does he do when his money was gone, but tear the five-shillin’ piece they’d japanned him wid aff the top of his hed, and swaps it for a bottle of whisky, and that was the end of him.”

“And what does he do when his money is gone, but tears the five-shilling piece they’d painted on his head off the top of his head, and trades it for a bottle of whiskey, and that was the end of him.”

Mr Button paused to relight his pipe, which had gone out, and there was silence for a moment.

Mr. Button paused to relight his pipe, which had gone out, and there was a brief silence.

The moon had risen, and the song of the surf on the reef filled the whole night with its lullaby. The broad lagoon lay waving and rippling in the moonlight to the incoming tide. Twice as broad it always looked seen by moonlight or starlight than when seen by day. Occasionally the splash of a great fish would cross the silence, and the ripple of it would pass a moment later across the placid water.

The moon was up, and the sound of the waves on the reef filled the night with a soothing melody. The wide lagoon shimmered and flowed in the moonlight as the tide came in. It always appeared twice as wide when illuminated by the moon or stars compared to during the day. Occasionally, the splash of a large fish would break the silence, and its ripple would glide across the calm water a moment later.

Big things happened in the lagoon at night, unseen by eyes from the shore. You would have found the wood behind them, had you walked through it, full of light. A tropic forest under a tropic moon is green as a sea cave. You can see the vine tendrils and the flowers, the orchids and tree boles all lit as by the light of an emerald-tinted day.

Big things happened in the lagoon at night, unnoticed by anyone on the shore. If you had walked through the woods behind it, you would have found it full of light. A tropical forest under a tropical moon is as green as a sea cave. You can see the vine tendrils and the flowers, the orchids and tree trunks all illuminated as if by the glow of an emerald-tinted day.

Mr Button took a long piece of string from his pocket.

Mr. Button took out a long piece of string from his pocket.

“It’s bedtime,” said he; “and I’m going to tether Em’leen, for fear she’d be walkin’ in her slape, and wandherin’ away an’ bein’ lost in the woods.”

“It’s bedtime,” he said; “and I’m going to tie up Em’leen, because I’m worried she might be sleepwalking and wandering off and getting lost in the woods.”

“I don’t want to be tethered,” said Emmeline.

“I don’t want to be tied down,” said Emmeline.

“It’s for your own good I’m doin’ it,” replied Mr Button, fixing the string round her waist. “Now come ’long.”

“It’s for your own good I’m doing this,” replied Mr. Button, tying the string around her waist. “Now come on.”

He led her like a dog in a leash to the tent, and tied the other end of the string to the scull, which was the tent’s main prop and support.

He led her like a dog on a leash to the tent and tied the other end of the string to the pole, which was the main support for the tent.

“Now,” said he, “if you be gettin’ up and walkin’ about in the night, it’s down the tint will be on top of us all.”

“Now,” he said, “if you’re getting up and walking around at night, it’s going to be chaos for all of us.”

And, sure enough, in the small hours of the morning, it was.

And, sure enough, in the early hours of the morning, it was.




CHAPTER XV

FAIR PICTURES IN THE BLUE

“I don’t want my old britches on! I don’t want my old britches on!”

“I don’t want to wear my old pants! I don’t want to wear my old pants!”

Dick was darting about naked on the sand, Mr Button after him with a pair of small trousers in his hand. A crab might just as well have attempted to chase an antelope.

Dick was running around naked on the sand, with Mr. Button chasing him, holding a pair of small pants. A crab might as well have tried to catch an antelope.

They had been on the island a fortnight, and Dick had discovered the keenest joy in life—to be naked. To be naked and wallow in the shallows of the lagoon, to be naked and sit drying in the sun. To be free from the curse of clothes, to shed civilisation on the beach in the form of breeches, boots, coat, and hat, and to be one with the wind and the sun and the sea.

They had been on the island for two weeks, and Dick had found the greatest joy in life—to be naked. To be naked and splash around in the shallow water of the lagoon, to be naked and soak up the sun. To be free from the burden of clothes, to leave civilization behind on the beach with his pants, boots, coat, and hat, and to be one with the wind, the sun, and the sea.

The very first command Mr Button had given on the second morning of their arrival was, “Strip and into the water wid you.”

The very first command Mr. Button gave on the second morning of their arrival was, “Strip down and get into the water.”

Dick had resisted at first, and Emmeline (who rarely wept) had stood weeping in her little chemise. But Mr Button was obdurate. The difficulty at first was to get them in; the difficulty now was to keep them out.

Dick had resisted at first, and Emmeline (who rarely cried) had stood there crying in her little nightgown. But Mr. Button was stubborn. The challenge at first was getting them in; the challenge now was keeping them out.

Emmeline was sitting as nude as the day star, drying in the morning sun after her dip, and watching Dick’s evolutions on the sand.

Emmeline was sitting completely naked, drying in the morning sun after her swim, and watching Dick’s movements on the sand.

The lagoon had for the children far more attraction than the land. Woods where you might knock ripe bananas off the trees with a big cane, sands where golden lizards would scuttle about so tame that you might with a little caution seize them by the tail, a hill-top from whence you might see, to use Paddy’s expression, “to the back of beyond”; all these were fine enough in their way, but they were nothing to the lagoon.

The lagoon was much more appealing to the children than the land. There were woods where you could knock ripe bananas off the trees with a long stick, beaches where golden lizards would scurry around so close that you could carefully grab them by the tail, and a hilltop from which you could see, as Paddy would say, “to the back of beyond.” All of that was nice enough, but it didn't compare to the lagoon.

Deep down where the coral branches were you might watch, whilst Paddy fished, all sorts of things disporting on the sand patches and between the coral tufts. Hermit crabs that had evicted whelks, wearing the evicted ones’ shells—an obvious misfit; sea anemones as big as roses. Flowers that closed up in an irritable manner if you lowered the hook gently down and touched them; extraordinary shells that walked about on feelers, elbowing the crabs out of the way and terrorising the whelks. The overlords of the sand patches, these; yet touch one on the back with a stone tied to a bit of string, and down he would go flat, motionless and feigning death. There was a lot of human nature lurking in the depths of the lagoon, comedy and tragedy.

Deep down where the coral branches were, you could watch while Paddy fished, all sorts of things playing around on the sandy areas and between the coral clusters. Hermit crabs that had kicked out whelks were using their shells—an obvious mismatch; sea anemones as big as roses. Flowers that would close up irritably if you gently lowered the hook and touched them; amazing shells that moved around on feelers, pushing the crabs aside and scaring the whelks. These were the rulers of the sandy spots; yet, if you touched one on the back with a stone tied to a piece of string, it would go flat, motionless, pretending to be dead. There was a lot of human nature hiding in the depths of the lagoon, both comedy and tragedy.

An English rock-pool has its marvels. You can fancy the marvels of this vast rock-pool, nine miles round and varying from a third to half a mile broad, swarming with tropic life and flights of painted fishes; where the glittering albicore passed beneath the boat like a fire and a shadow; where the boat’s reflection lay as clear on the bottom as though the water were air; where the sea, pacified by the reef, told, like a little child, its dreams.

An English rock pool has its wonders. Imagine the wonders of this vast rock pool, nine miles around and ranging from a third to half a mile wide, bustling with tropical life and swarms of colorful fish; where the shimmering albacore swims beneath the boat like a flash of fire and shadow; where the boat's reflection rests so clearly on the bottom it seems like the water is air; where the sea, calmed by the reef, shares its dreams like a little child.

It suited the lazy humour of Mr Button that he never pursued the lagoon more than half a mile or so on either side of the beach. He would bring the fish he caught ashore, and with the aid of his tinder box and dead sticks make a blazing fire on the sand; cook fish and breadfruit and taro roots, helped and hindered by the children. They fixed the tent amidst the trees at the edge of the chapparel, and made it larger and more abiding with the aid of the dinghy’s sail.

It was typical of Mr. Button's lazy sense of humor that he never ventured more than half a mile in either direction along the beach. He would bring the fish he caught back to shore and, using his tinder box and some dry sticks, start a big fire on the sand to cook fish, breadfruit, and taro roots, with both help and chaos from the kids. They set up the tent among the trees at the edge of the brush and made it bigger and more permanent with the dinghy’s sail.

Amidst these occupations, wonders, and pleasures, the children lost all count of the flight of time. They rarely asked about Mr Lestrange; after a while they did not ask about him at all. Children soon forget.

Amidst these activities, wonders, and pleasures, the children completely lost track of time. They rarely inquired about Mr. Lestrange; eventually, they didn't ask about him at all. Kids tend to forget quickly.




PART III


CHAPTER XVI

THE POETRY OF LEARNING

To forget the passage of time you must live in the open air, in a warm climate, with as few clothes as possible upon you. You must collect and cook your own food. Then, after a while, if you have no special ties to bind you to civilisation, Nature will begin to do for you what she does for the savage. You will recognise that it is possible to be happy without books or newspapers, letters or bills. You will recognise the part sleep plays in Nature.

To forget about the passage of time, you need to be outdoors, in a warm climate, wearing as little as possible. You should gather and prepare your own food. After some time, if you don't have any strong connections to civilization, Nature will start to take care of you like she does for the wild. You’ll realize that it’s possible to be happy without books, newspapers, letters, or bills. You’ll understand the role that sleep plays in Nature.

After a month on the island you might have seen Dick at one moment full of life and activity, helping Mr Button to dig up a taro root or what not, the next curled up to sleep like a dog. Emmeline the same. Profound and prolonged lapses into sleep; sudden awakenings into a world of pure air and dazzling light, the gaiety of colour all round. Nature had indeed opened her doors to these children.

After a month on the island, you might have seen Dick one moment full of energy, helping Mr. Button dig up a taro root or something similar, and the next moment curled up to sleep like a dog. Emmeline was the same. They experienced deep, long periods of sleep; sudden awakenings into a world of fresh air and bright light, with colors all around them. Nature had truly welcomed these children.

One might have fancied her in an experimental mood, saying: “Let me put these buds of civilisation back into my nursery and see what they will become—how they will blossom, and what will be the end of it all.”

One might have imagined her in a curious mood, saying: “Let me take these budding ideas of civilization back to my nursery and see what they grow into—how they will flourish, and what the outcome will be.”

Just as Emmeline had brought away her treasured box from the Northumberland, Dick had conveyed with him a small linen bag that chinked when shaken. It contained marbles. Small olive-green marbles and middle-sized ones of various colours; glass marbles with splendid coloured cores; and one large old grandfather marble too big to be played with, but none the less to be worshipped—a god marble.

Just like Emmeline had taken her precious box from the Northumberland, Dick had brought along a small linen bag that made a ringing sound when shaken. It was filled with marbles. Small olive-green marbles and medium-sized ones in different colors; glass marbles with amazing colored cores; and one big old grandfather marble that was too large to play with, but still deserved admiration—a god marble.

Of course one cannot play at marbles on board ship, but one can play with them. They had been a great comfort to Dick on the voyage. He knew them each personally, and he would roll them out on the mattress of his bunk and review them nearly every day, whilst Emmeline looked on.

Of course, you can’t play marbles on a ship, but you can play with them. They had been a great comfort to Dick during the trip. He knew each one personally, and he would roll them out on the mattress of his bunk and check them out almost every day, while Emmeline watched.

One day Mr Button, noticing Dick and the girl kneeling opposite each other on a flat, hard piece of sand near the water’s edge, strolled up to see what they were doing. They were playing marbles. He stood with his hands in his pockets and his pipe in his mouth watching and criticising the game, pleased that the “childer” were amused. Then he began to be amused himself, and in a few minutes more he was down on his knees taking a hand; Emmeline, a poor player and an unenthusiastic one, withdrawing in his favour.

One day, Mr. Button noticed Dick and the girl kneeling across from each other on a flat, hard patch of sand near the water’s edge, so he walked over to see what they were up to. They were playing marbles. He stood there with his hands in his pockets and his pipe in his mouth, watching and commenting on the game, happy that the “kids” were having fun. Soon, he found himself getting amused, and in just a few minutes, he was down on his knees joining in; Emmeline, not very skilled and not really into it, stepped back to let him take a turn.

After that it was a common thing to see them playing together, the old sailor on his knees, one eye shut, and a marble against the nail of his horny thumb taking aim; Dick and Emmeline on the watch to make sure he was playing fair, their shrill voices echoing amidst the cocoa-nut trees with cries of “Knuckle down, Paddy, knuckle down!” He entered into all their amusements just as one of themselves. On high and rare occasions Emmeline would open her precious box, spread its contents and give a tea-party, Mr Button acting as guest or president as the case might be.

After that, it became common to see them playing together, the old sailor on his knees, one eye closed, aiming a marble against the nail of his rough thumb; Dick and Emmeline standing by to make sure he was playing fair, their high-pitched voices ringing out among the coconut trees with shouts of “Knuckle down, Paddy, knuckle down!” He joined in all their games just like one of them. Occasionally, Emmeline would open her treasured box, lay out its contents, and host a tea party, with Mr. Button acting as the guest or the host, depending on the occasion.

“Is your tay to your likin’, ma’am?” he would enquire; and Emmeline, sipping at her tiny cup, would invariably make answer: “Another lump of sugar, if you please, Mr Button;” to which would come the stereotyped reply: “Take a dozen, and welcome; and another cup for the good of your make.”

“Is your tea to your liking, ma’am?” he would ask; and Emmeline, sipping from her small cup, would always respond: “Another lump of sugar, please, Mr. Button;” to which he would give the usual reply: “Take a dozen, and you’re welcome; and another cup for your health.”

Then Emmeline would wash the things in imaginary water, replace them in the box, and every one would lose their company manners and become quite natural again.

Then Emmeline would wash the things in pretend water, put them back in the box, and everyone would drop their polite behavior and become completely natural again.

“Have you ever seen your name, Paddy?” asked Dick one morning.

“Have you ever seen your name, Paddy?” Dick asked one morning.

“Seen me which?”

“Have you seen me?”

“Your name?”

"What's your name?"

“Arrah, don’t be axin’ me questions,” replied the other. “How the divil could I see me name?”

“Arrah, don’t ask me questions,” replied the other. “How the devil could I see my name?”

“Wait and I’ll show you,” replied Dick.

“Just wait, and I’ll show you,” Dick replied.

He ran and fetched a piece of cane, and a minute later on the salt-white sand in face of orthography and the sun appeared these portentous letters:

He ran and grabbed a piece of cane, and a minute later, on the salt-white sand in front of orthography and the sun, these ominous letters appeared:

B U T T E N

B U T T E N

“Faith, an’ it’s a cliver boy y’are,” said Mr Button admiringly, as he leaned luxuriously against a cocoa-nut tree, and contemplated Dick’s handiwork. “And that’s me name, is it? What’s the letters in it?”

“Faith, you’re a clever boy,” Mr. Button said admiringly, as he leaned comfortably against a coconut tree, looking at Dick’s work. “And that’s my name, right? What letters are in it?”

Dick enumerated them.

Dick listed them.

“I’ll teach you to do it, too,” he said. “I’ll teach you to write your name, Paddy—would you like to write your name, Paddy?”

“I'll show you how to do it, too,” he said. “I'll teach you how to write your name, Paddy—do you want to write your name, Paddy?”

“No,” replied the other, who only wanted to be let smoke his pipe in peace; “me name’s no use to me.”

“No,” replied the other, who just wanted to smoke his pipe in peace; “my name isn’t any use to me.”

But Dick, with the terrible gadfly tirelessness of childhood, was not to be put off, and the unfortunate Mr Button had to go to school despite himself. In a few days he could achieve the act of drawing upon the sand characters somewhat like the above, but not without prompting, Dick and Emmeline on each side of him, breathless for fear of a mistake.

But Dick, with the relentless energy of childhood, wasn’t going to be discouraged, and the unfortunate Mr. Button had to go to school whether he liked it or not. In just a few days, he managed to draw on the sand characters similar to the ones above, but not without help, with Dick and Emmeline on either side of him, anxious about making a mistake.

“Which next?” would ask the sweating scribe, the perspiration pouring from his forehead—“which next? an’ be quick, for it’s moithered I am.”

“Which one next?” the sweating scribe would ask, sweat dripping from his forehead—“which one next? And be quick, because I’m exhausted.”

“N. N.—that’s right—Ow, you’re making it crooked!—that’s right—there! it’s all there now—Hurroo!”

“N. N.—that’s right—Ow, you’re making it crooked!—that’s right—there! It’s all there now—Hurrah!”

“Hurroo!” would answer the scholar, waving his old hat over his own name, and “Hurroo!” would answer the cocoa-nut grove echoes; whilst the far, faint “Hi hi!” of the wheeling gulls on the reef would come over the blue lagoon as if in acknowledgment of the deed, and encouragement.

“Hurroo!” the scholar would reply, waving his old hat over his own name, and “Hurroo!” would echo back from the coconut grove; meanwhile, the distant, faint “Hi hi!” of the circling gulls on the reef would drift over the blue lagoon as if to acknowledge the action and offer encouragement.

The appetite comes with teaching. The pleasantest mental exercise of childhood is the instruction of one’s elders. Even Emmeline felt this. She took the geography class one day in a timid manner, putting her little hand first in the great horny fist of her friend.

The desire to teach grows as you do. One of the most enjoyable mental challenges of childhood is teaching your elders. Even Emmeline experienced this. She took charge of the geography class one day, nervously placing her small hand into the large, rough hand of her friend.

“Mr Button!”

“Mr. Button!”

“Well, honey?”

"Well, babe?"

“I know g’ography.”

“I know geography.”

“And what’s that?” asked Mr Button.

“And what’s that?” Mr. Button asked.

This stumped Emmeline for a moment.

This puzzled Emmeline for a moment.

“It’s where places are,” she said at last.

“It’s where the places are,” she said finally.

“Which places?” enquired he.

"Which places?" he asked.

“All sorts of places,” replied Emmeline. “Mr Button!”

“All kinds of places,” replied Emmeline. “Mr. Button!”

“What is it, darlin’?”

“What is it, darling?”

“Would you like to learn g’ography?”

“Would you like to learn geography?”

“I’m not wishful for larnin’,” said the other hurriedly. “It makes me head buzz to hear them things they rade out of books.”

“I’m not keen on learning,” said the other quickly. “It makes my head spin to hear those things they read out of books.”

“Paddy,” said Dick, who was strong on drawing that afternoon, “look here.” He drew the following on the sand:

“Paddy,” said Dick, who was really good at drawing that afternoon, “check this out.” He drew the following in the sand:

[Illustration: A bad drawing of an elephant]

[Illustration: A badly drawn elephant]

“That’s an elephant,” he said in a dubious voice.

"That's an elephant," he said with a skeptical tone.

Mr Button grunted, and the sound was by no means filled with enthusiastic assent. A chill fell on the proceedings.

Mr. Button grunted, and the sound definitely wasn’t enthusiastic approval. A cold vibe settled over the situation.

Dick wiped the elephant slowly and regretfully out, whilst Emmeline felt disheartened. Then her face suddenly cleared; the seraphic smile came into it for a moment—a bright idea had struck her.

Dick slowly and sadly wiped the elephant away, while Emmeline felt downhearted. Then her expression suddenly brightened; a heavenly smile appeared on her face for a moment—she had just had a great idea.

“Dicky,” she said, “draw Henry the Eight.”

“Dicky,” she said, “draw King Henry VIII.”

Dick’s face brightened. He cleared the sand and drew the following figure:

Dick’s face lit up. He brushed away the sand and drew the following figure:

      l   l
    <[     ]>
      /   \
l   l  
<[     ]>  
/   \  

That’s not Henry the Eight,” he explained, “but he will be in a minute. Daddy showed me how to draw him; he’s nothing till he gets his hat on.”

That’s not Henry the Eighth,” he explained, “but he will be in a minute. Dad showed me how to draw him; he’s nothing until he gets his hat on.”

“Put his hat on, put his hat on!” implored Emmeline, gazing alternately from the figure on the sand to Mr Button’s face, watching for the delighted smile with which she was sure the old man would greet the great king when he appeared in all his glory.

“Put his hat on, put his hat on!” begged Emmeline, looking back and forth between the figure on the sand and Mr. Button’s face, waiting for the delighted smile she was sure the old man would have when the great king appeared in all his glory.

Then Dick with a single stroke of the cane put Henry’s hat on.

Then Dick, with a quick swing of the cane, plopped Henry’s hat on.

       === l
       l   l
     <[     ]>
       /   \
       === l
       l   l
     <[     ]>
       /   \

Now, no portrait could be liker to his monk-hunting majesty than the above, created with one stroke of a cane (so to speak), yet Mr Button remained unmoved.

Now, no portrait could be more similar to his monk-hunting majesty than the one above, created in one swift motion (so to speak), yet Mr. Button stayed indifferent.

“I did it for Mrs Sims,” said Dick regretfully, “and she said it was the image of him.”

“I did it for Mrs. Sims,” Dick said with regret, “and she said it looked just like him.”

“Maybe the hat’s not big enough,” said Emmeline, turning her head from side to side as she gazed at the picture. It looked right, but she felt there must be something wrong, as Mr Button did not applaud. Has not every true artist felt the same before the silence of some critic?

“Maybe the hat’s not big enough,” said Emmeline, turning her head from side to side as she looked at the picture. It seemed right, but she felt something was off since Mr. Button didn’t applaud. Hasn’t every real artist felt the same way before the silence of a critic?

Mr Button tapped the ashes out of his pipe and rose to stretch himself, and the class rose and trooped down to the lagoon edge, leaving Henry and his hat a figure on the sand to be obliterated by the wind.

Mr. Button knocked the ashes out of his pipe and got up to stretch, and the class stood up and moved down to the edge of the lagoon, leaving Henry and his hat as a silhouette on the sand to be erased by the wind.

After a while, as time went on, Mr Button took to his lessons as a matter of course, the small inventions of the children assisting their utterly untrustworthy knowledge. Knowledge, perhaps, as useful as any other there amidst the lovely poetry of the palm trees and the sky.

After a while, as time passed, Mr. Button got used to his lessons. The kids' little inventions supported their completely unreliable knowledge. Knowledge that might be as useful as anything else in the beautiful poetry of the palm trees and the sky.

Days slipped into weeks, and weeks into months, without the appearance of a ship—a fact which gave Mr Button very little trouble; and even less to his charges, who were far too busy and amused to bother about ships.

Days turned into weeks, and weeks turned into months, without a ship in sight—a fact that concerned Mr. Button very little; and even less to his dependents, who were much too busy and entertained to care about ships.

The rainy season came on them with a rush, and at the words “rainy season” do not conjure up in your mind the vision of a rainy day in Manchester.

The rainy season hit them suddenly, and when you hear “rainy season,” don’t picture a rainy day in Manchester.

The rainy season here was quite a lively time. Torrential showers followed by bursts of sunshine, rainbows, and rain-dogs in the sky, and the delicious perfume of all manner of growing things on the earth.

The rainy season here was a really vibrant time. Heavy downpours followed by sunny breaks, rainbows, and rain clouds in the sky, along with the lovely scent of all kinds of growing things on the ground.

After the rains the old sailor said he’d be after making a house of bamboos before the next rains came on them; but, maybe, before that they’d be off the island.

After the rains, the old sailor said he’d be building a house out of bamboo before the next rains hit them; but maybe, before that, they’d be leaving the island.

“However,” said he, “I’ll dra’ you a picture of what it’ll be like when it’s up;” and on the sand he drew a figure like this:

“However,” he said, “I’ll draw you a picture of what it’ll be like when it’s built;” and on the sand, he drew a figure like this:

X
X

Having thus drawn the plans of the building, he leaned back against a cocoa-palm and lit his pipe. But he had reckoned without Dick.

Having finished sketching the building plans, he leaned back against a cocoa palm and lit his pipe. But he hadn't counted on Dick.

The boy had not the least wish to live in a house, but he had a keen desire to see one built, and help to build one. The ingenuity which is part of the multiform basis of the American nature was aroused.

The boy had no desire to live in a house, but he really wanted to see one built and to help build it. The creativity that is part of the diverse foundation of American character was sparked.

“How’re you going to keep them from slipping, if you tie them together like that?” he asked, when Paddy had more fully explained his method.

“How are you going to keep them from slipping if you tie them together like that?” he asked after Paddy had explained his method in more detail.

“Which from slippin’?”

"Which one is slipping?"

“The canes—one from the other?”

“The canes—one from each other?”

“After you’ve fixed thim, one cross t’other, you drive a nail through the cross-piece and a rope over all.”

“After you’ve fixed them, one across the other, you drive a nail through the cross-piece and a rope over everything.”

“Have you any nails, Paddy?”

“Do you have any nails, Paddy?”

“No,” said Mr Button, “I haven’t.”

“No,” Mr. Button said, “I haven’t.”

“Then how’re you goin’ to build the house?”

“Then how are you going to build the house?”

“Ax me no questions now; I want to smoke me pipe.”

“Don’t ask me any questions right now; I want to smoke my pipe.”

But he had raised a devil difficult to lay. Morning, noon, and night it was “Paddy, when are you going to begin the house?” or, “Paddy, I guess I’ve got a way to make the canes stick together without nailing.” Till Mr Button, in despair, like a beaver, began to build.

But he had stirred up a problem that was hard to fix. Morning, noon, and night it was, “Paddy, when are you going to start on the house?” or, “Paddy, I think I’ve found a way to make the canes stick together without nailing.” Finally, Mr. Button, feeling hopeless, like a beaver, started to build.

There was great cane-cutting in the cane-brake above, and, when sufficient had been procured, Mr Button struck work for three days. He would have struck altogether, but he had found a taskmaster.

There was a lot of sugar cane being harvested in the cane-brake above, and when enough had been gathered, Mr. Button took three days off work. He would have taken a longer break, but he had a supervisor.

The tireless Dick, young and active, with no original laziness in his composition, no old bones to rest, or pipe to smoke, kept after him like a bluebottle fly. It was in vain that he tried to stave him off with stories about fairies and Cluricaunes. Dick wanted to build a house.

The energetic Dick, young and active, with no trace of laziness in him, no old bones to rest, or pipe to smoke, kept after him like a persistent fly. It was pointless for him to try to distract him with stories about fairies and Cluricaunes. Dick wanted to build a house.

Mr Button didn’t. He wanted to rest. He did not mind fishing or climbing a cocoa-nut tree, which he did to admiration by passing a rope round himself and the tree, knotting it, and using it as a support during the climb; but house-building was monotonous work.

Mr. Button didn’t. He wanted to relax. He didn’t mind fishing or climbing a coconut tree, which he did impressively by putting a rope around himself and the tree, tying it, and using it as support while he climbed; but building houses was boring work.

He said he had no nails. Dick countered by showing how the canes could be held together by notching them.

He said he didn't have any nails. Dick responded by demonstrating how the canes could be held together by notching them.

“And, faith, but it’s a cliver boy you are,” said the weary one admiringly, when the other had explained his method.

“And, honestly, you're a clever boy,” said the weary one admiringly, when the other had explained his method.

“Then come along, Paddy, and stick ’em up.”

“Then come on, Paddy, and hold them up.”

Mr Button said he had no rope, that he’d have to think about it, that to-morrow or next day he’d be after getting some notion how to do it without rope. But Dick pointed out that the brown cloth which Nature has wrapped round the cocoa-palm stalks would do instead of rope if cut in strips. Then the badgered one gave in.

Mr. Button said he didn’t have any rope and that he’d need to think it over. He mentioned that tomorrow or the next day he’d figure out how to do it without rope. But Dick pointed out that the brown fibers that Nature has wrapped around the cocoa palm trunks could work instead of rope if cut into strips. Finally, the one who was being pressured gave in.

They laboured for a fortnight at the thing, and at the end of that time had produced a rough sort of wigwam on the borders of the chapparel.

They worked for two weeks on it, and by the end of that time had built a crude kind of wigwam on the edge of the brush.

Out on the reef, to which they often rowed in the dinghy, when the tide was low, deep pools would be left, and in the pools fish. Paddy said if they had a spear they might be able to spear some of these fish, as he had seen the natives do away “beyant” in Tahiti.

Out on the reef, which they often rowed to in the dinghy, low tide would leave behind deep pools filled with fish. Paddy said if they had a spear, they might be able to catch some of these fish, just like he had seen the locals do way out in Tahiti.

Dick enquired as to the nature of a spear, and next day produced a ten-foot cane sharpened at the end after the fashion of a quill pen.

Dick asked what a spear was, and the next day he brought out a ten-foot cane that he had sharpened at one end to look like a quill pen.

“Sure, what’s the use of that?” said Mr Button. “You might job it into a fish, but he’d be aff it in two ticks; it’s the barb that holds them.”

“Sure, what’s the point of that?” said Mr. Button. “You might hook it into a fish, but it’d get off in no time; it’s the barb that keeps them on.”

Next day the indefatigable one produced the cane amended; he had whittled it down about three feet from the end and on one side, and carved a fairly efficient barb. It was good enough, at all events, to spear a “groper” with, that evening, in the sunset-lit pools of the reef at low tide.

Next day, the tireless one showed off the modified cane; he had whittled it down about three feet from the end on one side and carved a pretty effective barb. It was good enough, at least, to spear a “groper” that evening in the sunset-lit pools of the reef at low tide.

“There aren’t any potatoes here,” said Dick one day, after the second rains.

“There aren’t any potatoes here,” Dick said one day, after the second rain.

“We’ve et ’em all months ago,” replied Paddy.

“We ate them all months ago,” replied Paddy.

“How do potatoes grow?” enquired Dick.

“How do potatoes grow?” asked Dick.

“Grow, is it? Why, they grow in the ground; and where else would they grow?” He explained the process of potato-planting: cutting them into pieces so that there was an eye in each piece, and so forth. “Having done this,” said Mr Button, “you just chuck the pieces in the ground; their eyes grow, green leaves ‘pop up,’ and then, if you dug the roots up maybe, six months after, you’d find bushels of potatoes in the ground, ones as big as your head, and weeny ones. It’s like a family of childer—some’s big and some’s little. But there they are in the ground, and all you have to do is to take a fark and dig a potful of them with a turn of your wrist, as many a time I’ve done it in the ould days.”

“Grow, really? Well, they grow in the soil; where else would they grow?” He described how to plant potatoes: cutting them into pieces so each piece has an eye, and so on. “Once you’ve done that,” Mr. Button said, “you just toss the pieces in the ground; their eyes grow, green leaves pop up, and then, if you dig up the roots maybe six months later, you’ll find bushels of potatoes buried there, some as big as your head and some tiny. It’s like a family of kids—some are big and some are small. But there they are in the ground, and all you have to do is take a fork and dig up a bunch of them with a twist of your wrist, as I’ve done many times in the old days.”

“Why didn’t we do that?” asked Dick.

“Why didn’t we do that?” Dick asked.

“Do what?” asked Mr Button.

“Do what?” Mr. Button asked.

“Plant some of the potatoes.”

“Plant some potatoes.”

“And where’d we have found the spade to plant them with?”

“And where would we have found the spade to plant them with?”

“I guess we could have fixed up a spade,” replied the boy. “I made a spade at home, out of a piece of old board, once—daddy helped.”

“I guess we could have made a spade,” replied the boy. “I made a spade at home out of a piece of old board once—dad helped.”

“Well, skelp off with you, and make a spade now,” replied the other, who wanted to be quiet and think, “and you and Em’line can dig in the sand.”

“Well, get lost and go make a spade now,” replied the other, who wanted some peace to think, “and you and Em’line can dig in the sand.”

Emmeline was sitting near by, stringing together some gorgeous blossoms on a tendril of liana. Months of sun and ozone had made a considerable difference in the child. She was as brown as a gipsy and freckled, not very much taller, but twice as plump. Her eyes had lost considerably that look as though she were contemplating futurity and immensity—not as abstractions, but as concrete images, and she had lost the habit of sleep-walking.

Emmeline was sitting nearby, threading some beautiful flowers onto a vine. Months of sun and fresh air had made a big difference in the girl. She was as tanned as a gypsy and freckled, not much taller, but twice as chubby. Her eyes had lost that gaze as if she were pondering the future and vastness—not as abstract ideas, but as real images, and she had stopped sleepwalking.

The shock of the tent coming down on the first night she was tethered to the scull had broken her of it, helped by the new healthful conditions of life, the sea-bathing, and the eternal open air. There is no narcotic to excel fresh air.

The shock of the tent collapsing on the first night she was tied to the scull had cured her of it, supported by the new healthy lifestyle, the sea bathing, and the constant fresh air. Nothing beats the effects of fresh air.

Months of semi-savagery had made also a good deal of difference in Dick’s appearance. He was two inches taller than on the day they landed. Freckled and tanned, he had the appearance of a boy of twelve. He was the promise of a fine man. He was not a good-looking child, but he was healthy-looking, with a jolly laugh, and a daring, almost impudent expression of face.

Months of rough living had changed Dick’s appearance quite a bit. He was two inches taller than when they arrived. With freckles and a tan, he looked like a twelve-year-old boy. He showed the potential of becoming a fine man. He wasn’t conventionally good-looking, but he looked healthy, had a cheerful laugh, and wore a bold, almost cheeky expression on his face.

The question of the children’s clothes was beginning to vex the mind of the old sailor. The climate was a suit of clothes in itself. One was much happier with almost nothing on. Of course there were changes of temperature, but they were slight. Eternal summer, broken by torrential rains, and occasionally a storm, that was the climate of the island; still, the “childer” couldn’t go about with nothing on.

The issue of the kids' clothing was starting to bother the old sailor. The weather was like a wardrobe all on its own. People felt much better with hardly anything on. Sure, there were temperature changes, but they were minimal. It was always summer, interrupted by heavy rain and sometimes a storm; that was the island's climate. Still, the "kids" couldn’t go around without any clothes.

He took some of the striped flannel and made Emmeline a kilt. It was funny to see him sitting on the sand, Emmeline standing before him with her garment round her waist, being tried on; he, with a mouthful of pins, and the housewife with the scissors, needles, and thread by his side.

He grabbed some of the striped flannel and made Emmeline a kilt. It was funny to see him sitting on the sand, with Emmeline standing in front of him, wearing the garment around her waist for a fitting; he had a mouthful of pins and the sewing kit with scissors, needles, and thread beside him.

“Turn to the lift a bit more,” he’d say, “aisy does it. Stidy so—musha! musha! where’s thim scissors? Dick, be holdin’ the end of this bit of string till I get the stitches in behint. Does that hang comfortable?—well, an’ you’re the trouble an’ all. How’s that? That’s aisier, is it? Lift your fut till I see if it comes to your knees. Now off with it, and lave me alone till I stitch the tags to it.”

“Turn to the lift a bit more,” he’d say, “easy does it. Steady now—come on! Where are those scissors? Dick, hold the end of this piece of string while I get the stitches in the back. Does that hang comfortably?—well, you’re the trouble too. How’s that? That’s easier, right? Lift your foot so I can see if it reaches your knees. Now take it off, and leave me alone until I sew the tags onto it.”

It was the mixture of a skirt and the idea of a sail, for it had two rows of reef points; a most ingenious idea, as it could be reefed if the child wanted to go paddling, or in windy weather.

It was a combination of a skirt and the concept of a sail, with two rows of reef points; a really clever idea, since it could be tightened if the child wanted to go wading or during windy weather.




CHAPTER XVII

THE DEVIL’S CASK

One morning, about a week after the day on which the old sailor, to use his own expression, had bent a skirt on Emmeline, Dick came through the woods and across the sands running. He had been on the hill-top.

One morning, about a week after the day when the old sailor, as he put it, had tied a skirt on Emmeline, Dick came running through the woods and across the sands. He had been on the hilltop.

“Paddy,” he cried to the old man, who was fixing a hook on a fishing-line, “there’s a ship!”

“Paddy,” he yelled to the old man who was attaching a hook to a fishing line, “there’s a ship!”

It did not take Mr Button long to reach the hill-top, and there she was, beating up for the island. Bluff-bowed and squab, the figure of an old Dutch woman, and telling of her trade a league off. It was just after the rains, the sky was not yet quite clear of clouds; you could see showers away at sea, and the sea was green and foam-capped.

It didn't take Mr. Button long to get to the hilltop, and there she was, heading toward the island. With a blunt bow and a squat shape, she looked like an old Dutch woman, and you could tell what she was about from a distance. It was just after the rain, and the sky wasn't completely clear of clouds; you could see showers out at sea, and the water was green with foam on top.

There was the trying-out gear; there were the boats, the crow’s nest, and all complete, and labelling her a whaler. She was a ship, no doubt, but Paddy Button would as soon have gone on board a ship manned by devils, and captained by Lucifer, as on board a South Sea whaleman. He had been there before, and he knew.

There was the test equipment; there were the boats, the lookout tower, and everything else that labeled her a whaling ship. She was definitely a ship, but Paddy Button would rather board a vessel crewed by demons and led by the Devil himself than step onto a South Sea whaler. He had been in that situation before, and he knew better.

He hid the children under a large banyan, and told them not to stir or breathe till he came back, for the ship was “the devil’s own ship”; and if the men on board caught them they’d skin them alive and all.

He hid the kids under a big banyan tree and told them not to move or breathe until he returned, because the ship was “the devil’s own ship”; and if the guys on board found them, they’d skin them alive and all.

Then he made for the beach; he collected all the things out of the wigwam, and all the old truck in the shape of boots and old clothes, and stowed them away in the dinghy. He would have destroyed the house, if he could, but he hadn’t time. Then he rowed the dinghy a hundred yards down the lagoon to the left, and moored her under the shade of an aoa, whose branches grew right over the water. Then he came back through the cocoa-nut grove on foot, and peered through the trees over the lagoon to see what was to be seen.

Then he headed for the beach; he gathered everything from the hut, along with all the old stuff like boots and worn clothes, and packed them into the small boat. He would have torn down the house if he had time, but he didn’t. Then he rowed the boat a hundred yards down the lagoon to the left and tied it up under the shade of a tree whose branches hung over the water. After that, he walked back through the coconut grove and looked through the trees at the lagoon to see what he could find.

The wind was blowing dead on for the opening in the reef, and the old whaleman came along breasting the swell with her bluff bows, and entered the lagoon. There was no leadsman in her chains. She just came in as if she knew all the soundings by heart—as probably she did—for these whalemen know every hole and corner in the Pacific.

The wind was blowing straight for the opening in the reef, and the old whaleman came along riding the waves with her sturdy bow and entered the lagoon. There was no leadsman in her chains. She just came in as if she knew all the depths by heart—as she probably did—because these whalemen know every nook and cranny in the Pacific.

The anchor fell with a splash, and she swung to it, making a strange enough picture as she floated on the blue mirror, backed by the graceful palm tree on the reef. Then Mr Button, without waiting to see the boats lowered, made back to his charges, and the three camped in the woods that night.

The anchor dropped with a splash, and she swung over to it, creating a pretty unusual scene as she floated on the blue water, framed by the elegant palm tree on the reef. Then Mr. Button, not bothering to wait for the boats to be lowered, returned to his group, and the three of them camped in the woods that night.

Next morning the whaleman was off and away, leaving as a token of her visit the white sand all trampled, an empty bottle, half an old newspaper, and the wigwam torn to pieces.

Next morning, the whaleman was off and gone, leaving as a reminder of her visit the white sand all trampled, an empty bottle, half an old newspaper, and the wigwam in ruins.

The old sailor cursed her and her crew, for the incident had brought a new exercise into his lazy life. Every day now at noon he had to climb the hill, on the look-out for whalemen. Whalemen haunted his dreams, though I doubt if he would willingly have gone on board even a Royal Mail steamer. He was quite happy where he was. After long years of the fo’cs’le the island was a change indeed. He had tobacco enough to last him for an indefinite time, the children for companions, and food at his elbow. He would have been entirely happy if the island had only been supplied by Nature with a public-house.

The old sailor cursed her and her crew because the incident had interrupted his laid-back life. Every day now at noon, he had to climb the hill, keeping an eye out for whalemen. Whalemen filled his dreams, but I doubt he would have willingly boarded even a Royal Mail steamer. He was pretty content where he was. After so many years in the fo’cs’le, the island was a big change. He had enough tobacco to last a long time, kids for company, and food within reach. He would have been completely happy if the island had just been blessed by Nature with a pub.

The spirit of hilarity and good fellowship, however, who suddenly discovered this error on the part of Nature, rectified it, as will be presently seen.

The spirit of fun and friendship, however, who quickly noticed this mistake made by Nature, fixed it, as you will soon see.

The most disastrous result of the whaleman’s visit was not the destruction of the “house,” but the disappearance of Emmeline’s box. Hunt high or hunt low, it could not be found. Mr Button in his hurry must have forgotten it when he removed the things to the dinghy—at all events, it was gone. Probably one of the crew of the whalemen had found it and carried it off with him; no one could say. It was gone, and there was the end of the matter, and the beginning of great tribulation, that lasted Emmeline for a week.

The worst outcome of the whaleman’s visit wasn't the damage to the “house,” but the loss of Emmeline’s box. No matter how hard they searched, it couldn't be found. Mr. Button must have forgotten it while moving things into the dinghy—whatever the case, it was missing. It’s likely that one of the whalemen picked it up and took it with him; no one could say for sure. It was gone, and that was that, marking the start of a week of great trouble for Emmeline.

She was intensely fond of coloured things, coloured flowers especially; and she had the prettiest way of making them into a wreath for her own or some one else’s head. It was the hat-making instinct that was at work in her, perhaps; at all events, it was a feminine instinct, for Dick made no wreaths.

She really loved colorful things, especially colorful flowers; and she had such a lovely way of turning them into a wreath for her own head or someone else's. Maybe it was her natural talent for making hats that drove her, but in any case, it was definitely a feminine trait, because Dick never made any wreaths.

One morning, as she was sitting by the old sailor engaged in stringing shells, Dick came running along the edge of the grove. He had just come out of the wood, and he seemed to be looking for something. Then he found what he was in search of—a big shell—and with it in his hand made back to the wood.

One morning, while she was sitting with the old sailor stringing shells, Dick came running along the edge of the grove. He had just come out of the woods and seemed to be looking for something. Then he found what he was searching for—a big shell—and with it in his hand, he headed back into the woods.

Item.—His dress was a piece of cocoa-nut cloth tied round his middle. Why he wore it at all, goodness knows, for he would as often as not be running about stark naked.

Item.—He wore a wrap made of coconut fiber around his waist. Why he even bothered with it is a mystery, since he frequently ran around completely naked.

“I’ve found something, Paddy!” he cried, as he disappeared among the trees.

“I found something, Paddy!” he shouted, as he vanished into the trees.

“What have you found?” piped Emmeline, who was always interested in new things.

“What did you find?” asked Emmeline, who was always curious about new things.

“Something funny!” came back from amidst the trees.

“Something funny!” came back from among the trees.

Presently he returned; but he was not running now. He was walking slowly and carefully, holding the shell as if it contained something precious that he was afraid would escape.

Presently he returned; but he wasn't running now. He was walking slowly and carefully, holding the shell as if it contained something precious that he was afraid would slip away.

“Paddy, I turned over the old barrel and it had a cork thing in it, and I pulled it out, and the barrel is full of awfully funny-smelling stuff—I’ve brought some for you to see.”

“Paddy, I flipped over the old barrel and it had a cork in it, so I pulled it out, and the barrel is filled with a really strange-smelling substance—I’ve brought some for you to check out.”

He gave the shell into the old sailor’s hands. There was about half a gill of yellow liquid in the shell. Paddy smelt it, tasted, and gave a shout.

He handed the shell to the old sailor. There was about half a gill of yellow liquid in the shell. Paddy smelled it, tasted it, and shouted.

“Rum, begorra!”

"Rum, for sure!"

“What is it, Paddy?” asked Emmeline.

"What's wrong, Paddy?" Emmeline asked.

Where did you say you got it—in the ould bar’l, did you say?” asked Mr Button, who seemed dazed and stunned as if by a blow.

Where did you say you found it—in the old barrel, did you say?” asked Mr. Button, who looked dazed and shocked as if he had been hit.

“Yes; I pulled the cork thing out—”

“Yes; I pulled the cork out—”

Did yiz put it back?

“Did you put it back?”

“Yes.”

“Yep.”

“Oh, glory be to God! Here have I been, time out of mind, sittin’ on an ould empty bar’l, with me tongue hangin’ down to me heels for the want of a drink, and it full of rum all the while!”

“Oh, thank God! I've been here forever, sitting on an old empty barrel, with my tongue hanging down to my knees from thirst, and it’s been full of rum the whole time!”

He took a sip of the stuff, tossed the lot off, closed his lips tight to keep in the fumes, and shut one eye.

He took a sip of the drink, downed the rest, pressed his lips together to hold in the fumes, and closed one eye.

Emmeline laughed.

Emmeline chuckled.

Mr Button scrambled to his feet. They followed him through the chapparel till they reached the water source. There lay the little green barrel; turned over by the restless Dick, it lay with its bung pointing to the leaves above. You could see the hollow it had made in the soft soil during the years. So green was it, and so like an object of nature, a bit of old tree-bole, or a lichen-stained boulder, that though the whalemen had actually watered from the source, its real nature had not been discovered.

Mr. Button hurried to his feet. They followed him through the brush until they reached the water source. There was the little green barrel; knocked over by the restless Dick, it lay with its opening facing the leaves above. You could see the indentation it had made in the soft soil over the years. It was so green and resembled a natural object, like an old tree stump or a lichen-covered rock, that even though the whalemen had actually drawn water from the source, its true nature had gone unnoticed.

Mr Button tapped on it with the butt end of the shell: it was nearly full. Why it had been left there, by whom, or how, there was no one to tell. The old lichen-covered skulls might have told, could they have spoken.

Mr. Button tapped on it with the end of the shell: it was almost full. No one could say why it had been left there, by whom, or how. The old, lichen-covered skulls might have been able to tell, if they could speak.

“We’ll rowl it down to the beach,” said Paddy, when he had taken another taste of it.

“We’ll row it down to the beach,” said Paddy after taking another sip of it.

He gave Dick a sip. The boy spat it out, and made a face, then, pushing the barrel before them, they began to roll it downhill to the beach, Emmeline running before them crowned with flowers.

He gave Dick a sip. The boy spat it out and made a face. Then, pushing the barrel ahead of them, they started to roll it downhill to the beach, with Emmeline running in front of them, wearing a crown of flowers.




CHAPTER XVIII

THE RAT HUNT

They had dinner at noon. Paddy knew how to cook fish, island fashion, wrapping them in leaves, and baking them in a hole in the ground in which a fire had previously been lit. They had fish and taro root baked, and green cocoa-nuts; and after dinner Mr Button filled a big shell with rum, and lit his pipe.

They had lunch at noon. Paddy knew how to cook fish, island style, wrapping them in leaves and baking them in a hole in the ground where a fire had been lit beforehand. They had baked fish and taro root, and green coconuts; and after lunch, Mr. Button filled a large shell with rum and lit his pipe.

The rum had been good originally, and age had improved it. Used as he was to the appalling balloon juice sold in the drinking dens of the “Barbary coast” at San Francisco, or the public-houses of the docks, this stuff was nectar.

The rum had been good at first, and it had only gotten better with age. After experiencing the awful swill served in the bars of the “Barbary Coast” in San Francisco, or in the pubs by the docks, this drink was like nectar.

Joviality radiated from him: it was infectious. The children felt that some happy influence had fallen upon their friend. Usually after dinner he was drowsy and “wishful to be quiet.” To-day he told them stories of the sea, and sang them songs—chantys:

Joviality radiated from him: it was infectious. The children felt that some happy influence had fallen upon their friend. Usually after dinner he was drowsy and “wishful to be quiet.” Today he told them stories of the sea and sang them songs—chantys:

“I’m a flyin’ fish sailor come back from Hong Kong,
Yeo ho! blow the man down.
Blow the man down, bullies, blow the man down,
Oh, give us time to blow the man down.
You’re a dhirty black-baller come back from New York,
Yeo ho! blow the man down,
Blow the man down, bullies, blow the man down.
Oh, give us time to blow the man down.”

“I’m a flying fish sailor back from Hong Kong,
Yeo ho! let’s take him down.
Take him down, guys, take him down,
Oh, give us time to take him down.
You’re a dirty black-baller back from New York,
Yeo ho! let’s take him down,
Take him down, guys, take him down.
Oh, give us time to take him down.”

“Oh, give us time to blow the man down!” echoed Dick and Emmeline.

“Oh, give us time to take him down!” echoed Dick and Emmeline.

Up above, in the trees, the bright-eyed birds were watching them—such a happy party. They had all the appearance of picnickers, and the song echoed amongst the cocoa-nut trees, and the wind carried it over the lagoon to where the sea-gulls were wheeling and screaming, and the foam was thundering on the reef.

Up in the trees, the bright-eyed birds were watching them—what a joyful group. They looked just like picnickers, and their song echoed among the coconut trees, while the wind carried it over the lagoon to where the seagulls were flying and squawking, and the waves were crashing on the reef.

That evening, Mr Button feeling inclined for joviality, and not wishing the children to see him under the influence, rolled the barrel through the cocoa-nut grove to a little clearing by the edge of the water. There, when the children were in bed and asleep, he repaired with some green cocoa-nuts and a shell. He was generally musical when amusing himself in this fashion, and Emmeline, waking up during the night, heard his voice borne through the moonlit cocoa-nut grove by the wind:

That evening, Mr. Button was feeling cheerful and didn't want the kids to see him like that, so he rolled the barrel through the coconut grove to a small clearing by the water's edge. There, after the kids were in bed and asleep, he showed up with some green coconuts and a shell. He usually sang while having fun like this, and Emmeline, waking up during the night, heard his voice carried through the moonlit coconut grove by the wind:

“There were five or six old drunken sailors
Standin’ before the bar,
And Larry, he was servin’ them
From a big five-gallon jar.

“There were five or six old drunken sailors
Standing in front of the bar,
And Larry was serving them
From a large five-gallon jar.

Chorus.
Hoist up the flag, long may it wave!
Long may it lade us to glory or the grave.
Stidy, boys, stidy—sound the jubilee,
For Babylon has fallen, and the niggers are all set free.”

Chorus.
Raise the flag, may it fly high forever!
May it take us to victory or to our downfall.
Stay strong, guys, stay strong—let's celebrate,
"Since Babylon has fallen, everyone is now free."

Next morning the musician awoke beside the cask. He had not a trace of a headache, or any bad feeling, but he made Dick do the cooking; and he lay in the shade of the cocoa-nut trees, with his head on a “pilla” made out of an old coat rolled up, twiddling his thumbs, smoking his pipe, and discoursing about the “ould” days, half to himself and half to his companions.

Next morning, the musician woke up next to the barrel. He didn’t have a hint of a headache or any bad feelings, but he made Dick do the cooking. He lay in the shade of the coconut trees, with his head on a pillow made from an old coat rolled up, twiddling his thumbs, smoking his pipe, and reminiscing about the "old" days, half to himself and half to his friends.

That night he had another musical evening all to himself, and so it went on for a week. Then he began to lose his appetite and sleep; and one morning Dick found him sitting on the sand looking very queer indeed—as well he might, for he had been “seeing things” since dawn.

That night, he enjoyed another musical evening all by himself, and it continued like that for a week. Then, he started to lose his appetite and sleep; one morning, Dick found him sitting on the sand looking really strange—no surprise, since he had been “seeing things” since dawn.

“What is it, Paddy?” said the boy, running up, followed by Emmeline.

“What’s up, Paddy?” said the boy, running over, followed by Emmeline.

Mr Button was staring at a point on the sand close by. He had his right hand raised after the manner of a person who is trying to catch a fly. Suddenly he made a grab at the sand, and then opened his hand wide to see what he had caught.

Mr. Button was staring at a spot on the sand nearby. He had his right hand raised like someone trying to catch a fly. Suddenly, he lunged at the sand and then opened his hand wide to see what he had caught.

“What is it, Paddy?”

"What’s up, Paddy?"

“The Cluricaune,” replied Mr Button. “All dressed in green he was—musha! musha! but it’s only pretindin’ I am.”

“The Cluricaune,” Mr. Button replied. “He was all dressed in green—oh my! but I’m just pretending.”

The complaint from which he was suffering has this strange thing about it, that, though the patient sees rats, or snakes, or what not, as real-looking as the real things, and though they possess his mind for a moment, almost immediately he recognises that he is suffering from a delusion.

The complaint he was dealing with has this strange aspect: even though the patient sees rats, snakes, or whatever, looking just as real as the actual things, and although they occupy his mind for a moment, he quickly realizes that he is experiencing a delusion.

The children laughed, and Mr Button laughed in a stupid sort of way.

The kids laughed, and Mr. Button chuckled in a silly sort of way.

“Sure, it was only a game I was playin’—there was no Cluricaune at all—it’s whin I dhrink rum it puts it into me head to play games like that. Oh, be the Holy Poker, there’s red rats comin’ out of the sand!”

“Sure, it was just a game I was playing—there was no Cluricaune at all—it’s when I drink rum that it gets into my head to play games like that. Oh, by Holy Poker, there are red rats coming out of the sand!”

He got on his hands and knees and scuttled off towards the cocoa-nut trees, looking over his shoulder with a bewildered expression on his face. He would have risen to fly, only he dared not stand up.

He got down on his hands and knees and scurried off toward the coconut trees, glancing back with a confused look on his face. He would have stood up to run away, but he was too scared to do that.

The children laughed and danced round him as he crawled.

The kids laughed and danced around him as he crawled.

“Look at the rats, Paddy! look at the rats!” cried Dick.

“Look at the rats, Paddy! Look at the rats!” shouted Dick.

“They’re in front of me!” cried the afflicted one, making a vicious grab at an imaginary rodent’s tail. “Ran dan the bastes!—now they’re gone. Musha, but it’s a fool I’m makin’ of meself.”

“They're right in front of me!” yelled the distressed person, making an aggressive grab at an imaginary rat's tail. “Damn those beasts!—now they’re gone. Wow, but I’m making a fool of myself.”

“Go on, Paddy,” said Dick; “don’t stop— Look there—there’s more rats coming after you!”

“Go on, Paddy,” said Dick; “don’t stop— Look there—there are more rats coming after you!”

“Oh, whisht, will you?” replied Paddy, taking his seat on the sand, and wiping his brow. “They’re aff me now.”

“Oh, be quiet, will you?” replied Paddy, sitting down on the sand and wiping his forehead. “They’re after me now.”

The children stood by, disappointed of their game. Good acting appeals to children just as much as to grown-up people. They stood waiting for another access of humour to take the comedian, and they had not to wait long.

The kids stood by, disappointed with their game. Good acting appeals to kids just as much as to adults. They waited for another wave of humor to hit the comedian, and they didn’t have to wait long.

A thing like a flayed horse came out of the lagoon and up the beach, and this time Mr Button did not crawl away. He got on his feet and ran.

A creature that looked like a skinned horse emerged from the lagoon and came up the beach, and this time Mr. Button didn’t crawl away. He got to his feet and ran.

“It’s a harse that’s afther me—it’s a harse that’s afther me! Dick! Dick! hit him a skelp. Dick! Dick! dhrive him away.”

“It’s a horse that’s after me—it’s a horse that’s after me! Dick! Dick! give him a slap. Dick! Dick! drive him away.”

“Hurroo! Hurroo!” cried Dick, chasing the afflicted one, who was running in a wide circle, his broad red face slewed over his left shoulder. “Go it, Paddy! go it, Paddy!”

“Hey! Hey!” shouted Dick, running after the one who was struggling, that guy sprinting in a big circle, his round red face twisted over his left shoulder. “Keep going, Paddy! Keep it up, Paddy!”

“Kape off me, you baste!” shouted Paddy. “Holy Mary, Mother of God! I’ll land you a kick wid me fut if yiz come nigh me. Em’leen! Em’leen! come betune us!”

“Kape off me, you beast!” shouted Paddy. “Holy Mary, Mother of God! I’ll kick you with my foot if you come near me. Em’leen! Em’leen! come between us!”

He tripped, and over he went on the sand, the indefatigable Dick beating him with a little switch he had picked up to make him continue.

He stumbled and fell onto the sand, with the relentless Dick hitting him with a small stick he had picked up to keep him going.

“I’m better now, but I’m near wore out,” said Mr Button, sitting up on the sand. “But, bedad, if I’m chased by any more things like them it’s into the say I’ll be dashin’. Dick, lend me your arum.”

“I’m feeling better now, but I’m pretty worn out,” said Mr. Button, sitting up on the sand. “But, seriously, if I get chased by any more things like that, I’ll be diving into the sea. Dick, pass me your arm.”

He took Dick’s arm and wandered over to the shade of the trees. Here he threw himself down, and told the children to leave him to sleep. They recognised that the game was over and left him. And he slept for six hours on end; it was the first real sleep he had had for several days. When he awoke he was well, but very shaky.

He grabbed Dick’s arm and strolled over to the shade of the trees. There, he collapsed and told the kids to let him sleep. They understood the game was done and walked away. He slept for six straight hours; it was the first real sleep he’d had in several days. When he woke up, he felt better but still very shaky.




CHAPTER XIX

STARLIGHT ON THE FOAM

Mr Button saw no more rats, much to Dick’s disappointment. He was off the drink. At dawn next day he got up, refreshed by a second sleep, and wandered down to the edge of the lagoon. The opening in the reef faced the east, and the light of the dawn came rippling in with the flooding tide.

Mr. Button didn't see any more rats, which disappointed Dick. He had stopped drinking. The next day at dawn, he woke up, feeling refreshed from another sleep, and strolled down to the edge of the lagoon. The gap in the reef faced east, and the dawn light came streaming in with the rising tide.

“It’s a baste I’ve been,” said the repentant one—“a brute baste.”

“It’s a beast I’ve been,” said the remorseful one—“a brutal beast.”

He was quite wrong; as a matter of fact, he was only a man beset and betrayed.

He was completely mistaken; in reality, he was just a man who had been overwhelmed and deceived.

He stood for a while, cursing the drink, “and them that sells it.” Then he determined to put himself out of the way of temptation. Pull the bung out of the barrel, and let the contents escape?

He stood there for a bit, cursing the drink, “and those who sell it.” Then he decided to remove himself from temptation. Pull the stopper out of the barrel and let the contents spill?

Such a thought never even occurred to him—or, if it did, was instantly dismissed; for, though an old sailor-man may curse the drink, good rum is to him a sacred thing; and to empty half a little barrel of it into the sea, would be an act almost equivalent to child-murder. He put the cask into the dinghy, and rowed it over to the reef. There he placed it in the shelter of a great lump of coral, and rowed back.

Such a thought never crossed his mind—or, if it did, he quickly pushed it away; because, even if an old sailor complains about alcohol, good rum is sacred to him; pouring half a barrel of it into the sea would be like committing child murder. He put the cask into the dinghy and rowed it over to the reef. There, he placed it in the shelter of a large piece of coral and then rowed back.

Paddy had been trained all his life to rhythmical drunkenness. Four months or so had generally elapsed between his bouts—sometimes six; it all depended on the length of the voyage. Six months now elapsed before he felt even an inclination to look at the rum cask, that tiny dark spot away on the reef. And it was just as well, for during those six months another whale-ship arrived, watered and was avoided.

Paddy had been trained all his life to enjoy getting tipsy. Usually, about four months passed between his drinking episodes—sometimes six; it all depended on how long the voyage was. Now, six months went by before he even felt like eyeing the rum cask, that small dark spot over by the reef. And that was a good thing, because during those six months, another whaling ship showed up, took on water, and was dodged.

“Blisther it!” said he; “the say here seems to breed whale-ships, and nothin’ but whale-ships. It’s like bugs in a bed: you kill wan, and then another comes. Howsomever, we’re shut of thim for a while.”

“Blast it!” he said; “the sea here seems to be making nothing but whale ships, just like bugs in a bed: you get rid of one, and another shows up. Anyway, we're free of them for a bit.”

He walked down to the lagoon edge, looked at the little dark spot and whistled. Then he walked back to prepare dinner. That little dark spot began to trouble him after a while; not it, but the spirit it contained.

He walked down to the edge of the lagoon, looked at the small dark spot, and whistled. Then he went back to get dinner ready. That little dark spot started to bother him after some time; not the spot itself, but the presence it held.

Days grew long and weary, the days that had been so short and pleasant. To the children there was no such thing as time. Having absolute and perfect health, they enjoyed happiness as far as mortals can enjoy it. Emmeline’s highly-strung nervous system, it is true, developed a headache when she had been too long in the glare of the sun, but they were few and far between.

Days grew long and tiring, the days that had once been so short and enjoyable. To the children, time didn’t really exist. Full of energy and perfect health, they experienced happiness as fully as anyone can. Emmeline’s sensitive nervous system did sometimes lead to headaches if she spent too much time in the sun, but those instances were rare.

The spirit in the little cask had been whispering across the lagoon for some weeks; at last it began to shout. Mr Button, metaphorically speaking, stopped his ears. He busied himself with the children as much as possible. He made another garment for Emmeline, and cut Dick’s hair with the scissors (a job which was generally performed once in a couple of months).

The spirit in the small cask had been quietly murmuring across the lagoon for several weeks; finally, it started to shout. Mr. Button, so to speak, blocked it out. He kept himself occupied with the kids as much as he could. He made another outfit for Emmeline and cut Dick’s hair with the scissors (a task that usually happened every couple of months).

One night, to keep the rum from troubling his head, he told them the story of Jack Dogherty and the Merrow, which is well known on the western coast.

One night, to keep the rum from getting to his head, he shared the story of Jack Dogherty and the Merrow, which is well known on the western coast.

The Merrow takes Jack to dinner at the bottom of the sea, and shows him the lobster pots wherein he keeps the souls of old sailor-men, and then they have dinner, and the Merrow produces a big bottle of rum.

The Merrow takes Jack to dinner at the bottom of the sea and shows him the lobster pots where he keeps the souls of old sailors. Then they have dinner, and the Merrow brings out a big bottle of rum.

It was a fatal story for him to remember and recount; for, after his companions were asleep, the vision of the Merrow and Jack hobnobbing, and the idea of the jollity of it, rose before him, and excited a thirst for joviality not to be resisted.

It was a tragic story for him to remember and share; for, after his friends had fallen asleep, the image of the Merrow and Jack hanging out, along with the thought of how fun it was, filled his mind and stirred up an irresistible craving for revelry.

There were some green cocoa-nuts that he had plucked that day lying in a little heap under a tree—half a dozen or so. He took several of these and a shell, found the dinghy where it was moored to the aoa tree, unmoored her, and pushed off into the lagoon.

There were some green coconuts he had picked that day sitting in a small pile under a tree—about half a dozen or so. He grabbed several of these along with a shell, located the dinghy tied to the aoa tree, untied it, and pushed off into the lagoon.

The lagoon and sky were full of stars. In the dark depths of the water might have been seen phosphorescent gleams of passing fish, and the thunder of the surf on the reef filled the night with its song.

The lagoon and sky were full of stars. In the dark depths of the water, you could see the glowing flashes of passing fish, and the roar of the waves on the reef filled the night with its song.

He fixed the boat’s painter carefully round a spike of coral and landed on the reef, and with a shellful of rum and cocoa-nut lemonade mixed half and half, he took his perch on a high ledge of coral from whence a view of the sea and the coral strand could be obtained.

He carefully tied the boat's painter around a coral spike and landed on the reef. With a shell full of rum and coconut lemonade mixed half and half, he perched on a high ledge of coral where he could see the sea and the coral shore.

On a moonlight night it was fine to sit here and watch the great breakers coming in, all marbled and clouded and rainbowed with spindrift and sheets of spray. But the snow and the song of them under the diffused light of the stars produced a more indescribably beautiful and strange effect.

On a moonlit night, it was nice to sit here and watch the huge waves rolling in, all mixed with foam and colors from the spray. But the snow and the sound of them under the soft light of the stars created an incredibly beautiful and unusual effect.

The tide was going out now, and Mr Button, as he sat smoking his pipe and drinking his grog, could see bright mirrors here and there where the water lay in rock-pools. When he had contemplated these sights for a considerable time in complete contentment, he returned to the lagoon side of the reef and sat down beside the little barrel. Then, after a while, if you had been standing on the strand opposite, you would have heard scraps of song borne across the quivering water of the lagoon.

The tide was going out now, and Mr. Button, as he sat smoking his pipe and sipping his drink, could see bright reflections here and there where the water collected in rock pools. After he had enjoyed these sights for a good while in complete satisfaction, he went back to the lagoon side of the reef and sat down next to the little barrel. Then, after some time, if you had been standing on the beach across from him, you would have heard bits of song carried over the shimmering water of the lagoon.

“Sailing down, sailing down,
On the coast of Barbaree.”

“Sailing down, sailing down,
On the coast of Barbaree.”

Whether the coast of Barbary in question is that at San Francisco, or the true and proper coast, does not matter. It is an old-time song; and when you hear it, whether on a reef of coral or a granite quay, you may feel assured that an old-time sailor-man is singing it, and that the old-time sailor-man is bemused.

Whether the coast of Barbary in question is the one at San Francisco or the actual coast doesn't really matter. It's an old song; and when you hear it, whether on a coral reef or a granite dock, you can be sure that an old-time sailor is singing it, and that the old-time sailor is lost in thought.

Presently the dinghy put off from the reef, the sculls broke the starlit waters and great shaking circles of light made rhythmical answer to the slow and steady creak of the thole pins against the leather. He tied up to the aoa, saw that the sculls were safely shipped; then, breathing heavily, he cast off his boots for fear of waking the “childer.” As the children were sleeping more than two hundred yards away, this was a needless precaution—especially as the intervening distance was mostly soft sand.

Right now, the dinghy pushed away from the reef, the paddles cutting through the starlit water, creating large shaking circles of light that responded rhythmically to the slow and steady creaking of the thole pins against the leather. He secured the boat to the aoa, checked that the paddles were safely stowed, and then, breathing heavily, he took off his boots to avoid waking the “kids.” Since the children were sleeping more than two hundred yards away, this was an unnecessary precaution—especially since the space in between was mostly soft sand.

Green cocoa-nut juice and rum mixed together are pleasant enough to drink, but they are better drunk separately; combined, not even the brain of an old sailor can make anything of them but mist and muddlement; that is to say, in the way of thought—in the way of action they can make him do a lot. They made Paddy Button swim the lagoon.

Green coconut juice and rum mixed together are nice enough to drink, but they're better enjoyed separately; when combined, not even an old sailor can make sense of them—it's all just confusion and fog. In terms of thinking, anyway—when it comes to action, they can really get him moving. They made Paddy Button swim across the lagoon.

The recollection came to him all at once, as he was walking up the strand towards the wigwam, that he had left the dinghy tied to the reef. The dinghy was, as a matter of fact, safe and sound tied to the aoa; but Mr Button’s memory told him it was tied to the reef. How he had crossed the lagoon was of no importance at all to him; the fact that he had crossed without the boat, yet without getting wet, did not appear to him strange. He had no time to deal with trifles like these. The dinghy had to be fetched across the lagoon, and there was only one way of fetching it. So he came back down the beach to the water’s edge, cast down his boots, cast off his coat, and plunged in. The lagoon was wide, but in his present state of mind he would have swum the Hellespont. His figure gone from the beach, the night resumed its majesty and aspect of meditation.

The memory hit him all at once as he walked up the shore toward the hut: he had left the dinghy tied to the reef. In reality, the dinghy was safe and sound tied to the aoa; but Mr. Button believed it was tied to the reef. He didn’t care at all how he had crossed the lagoon; the fact that he had done it without the boat, yet stayed dry, didn’t seem odd to him. He didn’t have time to think about little things like that. He needed to get the dinghy across the lagoon, and there was only one way to do it. So he headed back down the beach to the water's edge, took off his boots, shed his coat, and jumped in. The lagoon was wide, but in his current state of mind, he would have swum the Hellespont. With him gone from the beach, the night reclaimed its majesty and contemplative atmosphere.

So lit was the lagoon by starshine that the head of the swimmer could be distinguished away out in the midst of circles of light; also, as the head neared the reef, a dark triangle that came shearing through the water past the palm tree at the pier. It was the night patrol of the lagoon, who had heard in some mysterious manner that a drunken sailor-man was making trouble in his waters.

So bright was the lagoon from the stars that you could see the swimmer's head clearly among the circles of light; also, as the head got closer to the reef, a dark shape moved through the water past the palm tree at the pier. It was the night patrol of the lagoon, who somehow knew that a drunken sailor was causing trouble in their waters.

Looking, one listened, hand on heart, for the scream of the arrested one, yet it did not come. The swimmer, scrambling on to the reef in an exhausted manner, forgetful evidently of the object for which he had returned, made for the rum cask, and fell down beside it as though sleep had touched him instead of death.

Looking, one listened, hand on heart, for the scream of the captured person, but it didn’t come. The swimmer, clambering onto the reef in a tired way, clearly forgetting why he had come back, made his way to the rum cask and collapsed beside it as if sleep had overtaken him instead of death.




CHAPTER XX

THE DREAMER ON THE REEF

“I wonder where Paddy is?” cried Dick next morning. He was coming out of the chapparel pulling a dead branch after him. “He’s left his coat on the sand, and the tinder box in it, so I’ll make the fire. There’s no use waiting. I want my breakfast. Bother——”

“I wonder where Paddy is?” cried Dick the next morning. He was coming out of the underbrush, dragging a dead branch behind him. “He left his coat on the sand, and the tinderbox inside it, so I’ll start the fire. There’s no point in waiting. I want my breakfast. Ugh——”

He trod the dead stick with his naked feet, breaking it into pieces.

He stepped on the dead stick with his bare feet, breaking it into pieces.

Emmeline sat on the sand and watched him.

Emmeline sat on the sand and watched him.

Emmeline had two gods of a sort: Paddy Button and Dick. Paddy was almost an esoteric god wrapped in the fumes of tobacco and mystery. The god of rolling ships and creaking masts—the masts and vast sail spaces of the Northumberland were an enduring vision in her mind—the deity who had lifted her from a little boat into this marvellous place, where the birds were coloured and the fish were painted, where life was never dull, and the skies scarcely ever grey.

Emmeline had two kinds of gods: Paddy Button and Dick. Paddy was like an enigmatic god, surrounded by the smoke of tobacco and mystery. He was the god of sailing ships and creaking masts— the masts and expansive sails of the Northumberland were a lasting image in her mind— the deity who had taken her from a tiny boat into this amazing place, where the birds were vibrant and the fish were colorful, where life was always exciting, and the skies were hardly ever gray.

Dick, the other deity, was a much more understandable personage, but no less admirable, as a companion and protector. In the two years and five months of island life he had grown nearly three inches. He was as strong as a boy of twelve, and could scull the boat almost as well as Paddy himself, and light a fire. Indeed, during the last few months Mr Button, engaged in resting his bones, and contemplating rum as an abstract idea, had left the cooking and fishing and general gathering of food as much as possible to Dick.

Dick, the other deity, was a much more relatable person, but just as admirable as a companion and protector. In the two years and five months of island life, he had grown nearly three inches. He was as strong as a twelve-year-old boy and could row the boat almost as well as Paddy himself and start a fire. In fact, during the last few months, Mr. Button, who was busy resting his bones and thinking about rum as a concept, had left the cooking, fishing, and general gathering of food as much as possible to Dick.

“It amuses the craythur to pritind he’s doing things,” he would say, as he watched Dick delving in the earth to make a little oven—island-fashion—for the cooking of fish or what not.

“It makes the creature laugh to pretend he’s busy,” he would say, as he watched Dick digging in the ground to create a small oven—island-style—for cooking fish or whatever.

“Come along, Em,” said Dick, piling the broken wood on top of some rotten hibiscus sticks; “give me the tinder box.”

“Come on, Em,” said Dick, stacking the broken wood on top of some decayed hibiscus sticks; “hand me the tinder box.”

He got a spark on to a bit of punk, and then he blew at it, looking not unlike Æolus as represented on those old Dutch charts that smell of schiedam and snuff, and give one mermaids and angels instead of soundings.

He got a flame going on a little bit of punk, and then he blew on it, looking somewhat like Æolus as shown on those old Dutch maps that smell like schiedam and snuff, and give you mermaids and angels instead of depth readings.

The fire was soon sparkling and crackling, and he heaped on sticks in profusion, for there was plenty of fuel, and he wanted to cook breadfruit.

The fire quickly started to sparkle and crackle as he piled on sticks in abundance since there was plenty of fuel, and he wanted to cook breadfruit.

The breadfruit varies in size, according to age, and in colour according to season. These that Dick was preparing to cook were as large as small melons. Two would be more than enough for three people’s breakfast. They were green and knobbly on the outside, and they suggested to the mind unripe lemons, rather than bread.

The breadfruit comes in different sizes depending on its age and in different colors depending on the season. The ones Dick was getting ready to cook were about the size of small melons. Two would be more than enough for breakfast for three people. They were green and bumpy on the outside, reminding one more of unripe lemons than of bread.

He put them in the embers, just as you put potatoes to roast, and presently they sizzled and spat little venomous jets of steam, then they cracked, and the white inner substance became visible. He cut them open and took the core out—the core is not fit to eat—and they were ready.

He placed them in the embers, like you would put potatoes to roast, and soon they sizzled and spat little jets of steam. Then they cracked, revealing the white inner part. He cut them open and took out the core—the core isn’t edible—and they were ready.

Meanwhile, Emmeline, under his directions, had not been idle.

Meanwhile, Emmeline, following his instructions, had been busy.

There were in the lagoon—there are in several other tropical lagoons I know of—a fish which I can only describe as a golden herring. A bronze herring it looks when landed, but when swimming away down against the background of coral brains and white sand patches, it has the sheen of burnished gold. It is as good to eat as to look at, and Emmeline was carefully toasting several of them on a piece of cane.

There were in the lagoon—there are in several other tropical lagoons I know of—a fish that I can only describe as a golden herring. It looks bronze when pulled out of the water, but when it swims away against the backdrop of coral and white sand, it shines like polished gold. It tastes as good as it looks, and Emmeline was carefully grilling several of them on a piece of cane.

The juice of the fish kept the cane from charring, though there were accidents at times, when a whole fish would go into the fire, amidst shouts of derision from Dick.

The juice from the fish prevented the cane from burning, although there were moments when an entire fish would fall into the fire, met with mocking cheers from Dick.

She made a pretty enough picture as she knelt, the “skirt” round the waist looking not unlike a striped bath-towel, her small face intent, and filled with the seriousness of the job on hand, and her lips puckered out at the heat of the fire.

She looked cute as she knelt, the “skirt” around her waist looking a bit like a striped bath towel, her small face focused and serious about the task at hand, and her lips puckered from the heat of the fire.

“It’s so hot!” she cried in self-defence, after the first of the accidents.

“It’s so hot!” she exclaimed in self-defense, after the first of the accidents.

“Of course it’s hot,” said Dick, “if you stick to looward of the fire. How often has Paddy told you to keep to windward of it!”

“Of course it’s hot,” said Dick, “if you stay downwind of the fire. How many times has Paddy told you to stay upwind of it!”

“I don’t know which is which,” confessed the unfortunate Emmeline, who was an absolute failure at everything practical: who could neither row nor fish, nor throw a stone, and who, though they had now been on the island twenty-eight months or so, could not even swim.

“I don’t know which is which,” admitted the unfortunate Emmeline, who was a complete failure at everything practical: she couldn’t row, fish, or throw a stone, and even though they had been on the island for about twenty-eight months, she still couldn’t swim.

“You mean to say,” said Dick, “that you don’t know where the wind comes from?”

“You're saying,” Dick said, “that you don’t know where the wind comes from?”

“Yes, I know that.”

“Sure, I know that.”

“Well, that’s to windward.”

“Well, that’s upwind.”

“I didn’t know that.”

“I didn’t know that.”

“Well, you know it now.”

"Well, you know it now."

“Yes, I know it now.”

“Yeah, I get it now.”

“Well, then, come to windward of the fire. Why didn’t you ask the meaning of it before?”

“Well, then, come over to the side of the fire where the wind is blowing. Why didn’t you ask what it meant earlier?”

“I did,” said Emmeline; “I asked Mr Button one day, and he told me a lot about it. He said if he was to spit to windward and a person was to stand to loo’ard of him, he’d be a fool; and he said if a ship went too much to loo’ard she went on the rocks, but I didn’t understand what he meant. Dicky, I wonder where he is?”

“I did,” said Emmeline; “I asked Mr. Button one day, and he told me a lot about it. He said if he were to spit into the wind and someone was standing downwind of him, he’d be a fool; and he said if a ship leaned too much to one side, it would run aground, but I didn’t get what he meant. Dicky, I wonder where he is?”

“Paddy!” cried Dick, pausing in the act of splitting open a breadfruit. Echoes came from amidst the cocoa-nut trees, but nothing more.

“Paddy!” shouted Dick, stopping in the middle of cutting open a breadfruit. Echoes rang out from among the coconut trees, but nothing else followed.

“Come on,” said Dick; “I’m not going to wait for him. He may have gone to fetch up the night lines”—they sometimes put down night lines in the lagoon—“and fallen asleep over them.”

“Come on,” said Dick; “I’m not going to wait for him. He might have gone to check the night lines”—they sometimes set night lines in the lagoon—“and ended up falling asleep on them.”

Now, though Emmeline honoured Mr Button as a minor deity, Dick had no illusions at all upon the matter. He admired Paddy because he could knot, and splice, and climb a cocoa-nut tree, and exercise his sailor craft in other admirable ways, but he felt the old man’s limitations. They ought to have had potatoes now, but they had eaten both potatoes and the possibility of potatoes when they consumed the contents of that half sack. Young as he was, Dick felt the absolute thriftlessness of this proceeding. Emmeline did not; she never thought of potatoes, though she could have told you the colour of all the birds on the island.

Now, even though Emmeline revered Mr. Button like a minor god, Dick had a clear perspective on the situation. He admired Paddy for his skills—he could knot, splice, climb a coconut tree, and show off his sailing talents in other impressive ways—but he recognized the old man’s limitations. They should have had potatoes by now, but they had eaten both the potatoes and the chance of having more when they emptied that half sack. Despite being young, Dick understood the sheer wastefulness of this act. Emmeline didn’t see it that way; she never thought about potatoes, even though she could name the colors of all the birds on the island.

Then, again, the house wanted rebuilding, and Mr Button said every day he would set about seeing after it to-morrow, and on the morrow it would be to-morrow. The necessities of the life they led were a stimulus to the daring and active mind of the boy; but he was always being checked by the go-as-you-please methods of his elder. Dick came of the people who make sewing machines and typewriters. Mr Button came of a people notable for ballads, tender hearts, and potheen. That was the main difference.

Then again, the house needed to be rebuilt, and Mr. Button said every day he would get around to it tomorrow, and each tomorrow it would be the same story. The needs of their life pushed the bold and active mind of the boy, but he was constantly held back by the laid-back approach of his elder. Dick was from a family that made sewing machines and typewriters. Mr. Button was from a family known for ballads, kind hearts, and homemade whiskey. That was the main difference.

“Paddy!” again cried the boy, when he had eaten as much as he wanted. “Hullo! where are you?”

“Paddy!” the boy called again after he had eaten as much as he wanted. “Hey! Where are you?”

They listened, but no answer came. A bright-hued bird flew across the sand space, a lizard scuttled across the glistening sand, the reef spoke, and the wind in the tree-tops; but Mr Button made no reply.

They listened, but no response came. A brightly colored bird flew across the sandy area, a lizard darted quickly over the shining sand, the reef made sounds, and the wind rustled in the treetops; but Mr. Button didn’t say anything.

“Wait,” said Dick.

"Hold on," said Dick.

He ran through the grove towards the aoa where the dinghy was moored; then he returned.

He ran through the grove toward the area where the dinghy was tied up; then he came back.

“The dinghy is all right,” he said. “Where on earth can he be?”

“The dinghy is fine,” he said. “Where could he possibly be?”

“I don’t know,” said Emmeline, upon whose heart a feeling of loneliness had fallen.

“I don’t know,” Emmeline said, a sense of loneliness weighing on her heart.

“Let’s go up the hill,” said Dick; “perhaps we’ll find him there.”

“Let’s go up the hill,” said Dick; “maybe we’ll find him there.”

They went uphill through the wood, past the water-course. Every now and then Dick would call out, and echoes would answer—there were quaint, moist-voiced echoes amidst the trees—or a bevy of birds would take flight. The little waterfall gurgled and whispered, and the great banana leaves spread their shade.

They went up the hill through the woods, past the stream. Every now and then, Dick would shout, and echoes would respond—there were odd, soft-spoken echoes among the trees—or a flock of birds would take off. The small waterfall babbled and murmured, and the large banana leaves provided their shade.

“Come on,” said Dick, when he had called again without receiving a reply.

“Come on,” said Dick, after calling again and not getting a response.

They found the hill-top, and the great boulder stood casting its shadow in the sun. The morning breeze was blowing, the sea sparkling, the reef flashing, the foliage of the island waving in the wind like the flames of a green-flamed torch. A deep swell was spreading itself across the bosom of the Pacific. Some hurricane away beyond the Navigators or Gilberts had sent this message and was finding its echo here, a thousand miles away, in the deeper thunder of the reef.

They reached the hilltop, and the massive boulder was casting its shadow in the sunlight. A morning breeze was blowing, the sea was sparkling, the reef was flashing, and the island's foliage was swaying in the wind like the flames of a green torch. A deep swell was rolling across the surface of the Pacific. Some hurricane far beyond the Navigators or Gilberts had sent this message and was echoing here, a thousand miles away, in the deep rumble of the reef.

Nowhere else in the world could you get such a picture, such a combination of splendour and summer, such a vision of freshness and strength, and the delight of morning. It was the smallness of the island, perhaps, that closed the charm and made it perfect. Just a bunch of foliage and flowers set in the midst of the blowing wind and sparkling blue.

Nowhere else in the world could you find such a scene, such a mix of beauty and summer, such a vision of freshness and strength, and the joy of morning. Maybe it was the island's small size that added to its charm and made it perfect. Just a cluster of leaves and flowers surrounded by the blowing wind and sparkling blue waters.

Suddenly Dick, standing beside Emmeline on the rock, pointed with his finger to the reef near the opening.

Suddenly, Dick, standing next to Emmeline on the rock, pointed with his finger at the reef by the opening.

“There he is!” cried he.

“There he is!” he shouted.




CHAPTER XXI

THE GARLAND OF FLOWERS

You could just make the figure out lying on the reef near the little cask, and comfortably sheltered from the sun by an upstanding lump of coral.

You could just make out the figure lying on the reef near the small cask, comfortably shaded from the sun by a protruding piece of coral.

“He’s asleep,” said Dick.

“He's asleep,” said Dick.

He had not thought to look towards the reef from the beach, or he might have seen the figure before.

He hadn't thought to look at the reef from the beach, or he might have noticed the figure earlier.

“Dicky!” said Emmeline.

“Dicky!” Emmeline called.

“Well?”

"What's up?"

“How did he get over, if you said the dinghy was tied to the tree?”

“How did he get across if you said the dinghy was tied to the tree?”

“I don’t know,” said Dick, who had not thought of this; “there he is, anyhow. I’ll tell you what, Em, we’ll row across and wake him. I’ll boo into his ear and make him jump.”

“I don’t know,” said Dick, who hadn’t considered this; “but there he is, anyway. I’ve got an idea, Em, let’s row over and wake him up. I’ll yell into his ear and make him jump.”

They got down from the rock, and came back down through the wood. As they came Emmeline picked flowers and began making them up into one of her wreaths. Some scarlet hibiscus, some bluebells, a couple of pale poppies with furry stalks and bitter perfume.

They climbed down from the rock and made their way back through the woods. As they walked, Emmeline picked flowers and started putting together one of her wreaths. She gathered some red hibiscus, some bluebells, and a couple of pale poppies with fuzzy stems and a bitter scent.

“What are you making that for?” asked Dick, who always viewed Emmeline’s wreath-making with a mixture of compassion and vague disgust.

“What are you making that for?” asked Dick, who always looked at Emmeline’s wreath-making with a mix of pity and slight disgust.

“I’m going to put it on Mr Button’s head,” said Emmeline; “so’s when you say boo into his ear he’ll jump up with it on.”

“I’m going to put it on Mr. Button’s head,” said Emmeline; “so when you say boo in his ear, he’ll jump up with it on.”

Dick chuckled with pleasure at the idea of the practical joke, and almost admitted in his own mind for a moment, that after all there might be a use for such futilities as wreaths.

Dick chuckled with delight at the thought of the prank and almost acknowledged to himself for a moment that, after all, there could be a purpose for such trivial things as wreaths.

The dinghy was moored under the spreading shade of the aoa, the painter tied to one of the branches that projected over the water. These dwarf aoas branch in an extraordinary way close to the ground, throwing out limbs like rails. The tree had made a good protection for the little boat, protecting it from marauding hands and from the sun; besides the protection of the tree Paddy had now and then scuttled the boat in shallow water. It was a new boat to start with, and with precautions like these might be expected to last many years.

The dinghy was tied up under the wide shade of the aoa, with its line attached to one of the branches that hung over the water. These small aoas branch out in a unique way close to the ground, extending limbs like rails. The tree provided excellent shelter for the little boat, keeping it safe from wandering hands and the sun; on top of the protection from the tree, Paddy occasionally pulled the boat into shallow water. It was a new boat to begin with, and with these precautions, it was expected to last for many years.

“Get in,” said Dick, pulling on the painter so that the bow of the dinghy came close to the beach.

“Get in,” Dick said, tugging on the painter to bring the bow of the dinghy closer to the shore.

Emmeline got carefully in, and went aft. Then Dick got in, pushed off, and took to the sculls. Next moment they were out on the sparkling water.

Emmeline climbed in carefully and moved to the back. Then Dick got in, pushed off, and took the oars. In the next moment, they were on the shimmering water.

Dick rowed cautiously, fearing to wake the sleeper. He fastened the painter to the coral spike that seemed set there by nature for the purpose. He scrambled on to the reef, and lying down on his stomach drew the boat’s gunwale close up so that Emmeline might land. He had no boots on; the soles of his feet, from constant exposure, had become insensitive as leather.

Dick rowed carefully, worried about waking the person sleeping. He tied the boat to the coral spike that seemed placed there by nature for that purpose. He climbed onto the reef, and lying on his stomach, pulled the boat’s edge close so Emmeline could land. He wasn't wearing any shoes; the soles of his feet, from being exposed all the time, had become as tough as leather.

Emmeline also was without boots. The soles of her feet, as is always the case with highly nervous people, were sensitive, and she walked delicately, avoiding the worst places, holding her wreath in her right hand.

Emmeline was also without shoes. The soles of her feet, like is often the case with highly sensitive people, were delicate, and she walked carefully, steering clear of the worst spots, holding her wreath in her right hand.

It was full tide, and the thunder of the waves outside shook the reef. It was like being in a church when the deep bass of the organ is turned full on, shaking the ground and the air, the walls and the roof. Dashes of spray came over with the wind, and the melancholy “Hi, hi!” of the wheeling gulls came like the voices of ghostly sailor-men hauling at the halyards.

It was high tide, and the sound of the waves outside shook the reef. It felt like being in a church when the deep bass of the organ is cranked up, rattling the ground, the air, the walls, and the roof. Blasts of spray came over with the wind, and the sad “Hi, hi!” of the circling gulls sounded like the voices of ghostly sailors working the ropes.

Paddy was lying on his right side steeped in profound oblivion. His face was buried in the crook of his right arm, and his brown tattooed left hand lay on his left thigh, palm upwards. He had no hat, and the breeze stirred his grizzled hair.

Paddy was lying on his right side, completely unaware of his surroundings. His face was nestled in the bend of his right arm, and his brown tattooed left hand rested on his left thigh, palm up. He wasn't wearing a hat, and the breeze was ruffling his gray hair.

Dick and Emmeline stole up to him till they got right beside him. Then Emmeline, flashing out a laugh, flung the little wreath of flowers on the old man’s head, and Dick, popping down on his knees, shouted into his ear. But the dreamer did not stir or move a finger.

Dick and Emmeline quietly approached him until they were right next to him. Then Emmeline, bursting into laughter, tossed the little flower crown onto the old man’s head, while Dick dropped to his knees and yelled into his ear. But the dreamer didn’t react or move a single finger.

“Paddy,” cried Dick, “wake up! wake up!”

“Paddy,” shouted Dick, “wake up! Wake up!”

He pulled at the shoulder till the figure from its sideways posture fell over on its back. The eyes were wide open and staring. The mouth hung open, and from the mouth darted a little crab; it scuttled over the chin and dropped on the coral.

He tugged at the shoulder until the figure tipped over onto its back. The eyes were wide open and staring. The mouth was agape, and from it shot a little crab; it scurried across the chin and landed on the coral.

Emmeline screamed, and screamed, and would have fallen, but the boy caught her in his arms—one side of the face had been destroyed by the larvæ of the rocks.

Emmeline screamed and screamed, and she would have collapsed, but the boy caught her in his arms—one side of her face had been ruined by the larvae of the rocks.

He held her to him as he stared at the terrible figure lying upon its back, hands outspread. Then, wild with terror, he dragged her towards the little boat. She was struggling, and panting and gasping, like a person drowning in ice-cold water.

He pulled her close as he looked at the horrific figure lying on its back, arms stretched out. Then, overcome with fear, he dragged her toward the small boat. She was struggling, panting, and gasping like someone drowning in freezing water.

His one instinct was to escape, to fly—anywhere, no matter where. He dragged the girl to the coral edge, and pulled the boat up close. Had the reef suddenly become enveloped in flames he could not have exerted himself more to escape from it and save his companion. A moment later they were afloat, and he was pulling wildly for the shore.

His only instinct was to get away, to run—anywhere, it didn’t matter where. He pulled the girl to the coral edge and dragged the boat in close. If the reef had suddenly burst into flames, he couldn’t have tried harder to get away and save her. A moment later, they were in the water, and he was rowing frantically toward the shore.

He did not know what had happened, nor did he pause to think: he was fleeing from horror—nameless horror; whilst the child at his feet, with her head resting against the gunwale, stared up open-eyed and speechless at the great blue sky, as if at some terror visible there. The boat grounded on the white sand, and the wash of the incoming tide drove it up sideways.

He had no idea what had happened, nor did he stop to think; he was running away from something terrifying—something he couldn’t name. Meanwhile, the child at his feet, with her head resting against the edge of the boat, looked up, wide-eyed and silent, at the vast blue sky, as if some fear was visible there. The boat ran aground on the white sand, and the surge of the incoming tide pushed it sideways.

Emmeline had fallen forward; she had lost consciousness.

Emmeline had collapsed; she had passed out.




CHAPTER XXII

ALONE

The idea of spiritual life must be innate in the heart of man, for all that terrible night, when the children lay huddled together in the little hut in the chapparel, the fear that filled them was that their old friend might suddenly darken the entrance and seek to lie down beside them.

The concept of spiritual life has to be a part of human nature, because during that terrifying night, when the children were curled up together in the small hut in the brush, the fear that engulfed them was that their old friend might unexpectedly appear at the entrance and try to lie down next to them.

They did not speak about him. Something had been done to him; something had happened. Something terrible had happened to the world they knew. But they dared not speak of it or question each other.

They didn’t talk about him. Something had been done to him; something had happened. Something awful had happened to the world they knew. But they were too afraid to discuss it or challenge each other.

Dick had carried his companion to the hut when he left the boat, and hidden with her there; the evening had come on, and the night, and now in the darkness, without having tasted food all day, he was telling her not to be afraid, that he would take care of her. But not a word of the thing that had happened.

Dick had taken his friend to the hut when he left the boat and hidden her there. Evening had set in, and now, in the dark, having gone all day without food, he was assuring her not to be afraid and that he would look after her. But he said nothing about what had happened.

The thing, for them, had no precedent, and no vocabulary. They had come across death raw and real, uncooked by religion, undeodorised by the sayings of sages and poets.

The experience was unprecedented for them, and they had no words for it. They had encountered death in its purest, most genuine form, untouched by religion and unfiltered by the wisdom of philosophers and poets.

They knew nothing of the philosophy that tells us that death is the common lot, and the natural sequence to birth, or the religion that teaches us that Death is the door to Life.

They knew nothing of the idea that death is a shared fate and a natural part of life after birth, or the belief that Death is the gateway to Life.

A dead old sailor-man lying like a festering carcass on a coral ledge, eyes staring and glazed and fixed, a wide-open mouth that once had spoken comforting words, and now spoke living crabs.

A dead old sailor lying like a rotting corpse on a coral ledge, eyes staring, glazed, and fixed, a wide-open mouth that once spoke comforting words, now housing live crabs.

That was the vision before them. They did not philosophise about it; and though they were filled with terror, I do not think it was terror that held them from speaking about it, but a vague feeling that what they had beheld was obscene, unspeakable, and a thing to avoid.

That was the vision in front of them. They didn’t analyze it; and even though they were filled with fear, I don’t think it was fear that kept them from talking about it, but a vague sense that what they had seen was offensive, unspeakable, and something to stay away from.

Lestrange had brought them up in his own way. He had told them there was a good God who looked after the world; determined as far as he could to exclude demonology and sin and death from their knowledge, he had rested content with the bald statement that there was a good God who looked after the world, without explaining fully that the same God would torture them for ever and ever, should they fail to believe in Him or keep His commandments.

Lestrange had raised them in his own way. He told them there was a good God who took care of the world; as much as he could, he tried to keep them from knowing about demonology, sin, and death. He was satisfied with simply stating that there was a good God who looked after the world, without fully explaining that the same God would punish them forever if they didn't believe in Him or follow His commandments.

This knowledge of the Almighty, therefore, was but a half knowledge, the vaguest abstraction. Had they been brought up, however, in the most strictly Calvinistic school, this knowledge of Him would have been no comfort now. Belief in God is no comfort to a frightened child. Teach him as many parrot-like prayers as you please, and in distress or the dark of what use are they to him? His cry is for his nurse, or his mother.

This understanding of the Almighty was only a partial understanding, a very vague concept. If they had been raised in a very strict Calvinistic environment, this knowledge of Him would provide no comfort now. Believing in God doesn't comfort a scared child. You can teach him all the rote prayers you want, but when he's scared or in the dark, what good are they? What he really wants is his caregiver or his mother.

During that dreadful night these two children had no comfort to seek anywhere in the whole wide universe but in each other. She, in a sense of his protection, he, in a sense of being her protector. The manliness in him greater and more beautiful than physical strength, developed in those dark hours just as a plant under extraordinary circumstances is hurried into bloom.

During that terrible night, these two kids found no comfort anywhere in the vast universe except in each other. She felt a sense of security in his protection, and he felt a sense of duty in being her protector. His bravery was deeper and more beautiful than just physical strength, blossoming in those dark hours like a plant forced to bloom under unusual conditions.

Towards dawn Emmeline fell asleep. Dick stole out of the hut when he had assured himself from her regular breathing that she was asleep, and, pushing the tendrils and the branches of the mammee apples aside, found the beach. The dawn was just breaking, and the morning breeze was coming in from the sea.

Towards dawn, Emmeline fell asleep. Dick quietly left the hut after confirming her steady breathing, signaling that she was off to dreamland. As he pushed aside the tendrils and branches of the mammee apples, he found his way to the beach. The dawn was just beginning, and the morning breeze was blowing in from the sea.

When he had beached the dinghy the day before, the tide was just at the flood, and it had left her stranded. The tide was coming in now, and in a short time it would be far enough up to push her off.

When he had pulled the dinghy onto the shore the day before, the tide was high, and it had left her stuck. The tide is coming in now, and soon it will be high enough to float her off.

Emmeline in the night had implored him to take her away. Take her away somewhere from there, and he had promised, without knowing in the least how he was to perform his promise. As he stood looking at the beach, so desolate and strangely different now from what it was the day before, an idea of how he could fulfil his promise came to him. He ran down to where the little boat lay on the shelving sand, with the ripples of the incoming tide just washing the rudder, which was still shipped. He unshipped the rudder and came back.

Emmeline had begged him in the night to take her away. To take her somewhere far from there, and he had promised, without having any idea how he would keep that promise. As he stood looking at the beach, so empty and oddly changed from what it had been the day before, an idea of how to fulfill his promise came to him. He ran down to where the small boat rested on the sloping sand, with the waves of the incoming tide just touching the rudder, which was still attached. He detached the rudder and returned.

Under a tree, covered with the stay-sail they had brought from the Shenandoah, lay most of their treasures: old clothes and boots, and all the other odds and ends. The precious tobacco stitched up in a piece of canvas was there, and the housewife with the needles and threads. A hole had been dug in the sand as a sort of cache for them, and the stay-sail put over them to protect them from the dew.

Under a tree, covered with the sail they had brought from the Shenandoah, were most of their treasures: old clothes and boots, and all the other random items. The valuable tobacco wrapped in a piece of canvas was there, along with the sewing kit containing needles and threads. They had dug a hole in the sand as a kind of stash for them, and the sail was placed over it to keep it safe from the dew.

The sun was now looking over the sea-line, and the tall cocoa-nut trees were singing and whispering together under the strengthening breeze.

The sun was now shining over the horizon, and the tall coconut trees were swaying and rustling together in the growing breeze.




CHAPTER XXIII

THEY MOVE AWAY

He began to collect the things, and carry them to the dinghy. He took the stay-sail and everything that might be useful; and when he had stowed them in the boat, he took the breaker and filled it with water at the water source in the wood; he collected some bananas and breadfruit, and stowed them in the dinghy with the breaker. Then he found the remains of yesterday’s breakfast, which he had hidden between two palmetto leaves, and placed it also in the boat.

He started gathering his stuff and bringing it to the dinghy. He grabbed the stay-sail and anything else that could be useful; once he packed them into the boat, he took the water container and filled it at the water source in the woods. He picked some bananas and breadfruit and loaded them into the dinghy along with the water container. Then he found the leftover breakfast from yesterday, which he had hidden between two palmetto leaves, and added that to the boat as well.

The water was now so high that a strong push would float her. He turned back to the hut for Emmeline. She was still asleep: so soundly asleep, that when he lifted her up in his arms she made no movement. He placed her carefully in the stern-sheets with her head on the sail rolled up, and then standing in the bow pushed off with a scull. Then, taking the sculls, he turned the boat’s head up the lagoon to the left. He kept close to the shore, but for the life of him he could not help lifting his eyes and looking towards the reef.

The water was so high now that a strong push would make her float. He turned back to the hut for Emmeline. She was still asleep—so deeply asleep that when he picked her up in his arms, she didn’t move at all. He carefully placed her in the stern of the boat with her head on the rolled-up sail, and then, standing in the bow, he pushed off with an oar. After grabbing the oars, he turned the boat’s front toward the lagoon to the left. He stayed close to the shore, but no matter what, he couldn’t help but look toward the reef.

Round a certain spot on the distant white coral there was a great commotion of birds. Huge birds some of them seemed, and the “Hi! hi! hi!” of them came across the lagoon on the breeze as they quarrelled together and beat the air with their wings. He turned his head away till a bend of the shore hid the spot from sight.

Around a certain spot on the distant white coral, there was a lot of bird activity. Some of them looked huge, and their “Hi! hi! hi!” calls drifted across the lagoon on the breeze as they squabbled and flapped their wings. He turned his head away until a bend in the shore blocked the view.

Here, sheltered more completely than opposite the break in the reef, the artu trees came in places right down to the water’s edge; the breadfruit trees cast the shadow of their great scalloped leaves upon the water; glades, thick with fern, wildernesses of the mammee apple, and bushes of the scarlet “wild cocoa-nut” all slipped by, as the dinghy, hugging the shore, crept up the lagoon.

Here, more protected than on the other side of the reef, the artu trees grew right down to the edge of the water in some spots; the breadfruit trees cast shadows from their large, wavy leaves onto the water; patches filled with ferns, wild areas of mammee apple trees, and clusters of bright red “wild cocoa-nut” bushes all passed by as the dinghy, staying close to the shore, moved up the lagoon.

Gazing at the shore edge one might have imagined it the edge of a lake, but for the thunder of the Pacific upon the distant reef; and even that did not destroy the impression, but only lent a strangeness to it.

Gazing at the shoreline, one might have thought it was the edge of a lake, if not for the roar of the Pacific crashing on the distant reef; and even that didn't ruin the impression, but only added a sense of the unusual to it.

A lake in the midst of the ocean, that is what the lagoon really was.

A lake in the middle of the ocean, that’s what the lagoon really was.

Here and there cocoa-nut trees slanted over the water, mirroring their delicate stems, and tracing their clear-cut shadows on the sandy bottom a fathom deep below.

Here and there, coconut trees leaned over the water, reflecting their slender trunks and casting clear shadows on the sandy bottom a fathom deep below.

He kept close in-shore for the sake of the shelter of the trees. His object was to find some place where they might stop permanently, and put up a tent. He was seeking a new home, in fact. But, pretty as were the glades they passed, they were not attractive places to live in. There were too many trees, or the ferns were too deep. He was seeking air and space, and suddenly he found it. Rounding a little cape, all blazing with the scarlet of the wild cocoa-nut, the dinghy broke into a new world.

He stayed close to the shore for the protection of the trees. His goal was to find a place where they could settle down for good and set up a tent. He was looking for a new home, actually. But as pretty as the clearings they passed were, they weren't ideal places to live. There were too many trees, or the ferns were too dense. He wanted open air and space, and then he suddenly found it. As he rounded a small cape, vibrant with the bright red of the wild coconut, the dinghy entered a whole new world.

Before her lay a great sweep of the palest blue wind-swept water, down to which came a broad green sward of park-like land set on either side with deep groves, and leading up and away to higher land, where, above the massive and motionless green of the great breadfruit trees, the palm trees swayed and fluttered their pale green feathers in the breeze. The pale colour of the water was due to the extreme shallowness of the lagoon just here. So shallow was it that one could see brown spaces indicating beds of dead and rotten coral, and splashes of darkest sapphire where the deep pools lay. The reef lay more than half a mile from the shore: a great way out, it seemed, so far out that its cramping influence was removed, and one had the impression of wide and unbroken sea.

Before her stretched a vast expanse of the lightest blue, wind-swept water, meeting a broad green lawn-like area flanked on both sides by thick groves, and rising up to higher ground. Above the dense and still green of the massive breadfruit trees, the palm trees swayed, fluttering their light green fronds in the breeze. The pale color of the water was due to the extremely shallow lagoon in this spot. It was so shallow that you could see brown patches signaling beds of dead and decaying coral, along with deep, dark sapphire spots where the deeper pools were located. The reef was more than half a mile from the shore: it felt like a long way out, far enough that its constraining influence was absent, giving the impression of an endless and unbroken sea.

Dick rested on his oars, and let the dinghy float whilst he looked around him. He had come some four miles and a half, and this was right at the back of the island. As the boat drifting shoreward touched the bank, Emmeline awakened from her sleep, sat up, and looked around her.

Dick rested on his oars and let the dinghy float while he looked around. He had traveled about four and a half miles, and this was at the back of the island. As the boat drifted toward the shore and touched the bank, Emmeline woke up from her sleep, sat up, and looked around her.




BOOK II

PART I

CHAPTER I

UNDER THE ARTU TREE

On the edge of the green sward, between a diamond-chequered artu trunk and the massive bole of a breadfruit, a house had come into being. It was not much larger than a big hen-house, but quite sufficient for the needs of two people in a climate of eternal summer. It was built of bamboos, and thatched with a double thatch of palmetto leaves, so neatly built, and so well thatched, that one might have fancied it the production of several skilled workmen.

On the edge of the lush green field, between a diamond-patterned artu trunk and the thick trunk of a breadfruit tree, a house had been created. It was only slightly bigger than a large chicken coop, but it was more than enough for the needs of two people living in a year-round warm climate. It was made of bamboo and covered with a double layer of palmetto leaves, constructed so neatly and so well that one might have thought it was built by several skilled craftsmen.

The breadfruit tree was barren of fruit, as these trees sometimes are, whole groves of them ceasing to bear for some mysterious reason only known to Nature. It was green now, but when suffering its yearly change the great scalloped leaves would take all imaginable tinges of gold and bronze and amber. Beyond the artu was a little clearing, where the chapparel had been carefully removed and taro roots planted.

The breadfruit tree had no fruit, which can happen with these trees; entire groves can stop producing for reasons that only Nature understands. It was green now, but during its annual transformation, the large scalloped leaves would turn every shade of gold, bronze, and amber. Beyond the artu was a small clearing where the brush had been carefully cleared away and taro roots were planted.

Stepping from the house doorway on to the sward you might have fancied yourself, except for the tropical nature of the foliage, in some English park.

Stepping out of the house and onto the lawn, you might have thought, except for the tropical plants, that you were in some English park.

Looking to the right, the eye became lost in the woods, where all tints of green were tinging the foliage, and the bushes of the wild cocoa-nut burned scarlet as haw-berries.

Looking to the right, the eyes got lost in the woods, where every shade of green colored the leaves, and the wild coconut bushes glowed bright red like hawthorn berries.

The house had a doorway, but no door. It might have been said to have a double roof, for the breadfruit foliage above gave good shelter during the rains. Inside it was bare enough. Dried, sweet-smelling ferns covered the floor. Two sails, rolled up, lay on either side of the doorway. There was a rude shelf attached to one of the walls, and on the shelf some bowls made of cocoa-nut shell. The people to whom the place belonged evidently did not trouble it much with their presence, using it only at night, and as a refuge from the dew.

The house had an entrance, but no door. It could be described as having a double roof, since the breadfruit leaves above provided good shelter during the rain. Inside, it was quite bare. Dried, fragrant ferns covered the floor. Two rolled-up sails were positioned on either side of the entrance. A rough shelf was attached to one of the walls, and on the shelf were some bowls made from coconut shells. The people who owned the place clearly didn't spend much time there, using it only at night as a protection from the dew.

Sitting on the grass by the doorway, sheltered by the breadfruit shade, yet with the hot rays of the afternoon sun just touching her naked feet, was a girl. A girl of fifteen or sixteen, naked, except for a kilt of gaily-striped material reaching from her waist to her knees. Her long black hair was drawn back from the forehead, and tied behind with a loop of the elastic vine. A scarlet blossom was stuck behind her right ear, after the fashion of a clerk’s pen. Her face was beautiful, powdered with tiny freckles; especially under the eyes, which were of a deep, tranquil blue-grey. She half sat, half lay on her left side; whilst before her, quite close, strutted up and down on the grass, a bird, with blue plumage, coral-red beak, and bright, watchful eyes.

Sitting on the grass by the doorway, shaded by the breadfruit tree, but with the hot afternoon sun just touching her bare feet, was a girl. A girl of fifteen or sixteen, naked except for a colorful striped kilt that reached from her waist to her knees. Her long black hair was pulled back from her forehead and tied behind her with a loop of elastic vine. A red flower was tucked behind her right ear, like a clerk's pen. Her face was beautiful, dusted with tiny freckles, especially under her deep, calm blue-grey eyes. She was half sitting, half lying on her left side, while in front of her, very close by, a bird with blue feathers, a coral-red beak, and bright, alert eyes strutted back and forth on the grass.

The girl was Emmeline Lestrange. Just by her elbow stood a little bowl made from half a cocoa-nut, and filled with some white substance with which she was feeding the bird. Dick had found it in the woods two years ago, quite small, deserted by its mother, and starving. They had fed it and tamed it, and it was now one of the family; roosting on the roof at night, and appearing regularly at meal times.

The girl was Emmeline Lestrange. Just beside her was a small bowl made from half a coconut, filled with a white substance that she was using to feed the bird. Dick had found it in the woods two years ago, when it was tiny, abandoned by its mother, and starving. They had fed it and tamed it, and it was now part of the family, roosting on the roof at night and showing up for meals.

All at once she held out her hand; the bird flew into the air, lit on her forefinger and balanced itself, sinking its head between its shoulders, and uttering the sound which formed its entire vocabulary and one means of vocal expression—a sound from which it had derived its name.

All of a sudden, she extended her hand; the bird took flight, landed on her index finger, and steadied itself, tucking its head between its shoulders and making the sound that was its whole vocabulary and its only way of expressing itself—a sound from which it had gotten its name.

“Koko,” said Emmeline, “where is Dick?”

“Koko,” Emmeline said, “where's Dick?”

The bird turned his head about, as if he were searching for his master; and the girl lay back lazily on the grass, laughing, and holding him up poised on her finger, as if he were some enamelled jewel she wished to admire at a little distance. They made a pretty picture under the cave-like shadow of the breadfruit leaves; and it was difficult to understand how this young girl, so perfectly formed, so fully developed, and so beautiful, had evolved from plain little Emmeline Lestrange. And the whole thing, as far as the beauty of her was concerned, had happened during the last six months.

The bird turned his head around, as if looking for his owner; and the girl leaned back lazily on the grass, laughing, and balancing him on her finger, as if he were a shiny jewel she wanted to admire from a distance. They created a lovely scene under the cave-like shade of the breadfruit leaves; and it was hard to believe how this young girl, so perfectly formed, so fully developed, and so beautiful, had transformed from plain little Emmeline Lestrange. And all of this, in terms of her beauty, had happened in just the last six months.




CHAPTER II

HALF CHILD—HALF SAVAGE

Five rainy seasons had passed and gone since the tragic occurrence on the reef. Five long years the breakers had thundered, and the sea-gulls had cried round the figure whose spell had drawn a mysterious barrier across the lagoon.

Five rainy seasons had come and gone since the tragic event on the reef. Five long years the waves had crashed, and the seagulls had screamed around the figure whose presence had created a mysterious barrier across the lagoon.

The children had never returned to the old place. They had kept entirely to the back of the island and the woods—the lagoon, down to a certain point, and the reef; a wide enough and beautiful enough world, but a hopeless world, as far as help from civilisation was concerned. For, of the few ships that touched at the island in the course of years, how many would explore the lagoon or woods? Perhaps not one.

The kids had never gone back to the old spot. They stayed completely to the back of the island and the woods—the lagoon, up to a certain point, and the reef; a wide enough and beautiful enough world, but a hopeless one when it came to help from civilization. Because out of the few ships that visited the island over the years, how many would check out the lagoon or the woods? Maybe not even one.

Occasionally Dick would make an excursion in the dinghy to the old place, but Emmeline refused to accompany him. He went chiefly to obtain bananas; for on the whole island there was but one clump of banana trees—that near the water source in the wood, where the old green skulls had been discovered, and the little barrel.

Occasionally, Dick would take a trip in the dinghy to the old spot, but Emmeline refused to join him. He mostly went to get bananas because on the entire island, there was only one bunch of banana trees—located near the water source in the woods, where the old green skulls had been found, along with the little barrel.

She had never quite recovered from the occurrence on the reef. Something had been shown to her, the purport of which she vaguely understood, and it had filled her with horror and a terror of the place where it had occurred. Dick was quite different. He had been frightened enough at first; but the feeling wore away in time.

She had never fully gotten over what happened on the reef. Something was revealed to her that she only partly understood, and it filled her with dread and fear of the place where it happened. Dick was completely different. He had been scared at first, but that feeling faded over time.

Dick had built three houses in succession during the five years. He had laid out a patch of taro and another of sweet potatoes. He knew every pool on the reef for two miles either way, and the forms of their inhabitants; and though he did not know the names of the creatures to be found there, he made a profound study of their habits.

Dick had built three houses in a row over the five years. He had cultivated a section of taro and another of sweet potatoes. He knew every pool on the reef for two miles in either direction and was familiar with the types of creatures living there. While he didn't know the names of the animals found in those pools, he thoroughly studied their behaviors.

He had seen some astonishing things during these five years—from a fight between a whale and two thrashers conducted outside the reef, lasting an hour, and dyeing the breaking waves with blood, to the poisoning of the fish in the lagoon by fresh water, due to an extraordinarily heavy rainy season.

He had witnessed some amazing things over these five years—from a battle between a whale and two threshers just outside the reef that lasted an hour and turned the breaking waves red with blood, to the poisoning of the fish in the lagoon by fresh water from an unusually heavy rainy season.

He knew the woods of the back of the island by heart, and the forms of life that inhabited them—butterflies, and moths, and birds, lizards, and insects of strange shape; extraordinary orchids—some filthy-looking, the very image of corruption, some beautiful, and all strange. He found melons and guavas, and breadfruit, the red apple of Tahiti, and the great Brazilian plum, taro in plenty, and a dozen other good things—but there were no bananas. This made him unhappy at times, for he was human.

He knew the forest at the back of the island like the palm of his hand, along with all the creatures living there—butterflies, moths, birds, lizards, and oddly shaped insects; amazing orchids—some dirty and corrupt-looking, some beautiful, and all unusual. He discovered melons and guavas, breadfruit, the red apple of Tahiti, the big Brazilian plum, plenty of taro, and a dozen other tasty things—but there were no bananas. This sometimes made him sad, because he was human.

Though Emmeline had asked Koko for Dick’s whereabouts, it was only a remark made by way of making conversation, for she could hear him in the little cane-brake which lay close by amidst the trees.

Though Emmeline had asked Koko where Dick was, it was just a comment to keep the conversation going, as she could hear him in the small thicket nearby among the trees.

In a few minutes he appeared, dragging after him two canes which he had just cut, and wiping the perspiration off his brow with his naked arm. He had an old pair of trousers on—part of the truck salved long ago from the Shenandoah—nothing else, and he was well worth looking at and considering, both from a physical and psychological point of view.

In a few minutes, he showed up, dragging two canes he had just cut and wiping the sweat off his forehead with his bare arm. He was wearing an old pair of pants—part of the stuff saved long ago from the Shenandoah—nothing else, and he was definitely someone to look at and think about, both physically and psychologically.

Auburn-haired and tall, looking more like seventeen than sixteen, with a restless and daring expression, half a child, half a man, half a civilised being, half a savage, he had both progressed and retrograded during the five years of savage life. He sat down beside Emmeline, flung the canes beside him, tried the edge of the old butcher’s knife with which he had cut them, then, taking one of the canes across his knee, he began whittling at it.

Auburn-haired and tall, looking more like seventeen than sixteen, with a restless and daring expression, half child and half man, half civilized and half savage, he had both advanced and regressed during the five years of wild living. He sat down next to Emmeline, tossed the canes beside him, tested the edge of the old butcher's knife he had used to cut them, and then, taking one of the canes across his knee, he started whittling it.

“What are you making?” asked Emmeline, releasing the bird, which flew into one of the branches of the artu and rested there, a blue point amidst the dark green.

“What are you making?” asked Emmeline, letting go of the bird, which flew into one of the branches of the artu and perched there, a blue dot among the dark green.

“Fish-spear,” replied Dick.

“Fish spear,” replied Dick.

Without being taciturn, he rarely wasted words. Life was all business for him. He would talk to Emmeline, but always in short sentences; and he had developed the habit of talking to inanimate things, to the fish-spear he was carving, or the bowl he was fashioning from a cocoa-nut.

Without being silent, he seldom wasted words. Life was all about business for him. He would talk to Emmeline, but always in short sentences; and he had gotten into the habit of talking to inanimate objects, like the fish spear he was carving or the bowl he was making from a coconut.

As for Emmeline, even as a child she had never been talkative. There was something mysterious in her personality, something secretive. Her mind seemed half submerged in twilight. Though she spoke little, and though the subject of their conversations was almost entirely material and relative to their everyday needs, her mind would wander into abstract fields and the land of chimerae and dreams. What she found there no one knew—least of all, perhaps, herself.

As for Emmeline, even as a child she had never been chatty. There was something mysterious about her personality, something secretive. Her mind seemed half submerged in a haze. Even though she spoke little, and the topics of their conversations were mostly practical and related to their daily needs, her mind would drift into abstract ideas and the realm of fantasies and dreams. What she discovered there, no one knew—maybe not even her.

As for Dick, he would sometimes talk and mutter to himself, as if in a reverie; but if you caught the words, you would find that they referred to no abstraction, but to some trifle he had on hand. He seemed entirely bound up in the moment, and to have forgotten the past as completely as though it had never been.

As for Dick, he would sometimes talk and mumble to himself, as if he was daydreaming; but if you overheard what he was saying, you would realize that it was about something trivial he was focused on. He seemed completely wrapped up in the present, having forgotten the past as if it had never existed.

Yet he had his contemplative moods. He would lie with his face over a rock-pool by the hour, watching the strange forms of life to be seen there, or sit in the woods motionless as a stone, watching the birds and the swift-slipping lizards. The birds came so close that he could easily have knocked them over, but he never hurt one or interfered in any way with the wild life of the woods.

Yet he had his thoughtful moments. He would spend hours lying with his face over a rock pool, watching the strange forms of life there, or sit in the woods as still as a statue, observing the birds and the quick-moving lizards. The birds got so close that he could easily have knocked them down, but he never harmed one or interfered in any way with the wildlife in the woods.

The island, the lagoon, and the reef were for him the three volumes of a great picture book, as they were for Emmeline, though in a different manner. The colour and the beauty of it all fed some mysterious want in her soul. Her life was a long reverie, a beautiful vision—troubled with shadows. Across all the blue and coloured spaces that meant months and years she could still see as in a glass dimly the Northumberland, smoking against the wild background of fog; her uncle’s face, Boston—a vague and dark picture beyond a storm—and nearer, the tragic form on the reef that still haunted terribly her dreams. But she never spoke of these things to Dick. Just as she kept the secret of what was in her box, and the secret of her trouble whenever she lost it, she kept the secret of her feelings about these things.

The island, the lagoon, and the reef were like three volumes of a beautiful picture book for him, just as they were for Emmeline, but in a different way. The colors and beauty of everything fulfilled some mysterious need in her soul. Her life was a long daydream, a beautiful vision—tinged with shadows. Through all the blue and colored spaces that represented months and years, she could still faintly see the Northumberland, billowing smoke against the wild backdrop of fog; her uncle’s face, Boston—a blurry and dark image beyond a storm—and closer, the haunting tragic shape on the reef that still haunted her dreams. But she never talked about these things with Dick. Just as she kept the secret of what was in her box and the secret of her struggles whenever she lost it, she held onto the secret of her feelings about these things.

Born of these things there remained with her always a vague terror: the terror of losing Dick. Mrs Stannard, her uncle, the dim people she had known in Boston, all had passed away out of her life like a dream and shadows. The other one too, most horribly. What if Dick were taken from her as well?

Born of these things, she always held a vague fear: the fear of losing Dick. Mrs. Stannard, her uncle, and the vague people she had known in Boston had all faded from her life like a dream and shadows. The other one, too, in the most horrifying way. What if Dick were taken from her as well?

This haunting trouble had been with her a long time; up to a few months ago it had been mainly personal and selfish—the dread of being left alone. But lately it had altered and become more acute. Dick had changed in her eyes, and the fear was now for him. Her own personality had suddenly and strangely become merged in his. The idea of life without him was unthinkable, yet the trouble remained, a menace in the blue.

This haunting worry had been with her for a long time; until a few months ago, it had mostly been about her own personal fears—the anxiety of being left alone. But lately, it had shifted and grown sharper. Dick had changed in her perception, and now her concern was for him. Her own identity had strangely and suddenly become intertwined with his. The thought of life without him was unimaginable, yet the anxiety still lingered, a threat in the background.

Some days it would be worse than others. To-day, for instance, it was worse than yesterday, as though some danger had crept close to them during the night. Yet the sky and sea were stainless, the sun shone on tree and flower, the west wind brought the tune of the far-away reef like a lullaby. There was nothing to hint of danger or the need of distrust.

Some days were worse than others. Today, for example, was worse than yesterday, as if some threat had come closer to them during the night. Yet the sky and sea were clear, the sun lit up the trees and flowers, and the west wind carried the sound of the distant reef like a lullaby. There was no sign of danger or any reason to feel distrustful.

At last Dick finished his spear and rose to his feet.

At last, Dick finished his spear and got to his feet.

“Where are you going?” asked Emmeline.

“Where are you headed?” asked Emmeline.

“The reef,” he replied. “The tide’s going out.”

“The reef,” he said. “The tide’s going out.”

“I’ll go with you,” said she.

“I’ll go with you,” she said.

He went into the house and stowed the precious knife away. Then he came out, spear in one hand, and half a fathom of liana in the other. The liana was for the purpose of stringing the fish on, should the catch be large. He led the way down the grassy sward to the lagoon where the dinghy lay, close up to the bank, and moored to a post driven into the soft soil. Emmeline got in, and, taking the sculls, he pushed off. The tide was going out.

He walked into the house and put the valuable knife away. Then he came out with a spear in one hand and a length of liana in the other. The liana was for stringing up the fish if he caught a lot. He led the way down the grassy area to the lagoon where the small boat was, tied up close to the bank with a post stuck into the soft ground. Emmeline climbed in, took the oars, and he pushed off. The tide was going out.

I have said that the reef just here lay a great way out from the shore. The lagoon was so shallow that at low tide one could have waded almost right across it, were it not for pot-holes here and there—ten-feet traps—and great beds of rotten coral, into which one would sink as into brushwood, to say nothing of the nettle coral that stings like a bed of nettles. There were also other dangers. Tropical shallows are full of wild surprises in the way of life—and death.

I said that the reef right here is quite far from the shore. The lagoon is so shallow that at low tide, you could almost walk right across it, if it weren't for the deep spots scattered around—ten-foot traps—and large patches of decaying coral, which you would sink into like thick brushwood, not to mention the stinging nettle coral that feels like a bed of nettles. There were also other dangers. Tropical shallow waters are full of unexpected surprises in terms of both life and death.

Dick had long ago marked out in his memory the soundings of the lagoon, and it was fortunate that he possessed the special sense of location which is the main stand-by of the hunter and the savage, for, from the disposition of the coral in ribs, the water from the shore edge to the reef ran in lanes. Only two of these lanes gave a clear, fair way from the shore edge to the reef; had you followed the others, even in a boat of such shallow draught as the dinghy, you would have found yourself stranded half-way across, unless, indeed, it were a spring tide.

Dick had long ago memorized the depths of the lagoon, and it was lucky that he had a great sense of direction, which is essential for both hunters and wild people. The layout of the coral formed ridges, creating channels where the water flowed from the shore to the reef. Only two of these channels provided a clear route from the shore to the reef; if you tried to take the others, even in a shallow boat like the dinghy, you would end up stuck halfway across unless it was a spring tide.

Half-way across the sound of the surf on the barrier became louder, and the everlasting and monotonous cry of the gulls came on the breeze. It was lonely out here, and, looking back, the shore seemed a great way off. It was lonelier still on the reef.

Halfway across, the sound of the surf grew louder, and the constant, repetitive cry of the gulls drifted on the breeze. It felt isolated out here, and looking back, the shore seemed far away. It was even lonelier on the reef.

Dick tied up the boat to a projection of coral, and helped Emmeline to land. The sun was creeping down into the west, the tide was nearly half out, and large pools of water lay glittering like burnished shields in the sunlight. Dick, with his precious spear beside him, sat calmly down on a ledge of coral, and began to divest himself of his one and only garment.

Dick tied the boat to a coral outcrop and helped Emmeline get ashore. The sun was setting in the west, the tide was about halfway out, and big pools of water sparkled like polished shields in the sunlight. Dick, with his prized spear next to him, sat down on a coral ledge and started to take off his only piece of clothing.

Emmeline turned away her head and contemplated the distant shore, which seemed thrice as far off as it was in reality. When she turned her head again he was racing along the edge of the surf. He and his spear silhouetted against the spindrift and dazzling foam formed a picture savage enough, and well in keeping with the general desolation of the background. She watched him lie down and cling to a piece of coral, whilst the surf rushed round and over him, and then rise and shake himself like a dog, and pursue his gambols, his body all glittering with the wet.

Emmeline turned her head away and stared at the faraway shore, which seemed much farther away than it actually was. When she looked back, he was sprinting along the edge of the waves. He and his spear stood out against the spray and bright foam, creating a striking image that matched the overall bleakness of the scene. She watched him lie down and grip a piece of coral while the waves crashed around him, then get up and shake himself like a dog, continuing his play, his body shining with water.

Sometimes a whoop would come on the breeze, mixing with the sound of the surf and the cry of the gulls, and she would see him plunge his spear into a pool, and the next moment the spear would be held aloft with something struggling and glittering at the end of it.

Sometimes a shout would drift on the wind, blending with the sound of the waves and the cries of the seagulls, and she would watch him thrust his spear into a pool, and the next moment he would raise the spear high with something wriggling and sparkling at the end of it.

He was quite different out here on the reef to what he was ashore. The surroundings here seemed to develop all that was savage in him, in a startling way; and he would kill, and kill, just for the pleasure of killing, destroying more fish than they could possibly use.

He was really different out here on the reef compared to when he was on land. The environment here seemed to bring out all the wildness in him in a shocking way; he would kill, and kill, simply for the thrill of it, taking out more fish than they could ever use.




CHAPTER III

THE DEMON OF THE REEF

The romance of coral has still to be written. There still exists a widespread opinion that the coral reef and the coral island are the work of an “insect.” This fabulous insect, accredited with the genius of Brunel and the patience of Job, has been humorously enough held up before the children of many generations as an example of industry—a thing to be admired, a model to be followed.

The story of coral hasn't been fully told yet. Many people still believe that coral reefs and coral islands are created by an “insect.” This legendary insect, credited with the ingenuity of Brunel and the patience of Job, has often been presented to children across generations as a symbol of hard work—something to admire, a role model to emulate.

As a matter of fact, nothing could be more slothful or slow, more given up to a life of ease and degeneracy, than the “reef-building polypifer”—to give him his scientific name. He is the hobo of the animal world, but, unlike the hobo, he does not even tramp for a living. He exists as a sluggish and gelatinous worm; he attracts to himself calcareous elements from the water to make himself a house—mark you, the sea does the building—he dies, and he leaves his house behind him—and a reputation for industry, beside which the reputation of the ant turns pale, and that of the bee becomes of little account.

In fact, nothing could be more lazy or slow, more dedicated to a life of comfort and decline, than the “reef-building polypifer”—his scientific name. He’s the drifter of the animal kingdom, but unlike the drifter, he doesn't even wander for a living. He lives as a sluggish and jelly-like creature; he collects calcium from the water to build his home—keep in mind, the sea does the actual building—he dies, and he leaves his home behind him—and a reputation for hard work that makes the ant's reputation look weak, and the bee's seem insignificant.

On a coral reef you are treading on rock that the reef-building polypifers of ages have left behind them as evidences of their idle and apparently useless lives. You might fancy that the reef is formed of dead rock, but it is not: that is where the wonder of the thing comes in—a coral reef is half alive. If it were not, it would not resist the action of the sea ten years. The live part of the reef is just where the breakers come in and beyond. The gelatinous rock-building polypifers die almost at once, if exposed to the sun or if left uncovered by water.

On a coral reef, you’re walking on rock that the reef-building polyps have left behind as proof of their seemingly idle and pointless lives over the years. You might think that the reef is made of dead rock, but that’s not the case: that’s where the real magic lies—a coral reef is partly alive. If it weren’t, it wouldn’t withstand the waves for ten years. The living part of the reef is right where the waves crash in and beyond. The jelly-like rock-building polyps die almost immediately if exposed to the sun or if they’re left dry.

Sometimes, at very low tide, if you have courage enough to risk being swept away by the breakers, going as far out on the reef as you can, you may catch a glimpse of them in their living state—great mounds and masses of what seems rock, but which is a honeycomb of coral, whose cells are filled with the living polypifers. Those in the uppermost cells are usually dead, but lower down they are living.

Sometimes, at very low tide, if you’re brave enough to risk being swept away by the waves and venture as far out on the reef as you can, you might catch a glimpse of them in their natural form—huge mounds and clusters that look like rock, but are actually a honeycomb of coral, with the cells filled with living polyps. The ones in the uppermost cells are usually dead, but further down, they’re alive.

Always dying, always being renewed, devoured by fish, attacked by the sea—that is the life of a coral reef. It is a thing as living as a cabbage or a tree. Every storm tears a piece off the reef, which the living coral replaces; wounds occur in it which actually granulate and heal as wounds do of the human body.

Always dying, always being renewed, eaten by fish, attacked by the sea—that's the life of a coral reef. It's as alive as a cabbage or a tree. Every storm chips away at the reef, and the living coral fills in the gaps; it gets hurt in ways that actually granulate and heal like wounds do on a human body.

There is nothing, perhaps, more mysterious in nature than this fact of the existence of a living land: a land that repairs itself, when injured, by vital processes, and resists the eternal attack of the sea by vital force, especially when we think of the extent of some of these lagoon islands or atolls, whose existences are an eternal battle with the waves.

There’s probably nothing more mysterious in nature than the fact of a living land: a land that heals itself when hurt through vital processes and stands up against the relentless assault of the sea with vital force, especially when we consider the size of some of these lagoon islands or atolls, whose existence is a constant struggle against the waves.

Unlike the island of this story (which is an island surrounded by a barrier reef of coral surrounding a space of sea—the lagoon), the reef forms the island. The reef may be grown over by trees, or it may be perfectly destitute of important vegetation, or it may be crusted with islets. Some islets may exist within the lagoon, but as often as not it is just a great empty lake floored with sand and coral, peopled with life different to the life of the outside ocean, protected from the waves, and reflecting the sky like a mirror.

Unlike the island in this story (which is surrounded by a coral barrier reef encircling a body of water—the lagoon), the reef actually makes up the island. The reef might be covered in trees, completely barren, or dotted with small islands. There might be some islets within the lagoon, but more often than not, it’s just a large, empty lake with a sandy and coral bottom, filled with different life than what’s found in the open ocean, sheltered from the waves, and reflecting the sky like a mirror.

When we remember that the atoll is a living thing, an organic whole, as full of life, though not so highly organised, as a tortoise, the meanest imagination must be struck with the immensity of one of the structures.

When we think of the atoll as a living entity, an organic whole, brimming with life, even if not as complex as a tortoise, anyone's imagination must be amazed by the size of one of the structures.

Vliegen atoll in the Low Archipelago, measured from lagoon edge to lagoon edge, is sixty miles long by twenty miles broad, at its broadest part. In the Marshall Archipelago, Rimsky Korsacoff is fifty-four miles long and twenty miles broad; and Rimsky Korsacoff is a living thing, secreting, excreting, and growing—more highly organised than the cocoa-nut trees that grow upon its back, or the blossoms that powder the hotoo trees in its groves.

Vliegen Atoll in the Low Archipelago measures sixty miles long and twenty miles wide at its widest point, from lagoon edge to lagoon edge. In the Marshall Archipelago, Rimsky Korsakoff is fifty-four miles long and twenty miles wide; and Rimsky Korsakoff is a living entity, producing, expelling, and growing—more complex than the coconut trees that grow on it or the flowers that cover the hotoo trees in its groves.

The story of coral is the story of a world, and the longest chapter in that story concerns itself with coral’s infinite variety and form.

The story of coral is the story of a world, and the longest chapter in that story focuses on coral’s endless variety and shape.

Out on the margin of the reef where Dick was spearing fish, you might have seen a peach-blossom-coloured lichen on the rock. This lichen was a form of coral. Coral growing upon coral, and in the pools at the edge of the surf branching corals also of the colour of a peach bloom.

Out on the edge of the reef where Dick was fishing, you might have noticed a peach-blossom-colored lichen on the rock. This lichen was a type of coral. Coral growing on coral, and in the pools at the edge of the surf, there were also branching corals in the color of peach blossoms.

Within a hundred yards of where Emmeline was sitting, the pools contained corals of all colours, from lake-red to pure white, and the lagoon behind her—corals of the quaintest and strangest forms.

Within a hundred yards of where Emmeline was sitting, the pools had corals of every color, from lake-red to bright white, and the lagoon behind her had corals in the most unusual and bizarre shapes.

Dick had speared several fish, and had left them lying on the reef to be picked up later on. Tired of killing, he was now wandering along, examining the various living things he came across.

Dick had caught several fish and left them on the reef to collect later. Tired of hunting, he was now wandering around, looking at the different living things he encountered.

Huge slugs inhabited the reef, slugs as big as parsnips, and somewhat of the same shape; they were a species of Bech de mer. Globe-shaped jelly-fish as big as oranges, great cuttlefish bones flat and shining and white, shark’s teeth, spines of echini; sometimes a dead scarus fish, its stomach distended with bits of coral on which it had been feeding; crabs, sea urchins, sea-weeds of strange colour and shape; star-fish, some tiny and of the colour of cayenne pepper, some huge and pale. These and a thousand other things, beautiful or strange, were to be found on the reef.

Huge slugs covered the reef, slugs as big as parsnips and similar in shape; they were a type of Bech de mer. Globe-shaped jellyfish the size of oranges, flat and shiny white cuttlefish bones, shark teeth, and sea urchin spines; sometimes there was a dead parrotfish, its stomach swollen with bits of coral it had been eating; crabs, sea urchins, seaweeds in unusual colors and shapes; starfish, some tiny and the color of cayenne pepper, others large and pale. These and countless other things, beautiful or strange, could be found on the reef.

Dick had laid his spear down, and was exploring a deep bath-like pool. He had waded up to his knees, and was in the act of wading further when he was suddenly seized by the foot. It was just as if his ankle had been suddenly caught in a clove hitch and the rope drawn tight. He screamed out with pain and terror, and suddenly and viciously a whip-lash shot out from the water, lassoed him round the left knee, drew itself taut, and held him.

Dick had put his spear down and was checking out a deep, bath-like pool. He had waded in up to his knees and was about to go further when suddenly his foot was grabbed. It felt like his ankle had been caught in a tight knot and pulled hard. He screamed in pain and fear, and suddenly, a whip-like appendage shot out from the water, wrapped around his left knee, tightened, and held him in place.




CHAPTER IV

WHAT BEAUTY CONCEALED

Emmeline, seated on the coral rock, had almost forgotten Dick for a moment. The sun was setting, and the warm amber light of the sunset shone on reef and rock-pool. Just at sunset and low tide the reef had a peculiar fascination for her. It had the low-tide smell of sea-weed exposed to the air, and the torment and trouble of the breakers seemed eased. Before her, and on either side, the foam-dashed coral glowed in amber and gold, and the great Pacific came glassing and glittering in, voiceless and peaceful, till it reached the strand and burst into song and spray.

Emmeline, sitting on the coral rock, had almost forgotten about Dick for a moment. The sun was setting, and the warm amber light of sunset illuminated the reef and rock pool. At sunset and low tide, the reef had a unique appeal for her. It held the low-tide scent of seaweed exposed to the air, and the chaos of the waves seemed to calm down. In front of her, and on either side, the foam-covered coral glimmered in amber and gold, while the vast Pacific shimmered and sparkled, silent and serene, until it reached the shore and erupted into song and spray.

Here, just as on the hill-top at the other side of the island, you could mark the rhythm of the rollers. “Forever, and forever—forever, and forever,” they seemed to say.

Here, just like on the hilltop on the other side of the island, you could sense the rhythm of the waves. “Forever, and forever—forever, and forever,” they seemed to say.

The cry of the gulls came mixed with the spray on the breeze. They haunted the reef like uneasy spirits, always complaining, never at rest; but at sunset their cry seemed farther away and less melancholy, perhaps because just then the whole island world seemed bathed in the spirit of peace.

The cry of the gulls mixed with the spray in the breeze. They lingered around the reef like restless spirits, always complaining, never at ease; but at sunset their cries seemed distant and less sorrowful, maybe because, at that moment, the entire island felt immersed in a sense of tranquility.

She turned from the sea prospect and looked backwards over the lagoon to the island. She could make out the broad green glade beside which their little house lay, and a spot of yellow, which was the thatch of the house, just by the artu tree, and nearly hidden by the shadow of the breadfruit. Over the woods the fronds of the great cocoa-nut palms showed above every other tree silhouetted against the dim, dark blue of the eastern sky.

She turned away from the view of the sea and looked back over the lagoon at the island. She could see the wide green clearing next to where their little house stood, and a patch of yellow, which was the roof of the house, right by the artu tree, almost hidden in the shadow of the breadfruit. Above the trees, the fronds of the tall coconut palms stood out against the dim, dark blue of the eastern sky.

Seen by the enchanted light of sunset, the whole picture had an unreal look, more lovely than a dream. At dawn—and Dick would often start for the reef before dawn, if the tide served—the picture was as beautiful; more so, perhaps, for over the island, all in shadow, and against the stars, you would see the palm-tops catching fire, and then the light of day coming through the green trees and blue sky, like a spirit, across the blue lagoon, widening and strengthening as it widened, across the white foam, out over the sea, spreading like a fan, till, all at once, night was day, and the gulls were crying and the breakers flashing, the dawn wind blowing, and the palm trees bending, as palm trees only know how. Emmeline always imagined herself alone on the island with Dick, but beauty was there, too, and beauty is a great companion.

Seen in the enchanted light of sunset, the whole scene looked surreal, more beautiful than a dream. At dawn—and Dick often set out for the reef before dawn if the tides were right—the view was just as stunning; maybe even more so, because over the island, all in shadow and against the stars, you could see the palm tops glowing, and then the light of day streaming through the green trees and blue sky, like a spirit, across the blue lagoon, widening and intensifying as it spread, across the white foam, out over the sea, fanning out until, all at once, night turned into day, and the gulls were crying and the waves were crashing, the dawn wind blowing, and the palm trees swaying, as palm trees uniquely do. Emmeline always pictured herself alone on the island with Dick, but beauty was there too, and beauty makes for a great companion.

The girl was contemplating the scene before her. Nature in her friendliest mood seemed to say, “Behold me! Men call me cruel; men have called me deceitful, even treacherous. I—ah well! my answer is, ‘Behold me!’”

The girl was thinking about the scene in front of her. Nature in her most welcoming mood seemed to say, “Look at me! People call me cruel; people have called me deceitful, even untrustworthy. I—oh well! my response is, ‘Look at me!’”

The girl was contemplating the specious beauty of it all, when on the breeze from seaward came a shout. She turned quickly. There was Dick up to his knees in a rock-pool a hundred yards or so away, motionless, his arms upraised, and crying out for help. She sprang to her feet.

The girl was reflecting on the false beauty of it all when she heard a shout carried by the breeze from the sea. She turned quickly. There was Dick, up to his knees in a rock pool about a hundred yards away, frozen in place, his arms raised, calling for help. She jumped to her feet.

There had once been an islet on this part of the reef, a tiny thing, consisting of a few palms and a handful of vegetation, and destroyed, perhaps, in some great storm. I mention this because the existence of this islet once upon a time was the means, indirectly, of saving Dick’s life; for where these islets have been or are, “flats” occur on the reef formed of coral conglomerate.

There used to be a small island in this area of the reef, just a little spot with a few palm trees and some vegetation, which was probably wiped out in a big storm. I bring this up because the existence of this island long ago ended up saving Dick’s life; where these islands have existed or still do, “flats” are found on the reef made up of coral rubble.

Emmeline in her bare feet could never have reached him in time over rough coral, but, fortunately, this flat and comparatively smooth surface lay between them.

Emmeline, in her bare feet, could never have gotten to him in time over rough coral, but luckily, this flat and relatively smooth ground was between them.

“My spear!” shouted Dick, as she approached.

“My spear!” yelled Dick as she came closer.

He seemed at first tangled in brambles; then she thought ropes were tangling round him and tying him to something in the water—whatever it was, it was most awful, and hideous, and like a nightmare. She ran with the speed of Atalanta to the rock where the spear was resting, all red with the blood of new-slain fish, a foot from the point.

He initially looked caught in thorns; then she thought ropes were wrapping around him, tying him to something in the water—whatever it was, it was terrifying, ugly, and like a nightmare. She ran as fast as Atalanta to the rock where the spear lay, all red with the blood of freshly caught fish, just a foot from the point.

As she approached Dick, spear in hand, she saw, gasping with terror, that the ropes were alive, and that they were flickering and rippling over his back. One of them bound his left arm to his side, but his right arm was free.

As she got closer to Dick, spear in hand, she was horrified to see that the ropes were moving, flickering and rippling across his back. One of them was tying his left arm to his side, but his right arm was free.

“Quick!” he shouted.

“Quick!” he yelled.

In a second the spear was in his free hand, and Emmeline had cast herself down on her knees, and was staring with terrified eyes into the water of the pool from whence the ropes issued. She was, despite her terror, quite prepared to fling herself in and do battle with the thing, whatever it might be.

In an instant, the spear was in his free hand, and Emmeline had dropped to her knees, staring with fear-filled eyes into the water of the pool where the ropes came from. Despite her fear, she was ready to jump in and fight whatever was lurking there.

What she saw was only for a second. In the deep water of the pool, gazing up and forward and straight at Dick, she saw a face, lugubrious and awful. The eyes were wide as saucers, stony and steadfast; a large, heavy, parrot-like beak hung before the eyes, and worked and wobbled, and seemed to beckon. But what froze one’s heart was the expression of the eyes, so stony and lugubrious, so passionless, so devoid of speculation, yet so fixed of purpose and full of fate.

What she saw was just for a moment. In the deep water of the pool, looking up and straight at Dick, she saw a face that was mournful and terrifying. The eyes were wide like saucers, cold and unwavering; a large, heavy, parrot-like beak hung in front of the eyes, moving and swaying, as if it were beckoning. But what really froze one's heart was the expression in those eyes—so cold and mournful, so lacking in emotion, yet so determined and full of destiny.

From away far down he had risen with the rising tide. He had been feeding on crabs, when the tide, betraying him, had gone out, leaving him trapped in the rock-pool. He had slept, perhaps, and awakened to find a being, naked and defenceless, invading his pool. He was quite small, as octopods go, and young, yet he was large and powerful enough to have drowned an ox.

From far away, he had come up with the rising tide. He had been feeding on crabs when the tide, letting him down, went out, leaving him stuck in the rock pool. He might have slept and then woke up to find a being, naked and defenseless, intruding into his pool. He was pretty small for an octopus and young, but he was still big and strong enough to have drowned an ox.

The octopod has only been described once, in stone, by a Japanese artist. The statue is still extant, and it is the most terrible masterpiece of sculpture ever executed by human hands. It represents a man who has been bathing on a low-tide beach, and has been caught. The man is shouting in a delirium of terror, and threatening with his free arm the spectre that has him in its grip. The eyes of the octopod are fixed upon the man—passionless and lugubrious eyes, but steadfast and fixed.

The octopod has only been depicted once, in stone, by a Japanese artist. The statue still exists, and it’s the most horrifying masterpiece of sculpture ever created by human hands. It shows a man who has been bathing on a beach at low tide and has been captured. The man is screaming in a frenzy of fear, threatening with his free arm the creature that has hold of him. The eyes of the octopod are locked onto the man—unemotional and mournful eyes, but unwavering and fixed.

Another whip-lash shot out of the water in a shower of spray, and seized Dick by the left thigh. At the same instant he drove the point of the spear through the right eye of the monster, deep down through eye and soft gelatinous carcass till the spear-point dirled and splintered against the rock. At the same moment the water of the pool became black as ink, the bands around him relaxed, and he was free.

Another powerful smack erupted from the water in a spray, and grabbed Dick by the left thigh. At the same time, he plunged the spear into the monster's right eye, pushing it deep through the eye and its soft, jelly-like body until the spear tip twisted and broke against the rock. In that moment, the water in the pool turned as black as ink, the restraints around him loosened, and he was free.

Emmeline rose up and seized him, sobbing and clinging to him, and kissing him. He clasped her with his left arm round her body, as if to protect her, but it was a mechanical action. He was not thinking of her. Wild with rage, and uttering hoarse cries, he plunged the broken spear again and again into the depths of the pool, seeking utterly to destroy the enemy that had so lately had him in its grip. Then slowly he came to himself, and wiped his forehead, and looked at the broken spear in his hand.

Emmeline got up and grabbed him, crying and holding onto him, kissing him. He wrapped his left arm around her body, trying to protect her, but it was just an automatic gesture. He wasn't thinking about her. Furious and letting out harsh cries, he drove the broken spear repeatedly into the depths of the pool, wanting to completely eliminate the enemy that had recently had him trapped. Then, slowly, he came to his senses, wiped his forehead, and looked at the broken spear in his hand.

“Beast!” he said. “Did you see its eyes? Did you see its eyes? I wish it had a hundred eyes, and I had a hundred spears to drive into them!”

“Beast!” he shouted. “Did you see its eyes? Did you see its eyes? I wish it had a hundred eyes, and I had a hundred spears to stab into them!”

She was clinging to him, and sobbing and laughing hysterically, and praising him. One might have thought that he had rescued her from death, not she him.

She was hanging onto him, crying and laughing uncontrollably, and praising him. You could have mistaken it for him saving her from death, not the other way around.

The sun had nearly vanished, and he led her back to where the dinghy was moored recapturing and putting on his trousers on the road. He picked up the dead fish he had speared; and as he rowed her back across the lagoon, he talked and laughed, recounting the incidents of the fight, taking all the glory of the thing to himself, and seeming quite to ignore the important part she had played in it.

The sun was almost gone, and he walked her back to where the dinghy was tied up, pulling on his pants as they walked. He picked up the dead fish he had caught, and as he paddled her back across the lagoon, he talked and joked, sharing stories about the fight and taking all the credit for it, completely overlooking the key role she had played.

This was not from any callousness or want of gratitude, but simply from the fact that for the last five years he had been the be-all and end-all of their tiny community—the Imperial master. And he would just as soon have thought of thanking her for handing him the spear as of thanking his right hand for driving it home. She was quite content, seeking neither thanks nor praise. Everything she had came from him: she was his shadow and his slave. He was her sun.

This wasn't because he was ungrateful or indifferent, but simply because for the last five years he had been everything to their small community—the Imperial master. He might as well have thought of thanking her for giving him the spear as he would have thought of thanking his right hand for driving it home. She was perfectly fine, asking for neither thanks nor recognition. Everything she had came from him: she was his shadow and his servant. He was her sun.

He went over the fight again and again before they lay down to rest, telling her he had done this and that, and what he would do to the next beast of the sort. The reiteration was tiresome enough, or would have been to an outside listener, but to Emmeline it was better than Homer. People’s minds do not improve in an intellectual sense when they are isolated from the world, even though they are living the wild and happy lives of savages.

He went over the fight repeatedly before they settled down to sleep, telling her all the things he had done and what he would do to the next creature like that. This repetition might have bored anyone else, but to Emmeline, it was more engaging than Homer. People’s minds don’t get sharper intellectually when they’re cut off from the world, even if they're living the wild and joyful lives of savages.

Then Dick lay down in the dried ferns and covered himself with a piece of the striped flannel which they used for blanketing, and he snored, and chattered in his sleep like a dog hunting imaginary game, and Emmeline lay beside him wakeful and thinking. A new terror had come into her life. She had seen death for the second time, but this time active and in being.

Then Dick lay down in the dried ferns and covered himself with a piece of the striped flannel they used as a blanket, and he snored and chattered in his sleep like a dog hunting imaginary game, while Emmeline lay beside him awake and thinking. A new fear had entered her life. She had witnessed death for the second time, but this time it was active and real.




CHAPTER V

THE SOUND OF A DRUM

The next day Dick was sitting under the shade of the artu. He had the box of fishhooks beside him, and he was bending a line on to one of them. There had originally been a couple of dozen hooks, large and small, in the box; there remained now only six—four small and two large ones. It was a large one he was fixing to the line, for he intended going on the morrow to the old place to fetch some bananas, and on the way to try for a fish in the deeper parts of the lagoon.

The next day, Dick was sitting in the shade of the artu tree. He had a box of fishhooks next to him and was tying a line onto one of them. There had originally been a couple dozen hooks, both large and small, in the box; now, there were only six left—four small ones and two large ones. He was attaching one of the larger hooks to the line because he planned to go to the old spot the next day to pick some bananas and, on the way, try to catch a fish in the deeper areas of the lagoon.

It was late afternoon, and the heat had gone out of the day. Emmeline, seated on the grass opposite to him, was holding the end of the line, whilst he got the kinks out of it, when suddenly she raised her head.

It was late afternoon, and the heat of the day had faded. Emmeline, sitting on the grass across from him, was holding the end of the line while he worked out the kinks, when suddenly she lifted her head.

There was not a breath of wind; the hush of the far-distant surf came through the blue weather—the only audible sound except, now and then, a movement and flutter from the bird perched in the branches of the artu. All at once another sound mixed itself with the voice of the surf—a faint, throbbing sound, like the beating of a distant drum.

There wasn't a breath of wind; the quiet of the far-off surf came through the clear sky—the only sound you could hear, except for the occasional movement and flutter of the bird sitting in the branches of the artu. Suddenly, another sound blended with the sound of the surf—a faint, throbbing noise, like a distant drumbeat.

“Listen!” said Emmeline.

"Listen!" Emmeline said.

Dick paused for a moment in his work. All the sounds of the island were familiar: this was something quite strange.

Dick stopped for a moment in his work. All the sounds of the island were familiar: this felt really unusual.

Faint and far away, now rapid, now slow; coming from where, who could say? Sometimes it seemed to come from the sea, sometimes, if the fancy of the listener turned that way, from the woods. As they listened, a sigh came from overhead; the evening breeze had risen and was moving in the leaves of the artu tree. Just as you might wipe a picture off a slate, the breeze banished the sound. Dick went on with his work.

Faint and distant, now fast, now slow; who knows where it was coming from? Sometimes it felt like it was coming from the sea, and sometimes, if the listener’s imagination took over, from the woods. As they listened, a sigh came from above; the evening breeze had picked up and was rustling the leaves of the artu tree. Just like wiping a picture off a chalkboard, the breeze erased the sound. Dick continued with his work.

Next morning early he embarked in the dinghy. He took the hook and line with him, and some raw fish for bait. Emmeline helped him to push off, and stood on the bank waving her hand as he rounded the little cape covered with wild cocoa-nut.

Next morning, he set off in the dinghy. He brought along a hook and line, plus some raw fish for bait. Emmeline helped him push off and stood on the shore, waving goodbye as he rounded the small cape filled with wild coconuts.

These expeditions of Dick’s were one of her sorrows. To be left alone was frightful; yet she never complained. She was living in a paradise, but something told her that behind all that sun, all that splendour of blue sea and sky, behind the flowers and the leaves, behind all that specious and simpering appearance of happiness in nature, lurked a frown, and the dragon of mischance.

These trips of Dick's were one of her worries. Being left alone was terrifying; yet she never complained. She was living in paradise, but something told her that behind all that sun, all that beautiful blue sea and sky, behind the flowers and leaves, beneath that pleasant and smiling facade of happiness in nature, lurked a frown and the threat of bad luck.

Dick rowed for about a mile, then he shipped his sculls, and let the dinghy float. The water here was very deep; so deep that, despite its clearness, the bottom was invisible; the sunlight over the reef struck through it diagonally, filling it with sparkles.

Dick rowed for about a mile, then he put away his oars and let the dinghy float. The water here was very deep; so deep that, despite its clarity, the bottom was hidden; the sunlight over the reef filtered through it at an angle, filling it with sparkles.

The fisherman baited his hook with a piece from the belly of a scarus and lowered it down out of sight, then he belayed the line to a thole pin, and, sitting in the bottom of the boat, hung his head over the side and gazed deep down into the water. Sometimes there was nothing to see but just the deep blue of the water. Then a flight of spangled arrowheads would cross the line of sight and vanish, pursued by a form like a moving bar of gold. Then a great fish would materialise itself and hang in the shadow of the boat motionless as a stone, save for the movement of its gills; next moment with a twist of the tail it would be gone.

The fisherman baited his hook with a piece from the belly of a scarus and lowered it out of sight. Then he tied the line to a thole pin and, sitting at the bottom of the boat, leaned his head over the side and looked deep down into the water. Sometimes, there was nothing to see but the deep blue of the water. Then a swarm of shimmering arrowheads would swim across his view and disappear, chased by a shape that looked like a moving bar of gold. Suddenly, a large fish would appear, hanging motionless in the shadow of the boat like a stone, except for the movement of its gills; in the next moment, with a flick of its tail, it would be gone.

Suddenly the dinghy shored over, and might have capsized, only for the fact that Dick was sitting on the opposite side to the side from which the line hung. Then the boat righted; the line slackened, and the surface of the lagoon, a few fathoms away, boiled as if being stirred from below by a great silver stick. He had hooked an albicore. He tied the end of the fishing-line to a scull, undid the line from the thole pin, and flung the scull overboard.

Suddenly, the dinghy tilted and almost capsized, but Dick's weight on the opposite side kept it steady. Then the boat righted itself; the line loosened, and the lagoon's surface, just a few yards away, churned as if something huge and silver was stirring it from below. He had caught an amberjack. He tied the fishing line to a oar, undid it from the thole pin, and threw the oar overboard.

He did all this with wonderful rapidity, while the line was still slack. Next moment the scull was rushing over the surface of the lagoon, now towards the reef, now towards the shore, now flat, now end up. Now it would be jerked under the surface entirely; vanish for a moment, and then reappear. It was a most astonishing thing to watch, for the scull seemed alive—viciously alive, and imbued with some destructive purpose; as, in fact, it was. The most venomous of living things, and the most intelligent could not have fought the great fish better.

He did all this with incredible speed while the line was still loose. In the next moment, the shell was racing across the surface of the lagoon, moving towards the reef, then the shore, sometimes flat, sometimes tipped up. It would get completely jerked under the water, disappear for a moment, and then reappear. It was an amazing sight to see, as the shell seemed alive—aggressively alive, and filled with some destructive intent; which, in reality, it was. The most venomous creatures and the smartest beings couldn’t have battled the large fish any better.

The albicore would make a frantic dash down the lagoon, hoping, perhaps, to find in the open sea a release from his foe. Then, half drowned with the pull of the scull, he would pause, dart from side to side in perplexity, and then make an equally frantic dash up the lagoon, to be checked in the same manner. Seeking the deepest depths, he would sink the scull a few fathoms; and once he sought the air, leaping into the sunlight like a crescent of silver, whilst the splash of him as he fell echoed amidst the trees bordering the lagoon. An hour passed before the great fish showed signs of weakening.

The albicore would make a desperate run down the lagoon, hoping, maybe, to find in the open sea a way to escape from its enemy. Then, half-drowned from the pull of the oar, it would pause, darting from side to side in confusion, and then make another frantic run up the lagoon, only to be stopped in the same way. Searching for the deepest water, it would dive down a few fathoms; and when it came up for air, it would leap into the sunlight like a silver crescent, with the splash echoing among the trees along the lagoon. An hour went by before the big fish showed any signs of tiring.

The struggle had taken place up to this close to the shore, but now the scull swam out into the broad sheet of sunlit water, and slowly began to describe large circles rippling up the peaceful blue into flashing wavelets. It was a melancholy sight to watch, for the great fish had made a good fight, and one could see him, through the eye of imagination, beaten, half drowned, dazed, and moving as is the fashion of dazed things in a circle.

The struggle had taken place close to the shore, but now the boat floated out into the wide expanse of sunlit water, slowly creating large circles that rippled across the calm blue, turning into sparkling wavelets. It was a sad sight to see, as the big fish had fought hard, and one could almost imagine it, beaten, half submerged, dazed, moving in the way confused creatures do, in circles.

Dick, working the remaining oar at the stern of the boat, rowed out and seized the floating scull, bringing it on board. Foot by foot he hauled his catch towards the boat till the long gleaming line of the thing came dimly into view.

Dick, using the last oar at the back of the boat, rowed out and grabbed the floating scull, pulling it on board. Gradually, he pulled his catch closer to the boat until the long, shiny line of the thing became faintly visible.

The fight had been heard for miles through the lagoon water by all sorts of swimming things. The lord of the place had got sound of it. A dark fin rippled the water; and as Dick, pulling on his line, hauled his catch closer, a monstrous grey shadow stained the depths, and the glittering streak that was the albicore vanished as if engulfed in a cloud. The line came in slack, and Dick hauled in the albicore’s head. It had been divided from the body as if with a huge pair of shears. The grey shadow slipped by the boat, and Dick, mad with rage, shouted and shook his fist at it; then, seizing the albicore’s head, from which he had taken the hook, he hurled it at the monster in the water.

The fight had been heard for miles through the lagoon water by all kinds of swimming creatures. The lord of the area had caught wind of it. A dark fin broke the surface; and as Dick, pulling on his line, brought his catch closer, a massive grey shadow stained the depths, and the shimmering streak that was the albicore disappeared as if swallowed by a cloud. The line went slack, and Dick pulled in the albicore’s head. It had been severed from the body as if sliced with giant scissors. The grey shadow glided past the boat, and Dick, furious with rage, yelled and shook his fist at it; then, grabbing the albicore’s head, from which he had removed the hook, he threw it at the beast in the water.

The great shark, with a movement of the tail that caused the water to swirl and the dinghy to rock, turned upon his back and engulfed the head; then he slowly sank and vanished, just as if he had been dissolved. He had come off best in this their first encounter—such as it was.

The huge shark, with a flick of its tail that made the water swirl and the dinghy rock, flipped onto its back and swallowed the head; then it slowly sank and disappeared, as if it had just melted away. It had come out on top in this first confrontation—whatever it was.




CHAPTER VI

SAILS UPON THE SEA

Dick put the hook away and took to the sculls. He had a three-mile row before him, and the tide was coming in, which did not make it any the easier. As he rowed, he talked and grumbled to himself. He had been in a grumbling mood for some time past: the chief cause, Emmeline.

Dick put the hook away and grabbed the oars. He had a three-mile row ahead of him, and the tide was coming in, which didn’t make it any easier. As he rowed, he talked and complained to himself. He had been in a complaining mood for a while now, mainly because of Emmeline.

In the last few months she had changed; even her face had changed. A new person had come upon the island, it seemed to him, and taken the place of the Emmeline he had known from earliest childhood. This one looked different. He did not know that she had grown beautiful, he just knew that she looked different; also she had developed new ways that displeased him—she would go off and bathe by herself, for instance.

In the past few months, she had changed; even her face had transformed. It felt to him like someone new had arrived on the island and replaced the Emmeline he had known since childhood. This version of her looked different. He didn’t realize that she had become beautiful; he only knew that she looked changed. She also had new habits that frustrated him—like going off to bathe alone, for example.

Up to six months or so ago he had been quite contented; sleeping and eating, and hunting for food and cooking it, building and rebuilding the house, exploring the woods and the reef. But lately a spirit of restlessness had come upon him; he did not know exactly what he wanted. He had a vague feeling that he wanted to go away from the place where he was; not from the island, but from the place where they had pitched their tent, or rather built their house.

Up until about six months ago, he had been pretty happy; sleeping, eating, hunting for food and cooking it, building and rebuilding the house, and exploring the woods and the reef. But recently, he felt a sense of restlessness; he wasn't sure exactly what he wanted. He had a blurry sense that he needed to leave the spot where he was; not the island itself, but the place where they had set up their tent, or more accurately, built their house.

It may have been the spirit of civilisation crying out in him, telling him of all he was missing. Of the cities, and the streets, and the houses, and the businesses, and the striving after gold, the striving after power. It may have been simply the man in him crying out for Love, and not knowing yet that Love was at his elbow.

It might have been the spirit of civilization within him, reminding him of everything he was missing. The cities, the streets, the homes, the businesses, and the pursuit of wealth and power. It could have just been the man inside him longing for Love, not yet realizing that Love was right beside him.

The dinghy glided along, hugging the shore, past the little glades of fern and the cathedral gloom of the breadfruit; then, rounding a promontory, she opened the view of the break in the reef. A little bit of the white strand was visible, but he was not looking that way—he was looking towards the reef at a tiny, dark spot, not noticeable unless searched for by the eye. Always when he came on these expeditions, just here, he would hang on his oars and gaze over there, where the gulls were flying and the breakers thundering.

The dinghy smoothly moved along the shoreline, passing the small clearings of ferns and the shadowy breadfruit trees; then, as it rounded a point, it revealed a glimpse of the opening in the reef. A small stretch of white sand was in sight, but he wasn't focused on that—he was looking towards the reef at a tiny, dark spot, barely noticeable unless you were really searching for it. Every time he went on these trips, right here, he'd stop rowing and stare over there, where the seagulls were soaring and the waves were crashing.

A few years ago the spot filled him with dread as well as curiosity, but from familiarity and the dullness that time casts on everything, the dread had almost vanished, but the curiosity remained: the curiosity that makes a child look on at the slaughter of an animal even though his soul revolts at it. He gazed for a while, then he went on pulling, and the dinghy approached the beach.

A few years ago, that place filled him with both fear and curiosity, but over time and with familiarity dulling everything, the fear had nearly disappeared, while the curiosity stayed: the kind of curiosity that makes a child watch the slaughter of an animal, even when their soul is repulsed by it. He stared for a bit, then continued pulling, and the dinghy moved closer to the beach.

Something had happened on the beach. The sand was all trampled, and stained red here and there; in the centre lay the remains of a great fire still smouldering, and just where the water lapped the sand, lay two deep grooves as if two heavy boats had been beached there. A South Sea man would have told from the shape of the grooves, and the little marks of the out-riggers, that two heavy canoes had been beached there. And they had.

Something had gone down on the beach. The sand was all trampled and stained red in some spots; in the center, the remains of a big fire were still smoldering, and right where the water met the sand, there were two deep grooves like two heavy boats had been pulled up onto the shore. A South Sea native could have figured out from the shape of the grooves and the small marks of the outriggers that two heavy canoes had been dragged up there. And they had.

The day before, early in the afternoon, two canoes, possibly from that far-away island which cast a stain on the horizon to the sou’-sou’-west, had entered the lagoon, one in pursuit of the other.

The day before, early in the afternoon, two canoes, probably from that distant island which blurred the horizon to the south-southwest, had entered the lagoon, one chasing the other.

What happened then had better be left veiled. A war drum with a shark-skin head had set the woods throbbing; the victory was celebrated all night, and at dawn the victors manned the two canoes and set sail for the home, or the hell, they had come from. Had you examined the strand you would have found that a line had been drawn across the beach, beyond which there were no footmarks: that meant that the rest of the island was for some reason tabu.

What happened next is best kept a secret. A war drum with a shark-skin head had the woods vibrating; the victory was celebrated all night, and at dawn, the winners boarded the two canoes and set off for the home, or the hell, they had come from. If you had looked at the shore, you would have seen a line drawn across the beach, beyond which there were no footprints: that indicated that the rest of the island was for some reason tabu.

Dick pulled the nose of the boat up a bit on the strand, then he looked around him. He picked up a broken spear that had been cast away or forgotten; it was made of some hard wood and barbed with iron. On the right-hand side of the beach something lay between the cocoa-nut trees. He approached; it was a mass of offal; the entrails of a dozen sheep seemed cast here in one mound, yet there were no sheep on the island, and sheep are not carried as a rule in war canoes.

Dick pulled the bow of the boat up a bit on the shore, then he looked around. He picked up a broken spear that had been thrown away or left behind; it was made of some tough wood and had iron barbs. On the right side of the beach, something was lying between the coconut trees. He walked over; it was a pile of guts; the intestines of a dozen sheep seemed dumped here in one heap, yet there were no sheep on the island, and sheep aren’t typically transported in war canoes.

The sand on the beach was eloquent. The foot pursuing and the foot pursued; the knee of the fallen one, and then the forehead and outspread hands; the heel of the chief who has slain his enemy, beaten the body flat, burst a hole through it through which he has put his head, and who stands absolutely wearing his enemy as a cloak; the head of the man dragged on his back to be butchered like a sheep—of these things spoke the sand.

The sand on the beach told a vivid story. There were footprints of the one chasing and the one being chased; the knee of the fallen, followed by the forehead and outstretched hands; the heel of the victor who has killed his enemy, flattened the body, and created an opening for his head, standing proudly as if wearing his enemy like a cloak; the head of the man dragged on his back to be slaughtered like a sheep—these were the stories that the sand told.

As far as the sand traces could speak, the story of the battle was still being told; the screams and the shouting, the clashing of clubs and spears were gone, yet the ghost of the fight remained.

As far as the sand traces could tell, the story of the battle was still being told; the screams and shouting, the clashing of clubs and spears were gone, yet the ghost of the fight lingered.

If the sand could bear such traces, and tell such tales, who shall say that the plastic æther was destitute of the story of the fight and the butchery?

If the sand could hold such marks and share such stories, who can say that the plastic ether was lacking the tale of the battle and the slaughter?

However that may have been, Dick, looking around him, had the shivering sense of having just escaped from danger. Whoever had been, had gone—he could tell that by the canoe traces. Gone either out to sea, or up the right stretch of the lagoon. It was important to determine this.

However that may have been, Dick, looking around him, felt a chilling sense of having just avoided danger. Whoever had been there was gone—he could tell by the traces left in the canoe. They had either gone out to sea or up the right part of the lagoon. It was crucial to figure this out.

He climbed to the hill-top and swept the sea with his eyes. There, away to the south-west, far away on the sea, he could distinguish the brown sails of two canoes. There was something indescribably mournful and lonely in their appearance; they looked like withered leaves—brown moths blown to sea—derelicts of autumn. Then, remembering the beach, these things became freighted with the most sinister thoughts for the mind of the gazer. They were hurrying away, having done their work. That they looked lonely and old and mournful, and like withered leaves blown across the sea, only heightened the horror.

He climbed to the top of the hill and scanned the sea. There, far off to the southwest, he could make out the brown sails of two canoes. They had an indescribably sad and lonely look about them; they resembled withered leaves—brown moths carried out to sea—drifters of autumn. Then, remembering the beach, these sights became heavy with the darkest thoughts in the mind of the observer. They were speeding away, having completed their task. The fact that they looked lonely, old, and mournful, like withered leaves blown across the sea, only amplified the sense of horror.

Dick had never seen canoes before, but he knew that these things were boats of some sort holding people, and that the people had left all those traces on the beach. How much of the horror of the thing was revealed to his subconscious intelligence, who can say?

Dick had never seen canoes before, but he knew these were some kind of boats carrying people, and that those people had left all those marks on the beach. How much of the horror of it all sank into his subconscious understanding, who can say?

He had climbed the boulder, and he now sat down with his knees drawn up, and his hands clasped round them. Whenever he came round to this side of the island, something happened of a fateful or sinister nature. The last time he had nearly lost the dinghy; he had beached the little boat in such a way that she floated off, and the tide was just in the act of stealing her, and sweeping her from the lagoon out to sea, when he returned laden with his bananas, and, rushing into the water up to his waist, saved her. Another time he had fallen out of a tree, and just by a miracle escaped death. Another time a hurricane had broken, lashing the lagoon into snow, and sending the cocoa-nuts bounding and flying like tennis balls across the strand. This time he had just escaped something, he knew not exactly what. It was almost as if Providence were saying to him, “Don’t come here.”

He had climbed the boulder and was now sitting down with his knees pulled up and his hands clasped around them. Whenever he came to this side of the island, something fateful or ominous happened. The last time, he almost lost the dinghy; he had pulled the little boat ashore in a way that allowed it to float away, and the tide was just about to take it, sweeping it from the lagoon out to sea, when he returned loaded with his bananas and rushed into the water up to his waist to save it. Another time, he had fallen from a tree and, by some miracle, escaped death. Another time, a hurricane hit, whipping the lagoon into foam and sending coconuts bouncing across the beach like tennis balls. This time, he had just narrowly escaped something, although he wasn’t sure what. It was almost as if Providence was telling him, “Don’t come here.”

He watched the brown sails as they dwindled in the wind-blown blue, then he came down from the hill-top and cut his bananas. He cut four large bunches, which caused him to make two journeys to the boat. When the bananas were stowed he pushed off.

He watched the brown sails fade into the wind-blown blue, then he came down from the hilltop and picked his bananas. He harvested four large bunches, which made him take two trips to the boat. Once the bananas were loaded, he pushed off.

For a long time a great curiosity had been pulling at his heart-strings: a curiosity of which he was dimly ashamed. Fear had given it birth, and Fear still clung to it. It was, perhaps, the element of fear and the awful delight of daring the unknown that made him give way to it.

For a long time, a strong curiosity had been tugging at his heart: a curiosity that he felt a bit ashamed of. Fear had created it, and Fear still held on to it. It was probably the mix of fear and the thrilling excitement of facing the unknown that made him succumb to it.

He had rowed, perhaps, a hundred yards when he turned the boat’s head and made for the reef. It was more than five years since that day when he rowed across the lagoon, Emmeline sitting in the stern, with her wreath of flowers in her hand. It might have been only yesterday, for everything seemed just the same. The thunderous surf and the flying gulls, the blinding sunlight, and the salt, fresh smell of the sea. The palm tree at the entrance of the lagoon still bent gazing into the water, and round the projection of coral to which he had last moored the boat still lay a fragment of the rope which he had cut in his hurry to escape.

He had rowed maybe a hundred yards when he turned the boat and headed for the reef. It had been over five years since that day he crossed the lagoon, with Emmeline sitting in the back, holding her flower crown. It felt like it was just yesterday, because everything looked exactly the same. The crashing waves and the soaring seagulls, the bright sunlight, and the salty, fresh smell of the ocean. The palm tree at the lagoon's entrance still leaned over, staring into the water, and around the coral outcrop where he last tied up the boat, there still lay a piece of the rope he had cut in his rush to get away.

Ships had come into the lagoon, perhaps, during the five years, but no one had noticed anything on the reef, for it was only from the hill-top that a full view of what was there could be seen, and then only by eyes knowing where to look. From the beach there was visible just a speck. It might have been, perhaps, a bit of old wreckage flung there by a wave in some big storm. A piece of old wreckage that had been tossed hither and thither for years, and had at last found a place of rest.

Ships had entered the lagoon, maybe, over the last five years, but no one had noticed anything on the reef because it was only from the hilltop that a complete view could be seen, and even then only by those who knew where to look. From the beach, all that was visible was just a small spot. It could have been a piece of old wreckage washed up by a wave during a big storm. A piece of old wreckage that had been tossed around for years and had finally found a place to settle.

Dick tied the boat up, and stepped on to the reef. It was high tide just as before; the breeze was blowing strongly, and overhead a man-of-war’s bird, black as ebony, with a blood-red bill, came sailing, the wind doming out his wings. He circled in the air, and cried out fiercely, as if resenting the presence of the intruder, then he passed away, let himself be blown away, as it were, across the lagoon, wheeled, circled, and passed out to sea.

Dick tied up the boat and stepped onto the reef. It was high tide just like before; the breeze was blowing strongly, and overhead a man-of-war bird, black as coal, with a bright red bill, soared through the sky, the wind lifting his wings. He circled in the air and called out fiercely, as if annoyed by the presence of the intruder, then he drifted away, letting himself be carried across the lagoon, wheeled, circled, and flew out to sea.

Dick approached the place he knew, and there lay the little old barrel all warped by the powerful sun; the staves stood apart, and the hooping was rusted and broken, and whatever it had contained in the way of spirit and conviviality had long ago drained away.

Dick walked up to the spot he recognized, and there was the old barrel, all warped from the blazing sun; the slats were separated, the metal bands were rusty and broken, and whatever it had once held in terms of spirit and good times had long since evaporated.

Beside the barrel lay a skeleton, round which lay a few rags of cloth. The skull had fallen to one side, and the lower jaw had fallen from the skull; the bones of the hands and feet were still articulated, and the ribs had not fallen in. It was all white and bleached, and the sun shone on it as indifferently as on the coral, this shell and framework that had once been a man. There was nothing dreadful about it, but a whole world of wonder.

Beside the barrel was a skeleton, surrounded by a few scraps of cloth. The skull had tilted to one side, and the lower jaw was separated from it; the bones of the hands and feet were still intact, and the ribs hadn't collapsed. Everything was white and bleached, and the sun shone on it just as indifferently as on coral, this shell and framework that had once been a man. There was nothing frightening about it, just a whole world of wonder.

To Dick, who had not been broken into the idea of death, who had not learned to associate it with graves and funerals, sorrow, eternity, and hell, the thing spoke as it never could have spoken to you or me.

To Dick, who hadn’t been introduced to the idea of death, who hadn’t learned to link it with graves and funerals, sadness, forever, and hell, the concept resonated in a way that it never could have for you or me.

Looking at it, things linked themselves together in his mind: the skeletons of birds he had found in the woods, the fish he had slain, even trees lying dead and rotten—even the shells of crabs.

Looking at it, everything connected in his mind: the bird skeletons he had discovered in the woods, the fish he had caught, even the dead and decaying trees—even the crab shells.

If you had asked him what lay before him, and if he could have expressed the thought in his mind, he would have answered you “change.”

If you had asked him what was ahead, and if he could have put his thoughts into words, he would have told you “change.”

All the philosophy in the world could not have told him more than he knew just then about death—he, who even did not know its name.

All the philosophy in the world couldn't have taught him more about death than he already knew in that moment—he, who didn't even know what to call it.

He was held spellbound by the marvel and miracle of the thing and the thoughts that suddenly crowded his mind like a host of spectres for whom a door has just been opened.

He was captivated by the wonder and miracle of the thing, and the thoughts that suddenly flooded his mind like a group of ghosts for whom a door has just been opened.

Just as a child by unanswerable logic knows that a fire which has burned him once will burn him again, or will burn another person, he knew that just as the form before him was, his form would be some day—and Emmeline’s.

Just like a child instinctively understands that a fire that burned him once will burn him again, or will hurt someone else, he knew that the way he looked now, he would look like that someday—and so would Emmeline.

Then came the vague question which is born not of the brain, but the heart, and which is the basis of all religions—where shall I be then? His mind was not of an introspective nature, and the question just strayed across it and was gone. And still the wonder of the thing held him. He was for the first time in his life in a reverie; the corpse that had shocked and terrified him five years ago had cast seeds of thought with its dead fingers upon his mind, the skeleton had brought them to maturity. The full fact of universal death suddenly appeared before him, and he recognised it.

Then came the vague question that comes not from the mind, but from the heart, and is the foundation of all religions—where will I be then? His mind wasn’t naturally introspective, and the question simply brushed past him and disappeared. Yet, the wonder of it all lingered. For the first time in his life, he found himself lost in thought; the corpse that had shocked and terrified him five years ago had planted seeds of contemplation with its dead fingers in his mind, and now the skeleton had brought them to fruition. The full reality of universal death suddenly revealed itself to him, and he recognized it.

He stood for a long time motionless, and then with a deep sigh turned to the boat and pushed off without once looking back at the reef. He crossed the lagoon and rowed slowly homewards, keeping in the shelter of the tree shadows as much as possible.

He stood still for a long time, and then with a deep sigh, he turned to the boat and pushed off without looking back at the reef. He crossed the lagoon and rowed slowly home, staying in the shade of the trees as much as he could.

Even looking at him from the shore you might have noticed a difference in him. Your savage paddles his canoe, or sculls his boat, alert, glancing about him, at touch with nature at all points; though he be lazy as a cat and sleeps half the day, awake he is all ears and eyes—a creature reacting to the least external impression.

Even from the shore, you might have noticed something different about him. Your wild man paddles his canoe or rows his boat, alert and scanning his surroundings, connected to nature in every way; even though he might be as lazy as a cat and sleeps half the day, when he's awake, he's all ears and eyes—a being responsive to the slightest outside stimulus.

Dick, as he rowed back, did not look about him: he was thinking or retrospecting. The savage in him had received a check. As he turned the little cape where the wild cocoa-nut blazed, he looked over his shoulder. A figure was standing on the sward by the edge of the water. It was Emmeline.

Dick, while rowing back, didn’t look around: he was lost in thought. The wild side of him had been restrained. As he rounded the small cape where the wild coconut tree stood out, he glanced over his shoulder. There was a figure standing on the grass by the water's edge. It was Emmeline.




CHAPTER VII

THE SCHOONER

They carried the bananas up to the house, and hung them from a branch of the artu. Then Dick, on his knees, lit the fire to prepare the evening meal. When it was over he went down to where the boat was moored, and returned with something in his hand. It was the javelin with the iron point—or, rather, the two pieces of it. He had said nothing of what he had seen to the girl.

They carried the bananas up to the house and hung them from a branch of the artu. Then Dick, kneeling down, lit the fire to cook the evening meal. Once he was done, he went down to where the boat was tied up and came back with something in his hand. It was the javelin with the iron tip—or, more accurately, the two pieces of it. He hadn’t said anything about what he had seen to the girl.

Emmeline was seated on the grass; she had a long strip of the striped flannel stuff about her, worn like a scarf, and she had another piece in her hand which she was hemming. The bird was hopping about, pecking at a banana which they had thrown to him; a light breeze made the shadow of the artu leaves dance upon the grass, and the serrated leaves of the breadfruit to patter one on the other with the sound of rain-drops falling upon glass.

Emmeline was sitting on the grass; she had a long strip of striped flannel wrapped around her like a scarf, and she held another piece in her hand that she was hemming. The bird was hopping around, pecking at a banana that they had thrown to it; a light breeze made the shadows of the artu leaves dance on the grass, and the jagged leaves of the breadfruit rustled against each other with a sound like raindrops falling on glass.

“Where did you get it?” asked Emmeline, staring at the piece of the javelin which Dick had flung down almost beside her whilst he went into the house to fetch the knife.

“Where did you get that?” Emmeline asked, looking at the piece of the javelin that Dick had thrown down almost next to her while he went inside to grab the knife.

“It was on the beach over there,” he replied, taking his seat and examining the two fragments to see how he could splice them together.

“It was on the beach over there,” he said, sitting down and looking at the two pieces to figure out how he could put them together.

Emmeline looked at the pieces, putting them together in her mind. She did not like the look of the thing: so keen and savage, and stained dark a foot and more from the point.

Emmeline examined the parts, assembling them in her mind. She didn't like how it appeared: so sharp and fierce, and darkly stained a foot or more from the tip.

“People had been there,” said Dick, putting the two pieces together and examining the fracture critically.

“People had been here,” said Dick, putting the two pieces together and examining the break closely.

“Where?”

"Where at?"

“Over there. This was lying on the sand, and the sand was all trod up.”

“Over there. This was lying on the sand, and the sand was all trampled.”

“Dick,” said Emmeline, “who were the people?”

“Dick,” Emmeline asked, “who were those people?”

“I don’t know; I went up the hill and saw their boats going away—far away out. This was lying on the sand.”

“I don’t know; I went up the hill and saw their boats leaving—far out. This was lying on the sand.”

“Dick,” said Emmeline, “do you remember the noise yesterday?”

“Dick,” Emmeline said, “do you remember the noise from yesterday?”

“Yes,” said Dick.

"Yeah," said Dick.

“I heard it in the night.”

“I heard it at night.”

“When?”

"When?"

“In the night before the moon went away.”

“In the night before the moon disappeared.”

“That was them,” said Dick.

"That was them," said Dick.

“Dick!”

“Dude!”

“Yes?”

"Yes?"

“Who were they?”

"Who were they?"

“I don’t know,” replied Dick.

“I don’t know,” said Dick.

“It was in the night, before the moon went away, and it went on and on beating in the trees. I thought I was asleep, and then I knew I was awake; you were asleep, and I pushed you to listen, but you couldn’t wake, you were so asleep; then the moon went away, and the noise went on. How did they make the noise?”

“It was night, just before the moon disappeared, and the sound kept echoing in the trees. I thought I was asleep, but then I realized I was awake; you were asleep, and I nudged you to listen, but you couldn’t wake up, you were so deep in sleep; then the moon vanished, and the noise continued. How did they create that noise?”

“I don’t know,” replied Dick, “but it was them; and they left this on the sand, and the sand was all trod up, and I saw their boats from the hill, away out far.”

“I don’t know,” replied Dick, “but it was them; and they left this on the sand, and the sand was all trampled, and I saw their boats from the hill, way out there.”

“I thought I heard voices,” said Emmeline, “but I was not sure.”

“I thought I heard voices,” Emmeline said, “but I wasn't sure.”

She fell into meditation, watching her companion at work on the savage and sinister-looking thing in his hands. He was splicing the two pieces together with a strip of the brown cloth-like stuff which is wrapped round the stalks of the cocoa-palm fronds. The thing seemed to have been hurled here out of the blue by some unseen hand.

She slipped into a trance, observing her partner working on the brutal and menacing object in his hands. He was connecting two pieces with a strip of brown fabric that typically wraps around the stalks of cocoa-palm fronds. The object looked like it had been thrown here out of nowhere by some invisible force.

When he had spliced the pieces, doing so with marvellous dexterity, he took the thing short down near the point, and began thrusting it into the soft earth to clean it; then, with a bit of flannel, he polished it till it shone. He felt a keen delight in it. It was useless as a fish-spear, because it had no barb, but it was a weapon. It was useless as a weapon, because there was no foe on the island to use it against; still, it was a weapon.

When he had put the pieces together with amazing skill, he took the thing down near the tip and started pushing it into the soft earth to clean it. Then, with a piece of flannel, he polished it until it gleamed. He felt a sharp sense of joy in it. It was useless as a fish spear because it had no barb, but it was still a weapon. It was ineffective as a weapon since there was no enemy on the island to use it against; still, it was a weapon.

When he had finished scrubbing at it, he rose, hitched his old trousers up, tightened the belt of cocoa-cloth which Emmeline had made for him, went into the house and got his fish-spear, and stalked off to the boat, calling out to Emmeline to follow him. They crossed over to the reef, where, as usual, he divested himself of clothing.

When he finished scrubbing it, he stood up, pulled up his old pants, tightened the cocoa-cloth belt that Emmeline had made for him, went inside to grab his fish spear, and headed to the boat, calling out for Emmeline to come with him. They crossed over to the reef, where, as usual, he took off his clothes.

It was strange that out here he would go about stark naked, yet on the island he always wore some covering. But not so strange, perhaps, after all.

It was odd that he would walk around completely naked out here, but on the island, he always wore some clothing. But maybe it wasn’t so strange after all.

The sea is a great purifier, both of the mind and the body; before that great sweet spirit people do not think in the same way as they think far inland. What woman would appear in a town or on a country road, or even bathing in a river, as she appears bathing in the sea?

The sea is a powerful cleanser, for both the mind and the body; in the presence of that vast, refreshing spirit, people don’t think the same way they do deep inland. What woman would look the same in a town or on a country road, or even swimming in a river, as she does while bathing in the sea?

Some instinct made Dick cover himself up on shore, and strip naked on the reef. In a minute he was down by the edge of the surf, javelin in one hand, fish-spear in the other.

Some instinct made Dick cover himself up on the beach and strip naked on the reef. In a minute, he was down by the edge of the waves, javelin in one hand, fish spear in the other.

Emmeline, by a little pool the bottom of which was covered with branching coral, sat gazing down into its depths, lost in a reverie like that into which we fall when gazing at shapes in the fire. She had sat some time like this when a shout from Dick aroused her. She started to her feet and gazed to where he was pointing. An amazing thing was there.

Emmeline sat by a small pool with a bottom covered in branching coral, staring into its depths, lost in a daydream similar to the one we have when we look at shapes in the fire. She had been sitting like this for a while when a shout from Dick brought her back to reality. She jumped to her feet and looked in the direction he was pointing. There was something incredible there.

To the east, just rounding the curve of the reef, and scarcely a quarter of a mile from it, was coming a big topsail schooner; a beautiful sight she was, heeling to the breeze with every sail drawing, and the white foam like a feather at her fore-foot.

To the east, just around the curve of the reef, and barely a quarter of a mile from it, a large topsail schooner was approaching; she was a stunning sight, leaning into the breeze with every sail billowing, and the white foam at her bow looked like a feather.

Dick, with the javelin in his hand, was standing gazing at her; he had dropped his fish-spear, and he stood as motionless as though he were carved out of stone. Emmeline ran to him and stood beside him; neither of them spoke a word as the vessel drew closer.

Dick, holding the javelin, was standing and staring at her; he had dropped his fish-spear and was as still as if he were made of stone. Emmeline ran to him and stood next to him; neither of them said a word as the boat came closer.

Everything was visible, so close was she now, from the reef points on the great mainsail, luminous with the sunlight, and white as the wing of a gull, to the rail of the bulwarks. A crowd of men were hanging over the port bulwarks gazing at the island and the figures on the reef. Browned by the sun and sea-breeze, Emmeline’s hair blowing on the wind, and the point of Dick’s javelin flashing in the sun, they looked an ideal pair of savages, seen from the schooner’s deck.

Everything was clear and visible now, from the reef points on the big mainsail, shining in the sunlight and as white as a seagull's wing, to the rail of the bulwarks. A group of men leaned over the port bulwarks, staring at the island and the people on the reef. Sun-kissed and wind-tousled, Emmeline's hair flowed in the breeze, and the tip of Dick's javelin sparkled in the sunlight. They looked like the perfect pair of wild individuals from the deck of the schooner.

“They are going away,” said Emmeline, with a long-drawn breath of relief.

“They are leaving,” said Emmeline, letting out a long breath of relief.

Dick made no reply; he stared at the schooner a moment longer in silence, then, having made sure that she was standing away from the land, he began to run up and down, calling out wildly, and beckoning to the vessel as if to call her back.

Dick didn’t respond; he looked at the schooner for a moment longer in silence, then, confirming that she was moving away from the shore, he started running back and forth, shouting wildly and waving at the ship as if trying to bring her back.

A moment later a sound came on the breeze, a faint hail; a flag was run up to the peak and dipped as in derision, and the vessel continued on her course.

A moment later, a sound floated on the breeze, a faint greeting; a flag was hoisted to the peak and dipped mockingly, and the ship continued on its way.

As a matter of fact, she had been on the point of putting about. Her captain had for a moment been undecided as to whether the forms on the reef were those of castaways or savages. But the javelin in Dick’s hand had turned the scale of his opinion in favour of the theory of savages.

As a matter of fact, she had been about to set sail. Her captain had briefly been uncertain whether the figures on the reef were castaways or savages. But the javelin in Dick’s hand had tipped his opinion in favor of the savages theory.




CHAPTER VIII

LOVE STEPS IN

Two birds were sitting in the branches of the artu tree: Koko had taken a mate. They had built a nest out of fibres pulled from the wrappings of the cocoa-nut fronds, bits of stick and wire grass—anything, in fact; even fibres from the palmetto thatch of the house below. The pilferings of birds, the building of nests, what charming incidents they are in the great episode of spring!

Two birds were sitting in the branches of the artu tree: Koko had found a mate. They had built a nest out of fibers pulled from the wrappings of the coconut fronds, bits of sticks and wire grass—anything, really; even fibers from the palmetto thatch of the house below. The scavenging of birds, the building of nests, what delightful moments they are in the grand story of spring!

The hawthorn tree never bloomed here, the climate was that of eternal summer, yet the spirit of May came just as she comes to the English countryside or the German forest. The doings in the artu branches greatly interested Emmeline.

The hawthorn tree never bloomed here; the climate was always like summer. Still, the spirit of May arrived just like it does in the English countryside or the German forest. The happenings in the artu branches really captured Emmeline's interest.

The love-making and the nest-building were conducted quite in the usual manner, according to rules laid down by Nature and carried out by men and birds. All sorts of quaint sounds came filtering down through the leaves from the branch where the sapphire-coloured lovers sat side by side, or the fork where the nest was beginning to form: croonings and cluckings, sounds like the flirting of a fan, the sounds of a squabble, followed by the sounds that told of the squabble made up. Sometimes after one of these squabbles a pale blue downy feather or two would come floating earthwards, touch the palmetto leaves of the house-roof and cling there, or be blown on to the grass.

The love-making and nest-building happened just as it usually does, following the rules set by Nature and carried out by both humans and birds. All kinds of charming sounds drifted down through the leaves from the branch where the sapphire-colored lovers perched side by side, or from the fork where the nest was starting to take shape: cooing and clucking, sounds like the fluttering of a fan, noises of an argument, followed by sounds that signaled the argument was over. Sometimes, after one of these disputes, a pale blue downy feather or two would float down to the ground, land on the palmetto leaves of the house roof, and settle there, or get blown onto the grass.

It was some days after the appearance of the schooner, and Dick was making ready to go into the woods and pick guavas. He had all the morning been engaged in making a basket to carry them in. In civilisation he would, judging from his mechanical talent, perhaps have been an engineer, building bridges and ships, instead of palmetto-leaf baskets and cane houses—who knows if he would have been happier?

It was several days after the schooner showed up, and Dick was getting ready to head into the woods to pick guavas. He had spent all morning making a basket to carry them in. If he had lived in civilization, based on his mechanical skills, he might have been an engineer, building bridges and ships, instead of crafting palmetto-leaf baskets and cane houses—who knows if he would have enjoyed that life more?

The heat of midday had passed, when, with the basket hanging over his shoulder on a piece of cane, he started for the woods, Emmeline following. The place they were going to always filled her with a vague dread; not for a great deal would she have gone there alone. Dick had discovered it in one of his rambles.

The midday heat had subsided when he set out for the woods, a basket slung over his shoulder on a piece of cane, with Emmeline trailing behind. The place they were headed always left her with a sense of unease; she wouldn’t have ventured there alone for anything. Dick had found it during one of his walks.

They entered the wood and passed a little well, a well without apparent source or outlet and a bottom of fine white sand. How the sand had formed there, it would be impossible to say; but there it was, and around the margin grew ferns redoubling themselves on the surface of the crystal-clear water. They left this to the right and struck into the heart of the wood. The heat of midday still lurked here; the way was clear, for there was a sort of path between the trees, as if, in very ancient days, there had been a road.

They entered the woods and passed by a small well, one that had no visible source or outlet and a bottom covered in fine white sand. It's hard to say how the sand got there, but it was there, and ferns grew around the edges, reflecting off the crystal-clear water. They left this behind on their right and ventured deeper into the woods. The midday heat still lingered here; the path was clear, as there was a sort of trail among the trees, as if there had once been a road in very ancient times.

Right across this path, half lost in shadow, half sunlit, the lianas hung their ropes. The hotoo tree, with its powdering of delicate blossoms, here stood, showing its lost loveliness to the sun; in the shade the scarlet hibiscus burned like a flame. Artu and breadfruit trees and cocoa-nut bordered the way.

Right across this path, partially in shadow and partially in sunlight, the vines hung like ropes. The hotoo tree, covered in delicate blossoms, stood here, displaying its faded beauty to the sun; in the shade, the scarlet hibiscus burned like a flame. Artu trees, breadfruit trees, and coconut palms lined the way.

As they proceeded the trees grew denser and the path more obscure. All at once, rounding a sharp turn, the path ended in a valley carpeted with fern. This was the place that always filled Emmeline with an undefined dread. One side of it was all built up in terraces with huge blocks of stone. Blocks of stone so enormous, that the wonder was how the ancient builders had put them in their places.

As they moved forward, the trees became thicker and the path less clear. Suddenly, as they rounded a sharp turn, the path opened up into a valley covered in ferns. This was the spot that always filled Emmeline with an inexplicable fear. One side of the valley was terraced with massive stone blocks. These blocks were so huge that it was astonishing to think about how the ancient builders managed to set them in place.

Trees grew along the terraces, thrusting their roots between the interstices of the blocks. At their base, slightly tilted forward as if with the sinkage of years, stood a great stone figure roughly carved, thirty feet high at least—mysterious-looking, the very spirit of the place. This figure and the terraces, the valley itself, and the very trees that grew there, inspired Emmeline with deep curiosity and vague fear.

Trees grew along the terraces, pushing their roots through the gaps between the blocks. At their base, leaning slightly forward as if sagging with age, stood a large stone figure that was roughly carved, at least thirty feet tall—mysterious, embodying the spirit of the place. This figure, along with the terraces, the valley itself, and the trees surrounding them, filled Emmeline with a profound curiosity and a sense of vague fear.

People had been here once; sometimes she could fancy she saw dark shadows moving amidst the trees, and the whisper of the foliage seemed to her to hide voices at times, even as its shadow concealed forms. It was indeed an uncanny place to be alone in even under the broad light of day. All across the Pacific for thousands of miles you find relics of the past, like these scattered through the islands.

People had been here before; sometimes she could almost see dark shadows moving among the trees, and the rustling leaves seemed to hide voices at times, just as their shadows concealed figures. It was definitely a creepy place to be alone in, even in the bright light of day. All across the Pacific, for thousands of miles, you find remnants of the past, like these scattered throughout the islands.

These temple places are nearly all the same: great terraces of stone, massive idols, desolation overgrown with foliage. They hint at one religion, and a time when the sea space of the Pacific was a continent, which, sinking slowly through the ages, has left only its higher lands and hill-tops visible in the form of islands. Round these places the woods are thicker than elsewhere, hinting at the presence there, once, of sacred groves. The idols are immense, their faces are vague; the storms and the suns and the rains of the ages have cast over them a veil. The sphinx is understandable and a toy compared to these things, some of which have a stature of fifty feet, whose creation is veiled in absolute mystery—the gods of a people for ever and for ever lost.

These temple sites are all pretty much the same: large stone terraces, giant idols, and desolate areas covered in greenery. They suggest one religion and a time when the Pacific Ocean was once a continent, which gradually sank over the ages, leaving only its higher lands and hilltops visible as islands. Around these sites, the forests are denser than anywhere else, hinting at the past existence of sacred groves. The idols are massive, their faces unclear; the storms, suns, and rains of time have shrouded them in a sort of mystery. The sphinx seems simple and small in comparison to these structures, some of which stand fifty feet tall, and whose creation remains completely unknown—the gods of a people forever lost.

The “stone man” was the name Emmeline had given the idol of the valley; and sometimes at nights, when her thoughts would stray that way, she would picture him standing all alone in the moonlight or starlight staring straight before him.

The “stone man” was the name Emmeline had given to the idol of the valley; and sometimes at night, when her thoughts wandered in that direction, she would imagine him standing all alone in the moonlight or starlight, staring straight ahead.

He seemed for ever listening; unconsciously one fell to listening too, and then the valley seemed steeped in a supernatural silence. He was not good to be alone with.

He seemed to be listening forever; without realizing it, you started listening too, and then the valley felt drenched in a supernatural silence. He wasn’t someone you wanted to be alone with.

Emmeline sat down amidst the fears just at his base. When one was close up to him he lost the suggestion of life, and was simply a great stone which cast a shadow in the sun.

Emmeline sat down among the fears right at his base. When you got close to him, he seemed to lose any hint of life and was just a massive stone that created a shadow in the sunlight.

Dick threw himself down also to rest. Then he rose up and went off amidst the guava bushes, plucking the fruit and filling his basket. Since he had seen the schooner, the white men on her decks, her great masts and sails, and general appearance of freedom and speed and unknown adventure, he had been more than ordinarily glum and restless. Perhaps he connected her in his mind with the far-away vision of the Northumberland, and the idea of other places and lands, and the yearning for change the idea of them inspired.

Dick lay down to rest as well. Then he got up and wandered off among the guava bushes, picking the fruit and filling his basket. Ever since he had seen the schooner, with the white men on deck, its tall masts and sails, and the whole vibe of freedom, speed, and unexplored adventure, he had been unusually gloomy and restless. Maybe he associated it in his mind with the distant image of the Northumberland, along with the idea of other places and lands, and the longing for change that those ideas sparked.

He came back with his basket full of the ripe fruit, gave some to the girl and sat down beside her. When she had finished eating them she took the cane that he used for carrying the basket and held it in her hands. She was bending it in the form of a bow when it slipped, flew out and struck her companion a sharp blow on the side of his face.

He returned with his basket full of ripe fruit, shared some with the girl, and sat down next to her. After she finished eating, she took the cane he used to carry the basket and held it in her hands. As she bent it into the shape of a bow, it slipped, flew out, and hit her companion sharply on the side of his face.

Almost on the instant he turned and slapped her on the shoulder. She stared at him for a moment in troubled amazement, a sob came in her throat. Then some veil seemed lifted, some wizard’s wand stretched out, some mysterious vial broken. As she looked at him like that, he suddenly and fiercely clasped her in his arms. He held her like this for a moment, dazed, stupefied, not knowing what to do with her. Then her lips told him, for they met his in an endless kiss.

Almost immediately, he turned and slapped her on the shoulder. She looked at him for a moment in confused shock, a sob rising in her throat. Then it felt like a veil was lifted, a magical wand was extended, a mysterious vial was broken. As she looked at him like that, he suddenly and fiercely pulled her into his arms. He held her like this for a moment, bewildered and stunned, not knowing what to do next. Then her lips showed him what to do, as they met his in an endless kiss.




CHAPTER IX

THE SLEEP OF PARADISE

The moon rose up that evening and shot her silver arrows at the house under the artu tree. The house was empty. Then the moon came across the sea and across the reef.

The moon rose that evening and fired her silver arrows at the house under the artu tree. The house was vacant. Then the moon crossed the sea and the reef.

She lit the lagoon to its dark, dim heart. She lit the coral brains and sand spaces, and the fish, casting their shadows on the sand and the coral. The keeper of the lagoon rose to greet her, and the fin of him broke her reflection on the mirror-like surface into a thousand glittering ripples. She saw the white staring ribs of the form on the reef. Then, peeping over the trees, she looked down into the valley, where the great idol of stone had kept its solitary vigil for five thousand years, perhaps, or more.

She illuminated the lagoon to its dark, hidden depths. She brightened the coral formations and sandy areas, while the fish cast their shadows over the sand and coral. The lagoon's guardian rose to welcome her, and his fin shattered her reflection on the smooth surface into countless shimmering ripples. She noticed the white, exposed ribs of the figure on the reef. Then, peeking over the trees, she glanced down into the valley, where the colossal stone idol had stood watch for five thousand years, maybe even longer.

At his base, in his shadow, looking as if under his protection, lay two human beings, naked, clasped in each other’s arms, and fast asleep. One could scarcely pity his vigil, had it been marked sometimes through the years by such an incident as this. The thing had been conducted just as the birds conduct their love affairs. An affair absolutely natural, absolutely blameless, and without sin.

At his base, in his shadow, appearing to be under his protection, were two people, naked, wrapped in each other’s arms, and sound asleep. One could hardly feel sorry for his watch, especially considering that such moments had occasionally marked the years. This situation unfolded just like how birds handle their romances. A situation completely natural, completely innocent, and without sin.

It was a marriage according to Nature, without feast or guests, consummated with accidental cynicism under the shadow of a religion a thousand years dead.

It was a marriage in tune with Nature, without a celebration or guests, sealed with unintentional cynicism beneath the shadow of a religion that's been dead for a thousand years.

So happy in their ignorance were they, that they only knew that suddenly life had changed, that the skies and the sea were bluer, and that they had become in some magical way one a part of the other. The birds on the tree above were equally as happy in their ignorance, and in their love.

So happy in their ignorance were they, that they only knew that suddenly life had changed, that the skies and the sea were bluer, and that they had become in some magical way one a part of the other. The birds on the tree above were equally as happy in their ignorance, and in their love.




PART II


CHAPTER X

AN ISLAND HONEYMOON

One day Dick climbed on to the tree above the house, and, driving Madame Koko off the nest upon which she was sitting, peeped in. There were several pale green eggs in it. He did not disturb them, but climbed down again, and the bird resumed her seat as if nothing had happened. Such an occurrence would have terrified a bird used to the ways of men, but here the birds were so fearless and so full of confidence that often they would follow Emmeline in the wood, flying from branch to branch, peering at her through the leaves, lighting quite close to her—once, even, on her shoulder.

One day, Dick climbed up into the tree above the house and, driving Madame Koko off the nest she was sitting on, peeked inside. There were several pale green eggs in it. He didn’t disturb them, but climbed back down, and the bird returned to her spot as if nothing had happened. Such an event would have scared a bird used to humans, but here the birds were so fearless and full of confidence that they often followed Emmeline in the woods, flying from branch to branch, peering at her through the leaves, and landing quite close to her—once even on her shoulder.

The days passed. Dick had lost his restlessness: his wish to wander had vanished. He had no reason to wander; perhaps that was the reason why. In all the broad earth he could not have found anything more desirable than what he had.

The days went by. Dick had lost his restlessness; his desire to roam had disappeared. He had no reason to wander, and maybe that was why. There was nothing in the whole wide world he could want more than what he had.

Instead now of finding a half-naked savage followed dog-like by his mate, you would have found of an evening a pair of lovers wandering on the reef. They had in a pathetic sort of way attempted to adorn the house with a blue flowering creeper taken from the wood and trained over the entrance.

Instead of encountering a half-naked savage being followed around like a pet by his partner, you would now find a couple of lovers strolling on the reef in the evening. They had sadly tried to decorate their home with a blue flowering vine taken from the woods, trained over the entrance.

Emmeline, up to this, had mostly done the cooking, such as it was; Dick helped her now, always. He talked to her no longer in short sentences flung out as if to a dog; and she, almost losing the strange reserve that had clung to her from childhood, half showed him her mind. It was a curious mind: the mind of a dreamer, almost the mind of a poet. The Cluricaunes dwelt there, and vague shapes born of things she had heard about or dreamt of: she had thoughts about the sea and stars, the flowers and birds.

Emmeline had mostly done the cooking up until now, whatever that cooking was. Dick always helped her now. He no longer spoke to her in short, abrupt sentences like he was talking to a dog, and she, almost shedding the strange reserve she had carried since childhood, revealed a bit of her thoughts to him. It was an interesting mind: the mind of a dreamer, almost like that of a poet. The Cluricaunes lived there, along with vague images inspired by things she had heard about or dreamed of: she thought about the sea and stars, flowers and birds.

Dick would listen to her as she talked, as a man might listen to the sound of a rivulet. His practical mind could take no share in the dreams of his other half, but her conversation pleased him.

Dick would listen to her as she spoke, like a man might listen to the sound of a stream. His practical mind couldn't engage in the dreams of his partner, but he enjoyed her conversation.

He would look at her for a long time together, absorbed in thought. He was admiring her.

He would gaze at her for a long time, lost in thought. He was admiring her.

Her hair, blue-black and glossy, tangled him in its meshes; he would stroke it, so to speak, with his eyes, and then pull her close to him and bury his face in it; the smell of it was intoxicating. He breathed her as one does the perfume of a rose.

Her hair, shiny blue-black, tangled him in its strands; he would gaze at it and then pull her close, burying his face in it; its scent was intoxicating. He breathed her in like one does the fragrance of a rose.

Her ears were small, and like little white shells. He would take one between finger and thumb and play with it as if it were a toy, pulling at the lobe of it, or trying to flatten out the curved part. Her breasts, her shoulders, her knees, her little feet, every bit of her, he would examine and play with and kiss. She would lie and let him, seeming absorbed in some far-away thought, of which he was the object, then all at once her arms would go round him. All this used to go on in the broad light of day, under the shadow of the artu leaves, with no one to watch except the bright-eyed birds in the leaves above.

Her ears were small, like tiny white shells. He would pick one up between his fingers and play with it like a toy, pulling at the lobe or trying to flatten out the curved part. He would examine and play with every part of her—her breasts, shoulders, knees, little feet—and kiss her. She would lie there, letting him, seeming lost in some distant thought that he was a part of, and then suddenly, she would wrap her arms around him. All of this happened in the bright light of day, under the shade of the leaves, with no one watching except the bright-eyed birds in the branches above.

Not all their time would be spent in this fashion. Dick was just as keen after the fish. He dug up with a spade—improvised from one of the boards of the dinghy—a space of soft earth near the taro patch and planted the seeds of melons he found in the wood; he rethatched the house. They were, in short, as busy as they could be in such a climate, but love-making would come on them in fits, and then everything would be forgotten. Just as one revisits some spot to renew the memory of a painful or pleasant experience received there, they would return to the valley of the idol and spend a whole afternoon in its shade. The absolute happiness of wandering through the woods together, discovering new flowers, getting lost, and finding their way again, was a thing beyond expression.

Not all their time was spent like this. Dick was just as eager to catch fish. He used a spade—made from one of the boards of the dinghy—to dig up a patch of soft earth near the taro field and planted the melon seeds he found in the woods; he rethatched the house. They were, in short, as busy as they could be in such a climate, but moments of romance would hit them unexpectedly, and then everything else would fade away. Just like someone revisiting a place to relive a painful or joyful memory, they would go back to the valley of the idol and spend an entire afternoon in its shade. The pure joy of wandering through the woods together, discovering new flowers, getting lost, and finding their way back again was indescribable.

Dick had suddenly stumbled upon Love. His courtship had lasted only some twenty minutes; it was being gone over again now, and extended.

Dick had suddenly come across Love. His courtship had only lasted about twenty minutes; it was being revisited now, and stretched out.

One day, hearing a curious noise from the tree above the house, he climbed it. The noise came from the nest, which had been temporarily left by the mother bird. It was a gasping, wheezing sound, and it came from four wide-open beaks, so anxious to be fed that one could almost see into the very crops of the owners. They were Koko’s children. In another year each of those ugly downy things would, if permitted to live, be a beautiful sapphire-coloured bird with a few dove-coloured tail feathers, coral beak, and bright, intelligent eyes. A few days ago each of these things was imprisoned in a pale green egg. A month ago they were nowhere.

One day, hearing a strange noise coming from the tree above the house, he climbed up to investigate. The noise was coming from the nest, which the mother bird had temporarily left. It was a gasping, wheezing sound coming from four wide-open beaks, so eager to be fed that you could almost see into the very crops of the little ones. They were Koko’s chicks. In another year, each of these awkward, downy creatures would become a beautiful sapphire-colored bird, complete with a few dove-colored tail feathers, a coral beak, and bright, intelligent eyes, if they were allowed to live. Just a few days ago, each of these little ones was trapped inside a pale green egg. A month ago, they didn’t even exist.

Something hit Dick on the cheek. It was the mother bird returned with food for the young ones. Dick drew his head aside, and she proceeded without more ado to fill their crops.

Something struck Dick on the cheek. It was the mother bird back with food for the chicks. Dick moved his head aside, and she went on without hesitation to feed them.




CHAPTER XI

THE VANISHING OF EMMELINE

Months passed away. Only one bird remained in the branches of the artu: Koko’s children and mate had vanished, but he remained. The breadfruit leaves had turned from green to pale gold and darkest amber, and now the new green leaves were being presented to the spring.

Months went by. Only one bird stayed in the branches of the artu: Koko's children and mate were gone, but he stayed. The breadfruit leaves had changed from green to light gold and deep amber, and now the new green leaves were showing up for spring.

Dick, who had a complete chart of the lagoon in his head, and knew all the soundings and best fishing places, the locality of the stinging coral, and the places where you could wade right across at low tide—Dick, one morning, was gathering his things together for a fishing expedition. The place he was going to lay some two and a half miles away across the island, and as the road was bad he was going alone.

Dick, who had a complete mental map of the lagoon and knew all the depths and best fishing spots, the locations of the stinging coral, and the areas where you could walk straight across at low tide—Dick was getting his gear ready one morning for a fishing trip. The spot he planned to go to was about two and a half miles away across the island, and since the path was rough, he was going by himself.

Emmeline had been passing a new thread through the beads of the necklace she sometimes wore. This necklace had a history. In the shallows not far away, Dick had found a bed of shell-fish; wading out at low tide, he had taken some of them out to examine. They were oysters. The first one he opened, so disgusting did its appearance seem to him, might have been the last, only that under the beard of the thing lay a pearl. It was about twice the size of a large pea, and so lustrous that even he could not but admire its beauty, though quite unconscious of its value.

Emmeline was threading a new piece of string through the beads of the necklace she sometimes wore. This necklace had a story. Not far away in the shallow waters, Dick had discovered a bed of shellfish; wading out at low tide, he pulled some up to check them out. They were oysters. The first one he opened looked so off-putting to him that it might have been the last, except that hidden under its beard was a pearl. It was about twice the size of a large pea and so shiny that even he couldn't help but admire its beauty, although he had no idea of its worth.

He flung the unopened oysters down, and took the thing to Emmeline. Next day, returning by chance to the same spot, he found the oysters he had cast down all dead and open in the sun. He examined them, and found another pearl embedded in one of them. Then he collected nearly a bushel of the oysters, and left them to die and open. The idea had occurred to him of making a necklace for his companion. She had one made of shells, he intended to make her one of pearls.

He threw the unopened oysters down and took them to Emmeline. The next day, returning to the same spot by chance, he found the oysters he had thrown away all dead and open in the sun. He looked through them and discovered another pearl inside one of them. Then he gathered almost a bushel of oysters and left them to die and open. He got the idea to make a necklace for his friend. She had one made of shells, and he wanted to make her one from pearls.

It took a long time, but it was something to do. He pierced them with a big needle, and at the end of four months or so the thing was complete. Great pearls most of them were—pure white, black, pink, some perfectly round, some tear shaped, some irregular. The thing was worth fifteen, or perhaps twenty thousand pounds, for he only used the biggest he could find, casting away the small ones as useless.

It took a while, but it was something to keep him occupied. He used a big needle to pierce them, and after about four months, it was finally done. Most of them were stunning pearls—pure white, black, pink, some perfectly round, some teardrop-shaped, and some irregular. It was worth fifteen, maybe even twenty thousand pounds, because he only used the biggest ones he could find, throwing away the smaller ones as not good enough.

Emmeline this morning had just finished restringing them on a double thread. She looked pale and not at all well and had been restless all night.

Emmeline had just finished restringing them on a double thread this morning. She looked pale and unwell and had been restless all night.

As he went off, armed with his spear and fishing tackle, she waved her hand to him without getting up. Usually she followed him a bit into the wood when he was going away like this, but this morning she just sat at the doorway of the little house, the necklace in her lap, following him with her eyes until he was lost amidst the trees.

As he left with his spear and fishing gear, she waved goodbye without standing up. Normally, she would walk a little ways into the woods with him when he left like this, but this morning she just sat in the doorway of their small house, the necklace resting in her lap, watching him until he disappeared among the trees.

He had no compass to guide him, and he needed none. He knew the woods by heart. The mysterious line beyond which scarcely an artu tree was to be found. The long strip of mammee apple—a regular sheet of it a hundred yards broad, and reaching from the middle of the island right down to the lagoon. The clearings, some almost circular where the ferns grew knee-deep. Then he came to the bad part.

He had no compass to guide him, and he didn’t need one. He knew the woods by heart. The mysterious line beyond which hardly an artu tree could be found. The long stretch of mammee apple—a solid sheet of it a hundred yards wide, extending from the center of the island right down to the lagoon. The clearings, some almost circular where the ferns grew knee-deep. Then he reached the bad part.

The vegetation here had burst into a riot. All sorts of great sappy stalks of unknown plants barred the way and tangled the foot; and there were boggy places into which one sank horribly. Pausing to wipe one’s brow, the stalks and tendrils one had beaten down, or beaten aside, rose up and closed together, making one a prisoner almost as closely surrounded as a fly in amber.

The plants here had exploded into chaos. All kinds of thick, sticky stems from unknown plants blocked the path and twisted around your feet, and there were soggy areas where you could sink deep. When you stopped to wipe your forehead, the stems and vines you had pushed down or aside sprang back up and closed in, trapping you almost as tightly as a fly in amber.

All the noontides that had ever fallen upon the island seemed to have left some of their heat behind them here. The air was damp and close like the air of a laundry; and the mournful and perpetual buzz of insects filled the silence without destroying it.

All the midday sun that had ever shone on the island seemed to leave some of its heat behind. The air was humid and thick like the atmosphere of a laundromat; and the sad, endless buzzing of insects filled the quiet without overwhelming it.

A hundred men with scythes might make a road through the place to-day; a month or two later, searching for the road, you would find none—the vegetation would have closed in as water closes when divided.

A hundred men with scythes could clear a path through here today; but a month or two later, if you tried to find that path, you wouldn’t see it—the plants would have grown back together like water filling in when split apart.

This was the haunt of the jug orchid—a veritable jug, lid and all. Raising the lid you would find the jug half filled with water. Sometimes in the tangle up above, between two trees, you would see a thing like a bird come to ruin. Orchids grew here as in a hothouse. All the trees—the few there were—had a spectral and miserable appearance. They were half starved by the voluptuous growth of the gigantic weeds.

This was the home of the jug orchid—a true jug, complete with a lid. When you lifted the lid, you'd find the jug half filled with water. Sometimes, tangled up above, between two trees, you'd see something that looked like a ruined bird. Orchids thrived here like they were in a greenhouse. All the trees—the few that were there—looked ghostly and miserable. They were half-starved by the lush growth of the massive weeds.

If one had much imagination one felt afraid in this place, for one felt not alone. At any moment it seemed that one might be touched on the elbow by a hand reaching out from the surrounding tangle. Even Dick felt this, unimaginative and fearless as he was. It took him nearly three-quarters of an hour to get through, and then, at last, came the blessed air of real day, and a glimpse of the lagoon between the tree-boles.

If someone had a vivid imagination, they would feel scared in this place because it didn’t feel empty. At any moment, it seemed like a hand might reach out from the thick brush and touch their elbow. Even Dick, who was usually unrefined and fearless, felt this way. It took him almost forty-five minutes to get through, and then finally, he emerged into the refreshing air of daylight and caught a glimpse of the lagoon between the tree trunks.

He would have rowed round in the dinghy, only that at low tide the shallows of the north of the island were a bar to the boat’s passage. Of course he might have rowed all the way round by way of the strand and reef entrance, but that would have meant a circuit of six miles or more. When he came between the trees down to the lagoon edge it was about eleven o’clock in the morning, and the tide was nearly at the full.

He would have rowed around in the small boat, but at low tide, the shallow areas in the north of the island blocked the boat's way. He could have rowed all the way around using the beach and the reef entrance, but that would have been a six-mile trip or more. When he came down from between the trees to the edge of the lagoon, it was around eleven in the morning, and the tide was almost at its highest.

The lagoon just here was like a trough, and the reef was very near, scarcely a quarter of a mile from the shore. The water did not shelve, it went down sheer fifty fathoms or more, and one could fish from the bank just as from a pier head. He had brought some food with him, and he placed it under a tree whilst he prepared his line, which had a lump of coral for a sinker. He baited the hook, and whirling the sinker round in the air sent it flying out a hundred feet from shore. There was a baby cocoa-nut tree growing just at the edge of the water. He fastened the end of his line round the narrow stem, in case of eventualities, and then, holding the line itself, he fished.

The lagoon here was like a trough, with the reef really close, barely a quarter mile from the shore. The water dropped straight down fifty fathoms or more, and you could fish from the bank just like at a pier. He had brought some food with him and set it under a tree while he got his line ready, using a chunk of coral as a sinker. He baited the hook, swung the sinker around in the air, and launched it a hundred feet from the shore. There was a young coconut tree growing right at the water's edge. He tied the end of his line to the slender trunk, just in case, and then, holding the line itself, he started fishing.

He had promised Emmeline to return before sundown.

He had promised Emmeline he would be back before sunset.

He was a fisherman. That is to say, a creature with the enduring patience of a cat, tireless and heedless of time as an oyster. He came here for sport more than for fish. Large things were to be found in this part of the lagoon. The last time he had hooked a horror in the form of a cat-fish; at least in outward appearance it was likest to a Mississippi cat-fish. Unlike the cat-fish, it was coarse and useless as food, but it gave good sport.

He was a fisherman. In other words, someone with the lasting patience of a cat, tireless and oblivious to time like an oyster. He came here more for the thrill than for catching fish. Big things could be found in this part of the lagoon. The last time he had caught a nightmare that looked like a catfish; at least it resembled a Mississippi catfish on the outside. Unlike the catfish, it was tough and not good to eat, but it provided a lot of excitement.

The tide was now going out, and it was at the going-out of the tide that the best fishing was to be had. There was no wind, and the lagoon lay like a sheet of glass, with just a dimple here and there where the outgoing tide made a swirl in the water.

The tide was now going out, and during the outgoing tide, the best fishing could be found. There was no wind, and the lagoon was like a sheet of glass, with just a few ripples here and there where the outgoing tide created swirls in the water.

As he fished he thought of Emmeline and the little house under the trees. Scarcely one could call it thinking. Pictures passed before his mind’s eye—pleasant and happy pictures, sunlit, moonlit, starlit.

As he fished, he thought about Emmeline and the little house beneath the trees. It was barely even thinking. Images flashed through his mind—nice and joyful images, sunlit, moonlit, starlit.

Three hours passed thus without a bite or symptom that the lagoon contained anything else but sea water, and disappointment; but he did not grumble. He was a fisherman. Then he left the line tied to the tree and sat down to eat the food he had brought with him. He had scarcely finished his meal when the baby cocoa-nut tree shivered and became convulsed, and he did not require to touch the taut line to know that it was useless to attempt to cope with the thing at the end of it. The only course was to let it tug and drown itself. So he sat down and watched.

Three hours went by without a single bite or any sign that the lagoon held anything but seawater and disappointment; still, he didn’t complain. He was a fisherman. Then he left the line tied to the tree and sat down to eat the food he had brought with him. He had barely finished his meal when the baby coconut tree shook and convulsed, and he didn’t need to touch the taut line to know it was pointless to try to handle whatever was on the other end. The only thing to do was let it pull and drown itself. So he sat down and watched.

After a few minutes the line slackened, and the little cocoa-nut tree resumed its attitude of pensive meditation and repose. He pulled the line up: there was nothing at the end of it but a hook. He did not grumble; he baited the hook again, and flung it in, for it was quite likely that the ferocious thing in the water would bite again.

After a few minutes, the line loosened, and the little coconut tree went back to its thoughtful pose and calm. He pulled the line up: there was nothing on it but a hook. He didn’t complain; he re-baited the hook and tossed it back in because it was pretty likely that the fierce creature in the water would bite again.

Full of this idea and heedless of time he fished and waited. The sun was sinking into the west—he did not heed it. He had quite forgotten that he had promised Emmeline to return before sunset; it was nearly sunset now. Suddenly, just behind him, from among the trees, he heard her voice, crying:

Full of this idea and unaware of the time, he fished and waited. The sun was setting in the west—he didn’t notice. He had completely forgotten that he promised Emmeline to come back before sunset; it was almost sunset now. Suddenly, just behind him, from among the trees, he heard her voice calling:

“Dick!”

“Dude!”




CHAPTER XII

THE VANISHING OF EMMELINE (continued)

He dropped the line, and turned with a start. There was no one visible. He ran amongst the trees calling out her name, but only echoes answered. Then he came back to the lagoon edge.

He dropped the line and turned around suddenly. There was no one in sight. He ran through the trees, calling out her name, but only echoes responded. Then he returned to the edge of the lagoon.

He felt sure that what he had heard was only fancy, but it was nearly sunset, and more than time to be off. He pulled in his line, wrapped it up, took his fish-spear and started.

He was certain that what he had heard was just his imagination, but it was almost sunset, and it was definitely time to leave. He reeled in his line, packed it up, grabbed his fish spear, and moved on.

It was just in the middle of the bad place that dread came to him. What if anything had happened to her? It was dusk here, and never had the weeds seemed so thick, dimness so dismal, the tendrils of the vines so gin-like. Then he lost his way—he who was so sure of his way always! The hunter’s instinct had been crossed, and for a time he went hither and thither helpless as a ship without a compass. At last he broke into the real wood, but far to the right of where he ought to have been. He felt like a beast escaped from a trap, and hurried along, led by the sound of the surf.

It was right in the middle of this terrible place that fear hit him. What if something had happened to her? It was getting dark, and the weeds seemed thicker than ever, the gloom felt more miserable, and the vines looked almost intoxicating. Then he lost his way—him, who had always been so certain of his path! His instincts as a hunter had failed him, and for a while, he wandered around aimlessly, like a ship without a compass. Eventually, he stumbled into the actual woods, but far off to the right of where he should have been. He felt like an animal that had escaped a trap, and hurried along, following the sound of the waves.

When he reached the clear sward that led down to the lagoon the sun had just vanished beyond the sea-line. A streak of red cloud floated like the feather of a flamingo in the western sky close to the sea, and twilight had already filled the world. He could see the house dimly, under the shadow of the trees, and he ran towards it, crossing the sward diagonally.

When he got to the grassy area that sloped down to the lagoon, the sun had just dipped below the horizon. A red streak of cloud hung in the western sky near the sea, looking like a flamingo's feather, and dusk had already settled in. He could see the house faintly under the trees' shadows, and he ran toward it, cutting across the grass diagonally.

Always before, when he had been away, the first thing to greet his eyes on his return had been the figure of Emmeline. Either at the lagoon edge or the house door he would find her waiting for him.

Always before, whenever he had been away, the first thing that greeted his eyes on his return was Emmeline. Whether at the edge of the lagoon or by the door of the house, he would find her waiting for him.

She was not waiting for him to-night. When he reached the house she was not there, and he paused, after searching the place, a prey to the most horrible perplexity, and unable for the moment to think or act.

She wasn’t waiting for him tonight. When he got to the house, she wasn’t there, and he stopped, after looking around, totally overwhelmed and unable to think or do anything for the moment.

Since the shock of the occurrence on the reef she had been subject at times to occasional attacks of headache; and when the pain was more than she could bear, she would go off and hide. Dick would hunt for her amidst the trees, calling out her name and hallooing. A faint “halloo” would answer when she heard him, and then he would find her under a tree or bush, with her unfortunate head between her hands, a picture of misery.

Since the shock of what happened on the reef, she had been experiencing occasional headaches; and when the pain became unbearable, she would go off and hide. Dick would search for her among the trees, calling out her name and shouting. A weak “hello” would respond when she heard him, and then he would find her under a tree or bush, with her poor head in her hands, a picture of misery.

He remembered this now, and started off along the borders of the wood, calling to her, and pausing to listen. No answer came.

He remembered this now and started walking along the edge of the woods, calling out to her and stopping to listen. There was no reply.

He searched amidst the trees as far as the little well, waking the echoes with his voice; then he came back slowly, peering about him in the deep dusk that now was yielding to the starlight. He sat down before the door of the house, and, looking at him, you might have fancied him in the last stages of exhaustion. Profound grief and profound exhaustion act on the frame very much in the same way. He sat with his chin resting on his chest, his hands helpless. He could hear her voice, still as he heard it over at the other side of the island. She had been in danger and called to him, and he had been calmly fishing, unconscious of it all.

He searched among the trees all the way to the little well, waking the echoes with his voice; then he slowly came back, looking around in the deep dusk that was now giving way to the starlight. He sat down in front of the house, and if you'd looked at him, you might have thought he was in the final stages of exhaustion. Deep sorrow and deep fatigue affect the body in a very similar way. He sat with his chin on his chest, his hands limp. He could hear her voice, just like he had when he was on the other side of the island. She had been in danger and called out to him, and he had been calmly fishing, unaware of it all.

This thought maddened him. He sat up, stared around him and beat the ground with the palms of his hands; then he sprang to his feet and made for the dinghy. He rowed to the reef: the action of a madman, for she could not possibly be there.

This thought drove him crazy. He sat up, looked around, and pounded the ground with his hands; then he jumped to his feet and headed for the dinghy. He rowed to the reef: the action of a lunatic, because she couldn’t possibly be there.

There was no moon, the starlight both lit and veiled the world, and no sound but the majestic thunder of the waves. As he stood, the night wind blowing on his face, the white foam seething before him, and Canopus burning in the great silence overhead, the fact that he stood in the centre of an awful and profound indifference came to his untutored mind with a pang.

There was no moon, the starlight both illuminated and obscured the world, and the only sound was the powerful roar of the waves. As he stood there, with the night wind blowing on his face, the white foam crashing in front of him, and Canopus shining brightly in the vast silence above, the realization that he was in the midst of a deep and terrible indifference hit him hard.

He returned to the shore: the house was still deserted. A little bowl made from the shell of a cocoa-nut stood on the grass near the doorway. He had last seen it in her hands, and he took it up and held it for a moment, pressing it tightly to his breast. Then he threw himself down before the doorway, and lay upon his face, with head resting upon his arms in the attitude of a person who is profoundly asleep.

He returned to the shore: the house was still empty. A small bowl made from a coconut shell sat on the grass near the doorway. He had last seen it in her hands, and he picked it up, holding it tightly against his chest for a moment. Then he threw himself down in front of the doorway, lying on his face with his head resting on his arms, as if he were deeply asleep.

He must have searched through the woods again that night just as a somnambulist searches, for he found himself towards dawn in the valley before the idol. Then it was daybreak—the world was full of light and colour. He was seated before the house door, worn out and exhausted, when, raising his head, he saw Emmeline’s figure coming out from amidst the distant trees on the other side of the sward.

He must have wandered through the woods again that night like a sleepwalker, because he found himself in the valley in front of the idol by dawn. Then it was daybreak—the world was full of light and color. He was sitting in front of the house, worn out and exhausted, when he lifted his head and saw Emmeline’s figure coming out from the distant trees on the other side of the grass.




CHAPTER XIII

THE NEWCOMER

He could not move for a moment, then he sprang to his feet and ran towards her. She looked pale and dazed, and she held something in her arms; something wrapped up in her scarf. As he pressed her to him, the something in the bundle struggled against his breast and emitted a squall—just like the squall of a cat. He drew back, and Emmeline, tenderly moving her scarf a bit aside, exposed a wee face. It was brick-red and wrinkled; there were two bright eyes, and a tuft of dark hair over the forehead. Then the eyes closed, the face screwed itself up, and the thing sneezed twice.

He couldn’t move for a moment, then he jumped to his feet and ran towards her. She looked pale and confused, and she was holding something in her arms; something wrapped in her scarf. As he hugged her, the thing in the bundle squirmed against his chest and let out a squall—just like a cat’s cry. He recoiled, and Emmeline, gently moving her scarf aside, revealed a tiny face. It was bright red and wrinkled; there were two bright eyes and a tuft of dark hair on the forehead. Then the eyes closed, the face scrunched up, and the little one sneezed twice.

“Where did you get it?” he asked, absolutely lost in astonishment as she covered the face again gently with the scarf.

“Where did you get it?” he asked, completely taken aback as she gently covered the face again with the scarf.

“I found it in the woods,” replied Emmeline.

“I found it in the woods,” Emmeline replied.

Dumb with amazement, he helped her along to the house, and she sat down, resting her head against the bamboos of the wall.

Dumbfounded, he guided her to the house, and she sat down, resting her head against the bamboo wall.

“I felt so bad,” she explained; “and then I went off to sit in the woods, and then I remembered nothing more, and when I woke up it was there.”

“I felt terrible,” she said. “Then I went off to sit in the woods, and after that, I don’t remember anything else, and when I woke up, it was there.”

“It’s a baby!” said Dick.

“It’s a baby!” said Dick.

“I know,” replied Emmeline.

“I know,” Emmeline replied.

Mrs James’s baby, seen in the long ago, had risen up before their mind’s eyes, a messenger from the past to explain what the new thing was. Then she told him things—things that completely shattered the old “cabbage bed” theory, supplanting it with a truth far more wonderful, far more poetical, too, to he who can appreciate the marvel and the mystery of life.

Mrs. James's baby, remembered from long ago, appeared before their minds, a messenger from the past to explain what the new thing was. Then she shared things with him—things that completely shattered the old "cabbage bed" theory, replacing it with a truth that was far more amazing and far more poetic, too, for someone who can appreciate the wonder and mystery of life.

“It has something funny tied on to it,” she went on, as if she were referring to a parcel she had just received.

“It has something funny attached to it,” she continued, as if she were talking about a package she had just received.

“Let’s look,” said Dick.

“Let’s check it out,” said Dick.

“No,” she replied; “leave it alone.”

“No,” she said. “Just leave it alone.”

She sat rocking the thing gently, seeming oblivious to the whole world, and quite absorbed in it, as, indeed, was Dick. A physician would have shuddered, but, perhaps fortunately enough, there was no physician on the island. Only Nature, and she put everything to rights in her own time and way.

She sat rocking the thing gently, seeming unaware of the whole world and completely absorbed in it, just like Dick was. A doctor would have been horrified, but luckily, there was no doctor on the island. Only Nature, and she set everything straight in her own time and way.

When Dick had sat marvelling long enough, he set to and lit the fire. He had eaten nothing since the day before, and he was nearly as exhausted as the girl. He cooked some breadfruit, there was some cold fish left over from the day before; this, with some bananas, he served up on two broad leaves, making Emmeline eat first.

When Dick had sat there marveling long enough, he got up and started the fire. He hadn't eaten anything since the day before, and he was almost as tired as the girl. He cooked some breadfruit, and there was some cold fish left over from the previous day; he served this with some bananas on two broad leaves, making Emmeline eat first.

Before they had finished, the creature in the bundle, as though it had smelt the food, began to scream. Emmeline drew the scarf aside. It looked hungry; its mouth would now be pinched up and now wide open, its eyes opened and closed. The girl touched it on the lips with her finger, and it seized upon her fingertip and sucked it. Her eyes filled with tears, she looked appealingly at Dick, who was on his knees; he took a banana, peeled it, broke off a bit and handed it to her. She approached it to the baby’s mouth. It tried to suck it, failed, blew bubbles at the sun and squalled.

Before they were done, the creature in the bundle suddenly started screaming, as if it had caught a whiff of food. Emmeline pulled back the scarf. It looked hungry; its mouth was alternating between pinched shut and wide open, its eyes blinking. The girl touched its lips with her finger, and it grabbed her fingertip and started sucking. Tears filled her eyes as she looked pleadingly at Dick, who was on his knees; he took a banana, peeled it, broke off a piece, and handed it to her. She held it up to the baby's mouth. It tried to suck on it, but couldn't, so it blew bubbles at the sun and cried.

“Wait a minute,” said Dick.

“Hold on a second,” said Dick.

There were some green cocoa-nuts he had gathered the day before close by. He took one, removed the green husk, and opened one of the eyes, making an opening also in the opposite side of the shell. The unfortunate infant sucked ravenously at the nut, filled its stomach with the young cocoa-nut juice, vomited violently, and wailed. Emmeline in despair clasped it to her naked breast, wherefrom, in a moment, it was hanging like a leech. It knew more about babies than they did.

There were some green coconuts he had gathered the day before nearby. He grabbed one, peeled off the green husk, and opened one of the eyes, making a hole in the opposite side of the shell as well. The poor infant sucked greedily at the nut, filled its stomach with the sweet coconut juice, vomited violently, and cried. Emmeline, in desperation, held it close to her bare chest, where it clung to her like a leech. It knew more about babies than they did.




CHAPTER XIV

HANNAH

At noon, in the shallows of the reef, under the burning sun, the water would be quite warm. They would carry the baby down here, and Emmeline would wash it with a bit of flannel. After a few days it scarcely ever screamed, even when she washed it. It would lie on her knees during the process, striking valiantly out with its arms and legs, staring straight up at the sky. Then, when she turned it on its face, it would lay its head down and chuckle and blow bubbles at the coral of the reef, examining, apparently, the pattern of the coral with deep and philosophic attention.

At noon, in the shallow part of the reef, under the blazing sun, the water would be really warm. They would bring the baby down here, and Emmeline would wash it with a little flannel. After a few days, it barely ever cried, even when she was washing it. It would lie on her lap during the process, waving its arms and legs enthusiastically, gazing straight up at the sky. Then, when she turned it over, it would rest its head down and giggle, blowing bubbles at the coral of the reef, seemingly studying the coral's pattern with a thoughtful and serious expression.

Dick would sit by with his knees up to his chin, watching it all. He felt himself to be part proprietor in the thing—as indeed he was. The mystery of the affair still hung over them both. A week ago they two had been alone, and suddenly from nowhere this new individual had appeared.

Dick sat with his knees pulled up to his chin, watching everything. He felt like he had some ownership in the situation—as he actually did. The mystery of it all still lingered between them. Just a week ago, they had been alone, and suddenly this new person had shown up out of nowhere.

It was so complete. It had hair on its head, tiny finger-nails, and hands that would grasp you. It had a whole host of little ways of its own, and every day added to them.

It was so perfect. It had hair on its head, tiny fingernails, and hands that could hold onto you. It had a whole bunch of little quirks, and each day added more to them.

In a week the extreme ugliness of the newborn child had vanished. Its face, which had seemed carved in the imitation of a monkey’s face from half a brick, became the face of a happy and healthy baby. It seemed to see things, and sometimes it would laugh and chuckle as though it had been told a good joke. Its black hair all came off and was supplanted by a sort of down. It had no teeth. It would lie on its back and kick and crow, and double its fists up and try to swallow them alternately, and cross its feet and play with its toes. In fact, it was exactly like any of the thousand-and-one babies that are born into the world at every tick of the clock.

In a week, the baby's extreme ugliness had disappeared. Its face, which had looked like a monkey’s face made from half a brick, transformed into that of a happy and healthy baby. It seemed to notice things, and sometimes it would laugh and chuckle as if it had heard a great joke. Its black hair all fell out and was replaced by a soft fuzz. It had no teeth. It would lie on its back, kicking and cooing, doubling its fists and trying to swallow them one at a time, crossing its feet, and playing with its toes. In short, it was just like any of the countless babies born into the world with every tick of the clock.

“What will we call it?” said Dick one day, as he sat watching his son and heir crawling about on the grass under the shade of the breadfruit leaves.

“What should we call it?” Dick said one day, as he sat watching his son and heir crawling around on the grass under the shade of the breadfruit leaves.

“Hannah,” said Emmeline promptly.

“Hannah,” Emmeline said quickly.

The recollection of another baby once heard about was in her mind; and it was as good a name as any other, perhaps, in that lonely place, notwithstanding the fact that Hannah was a boy.

The memory of another baby she had heard about was in her mind; and it was as good a name as any other, maybe, in that lonely place, despite the fact that Hannah was a boy.

Koko took a vast interest in the new arrival. He would hop round it and peer at it with his head on one side; and Hannah would crawl after the bird and try to grab it by the tail. In a few months so valiant and strong did he become that he would pursue his own father, crawling before him on the grass, and you might have seen the mother and father and child playing all together like three children, the bird sometimes hovering overhead like a good spirit, sometimes joining in the fun.

Koko was really fascinated by the new arrival. He would bounce around it and tilt his head to get a better look; and Hannah would crawl after the bird, trying to catch it by the tail. In just a few months, he grew so brave and strong that he would chase his own father, crawling along the grass in front of him, and you could see the mother, father, and child all playing together like three kids, with the bird sometimes flying above them like a friendly spirit, and sometimes joining in the fun.

Sometimes Emmeline would sit and brood over the child, a troubled expression on her face and a far-away look in her eyes. The old vague fear of mischance had returned—the dread of that viewless form her imagination half pictured behind the smile on the face of Nature. Her happiness was so great that she dreaded to lose it.

Sometimes Emmeline would sit and think deeply about the child, a worried expression on her face and a distant look in her eyes. The old, vague fear of something going wrong had come back—the anxiety about that invisible presence her imagination partly envisioned behind Nature's smile. Her happiness was so intense that she feared losing it.

There is nothing more wonderful than the birth of a man, and all that goes to bring it about. Here, on this island, in the very heart of the sea, amidst the sunshine and the wind-blown trees, under the great blue arch of the sky, in perfect purity of thought, they would discuss the question from beginning to end without a blush, the object of their discussion crawling before them on the grass, and attempting to grab feathers from Koko’s tail.

There’s nothing more amazing than the birth of a person and everything it takes to make it happen. Here, on this island, right in the middle of the sea, surrounded by sunshine and the trees swaying in the wind, under the vast blue sky, they would talk about the topic openly and honestly, with no shame, while the subject of their discussion crawled on the grass, trying to grab feathers from Koko’s tail.

It was the loneliness of the place as well as their ignorance of life that made the old, old miracle appear so strange and fresh—as beautiful as the miracle of death had appeared awful. In thoughts vague and beyond expression in words, they linked this new occurrence with that old occurrence on the reef six years before. The vanishing and the coming of a man.

It was the isolation of the place and their lack of understanding of life that made the old miracle seem so strange and new—just as beautiful as the miracle of death had seemed terrible. In vague thoughts that couldn't quite be put into words, they connected this new event with that old one on the reef six years earlier. The disappearance and the arrival of a man.

Hannah, despite his unfortunate name, was certainly a most virile and engaging baby. The black hair which had appeared and vanished like some practical joke played by Nature, gave place to a down at first as yellow as sun-bleached wheat, but in a few months’ time tinged with auburn.

Hannah, despite his unfortunate name, was definitely a very strong and charming baby. The black hair that had appeared and vanished like some practical joke by Nature was replaced at first by down as yellow as sun-bleached wheat, but after a few months, it shifted to a hue of auburn.

One day—he had been uneasy and biting at his thumbs for some time past—Emmeline, looking into his mouth, saw something white and like a grain of rice protruding from his gum. It was a tooth just born. He could eat bananas now, and breadfruit, and they often fed him on fish—a fact which again might have caused a medical man to shudder; yet he throve on it all, and waxed stouter every day.

One day—after he had been feeling restless and biting his thumbs for a while—Emmeline looked into his mouth and noticed something white and rice-like sticking out from his gum. It was a newly erupted tooth. He could eat bananas now, and breadfruit, and they often fed him fish—a fact that might make a doctor cringe; yet he thrived on it all and got stronger every day.

Emmeline, with a profound and natural wisdom, let him crawl about stark naked, dressed in ozone and sunlight. Taking him out on the reef, she would let him paddle in the shallow pools, holding him under the armpits whilst he splashed the diamond-bright water into spray with his feet, and laughed and shouted.

Emmeline, with a deep and instinctive understanding, let him crawl around completely naked, dressed only in fresh air and sunlight. Taking him out to the reef, she would let him splash in the shallow pools, holding him under the arms while he kicked the sparkling water into splashes with his feet, laughing and shouting.

They were beginning now to experience a phenomenon, as wonderful as the birth of the child’s body—the birth of his intelligence: the peeping out of a little personality with predilections of its own, likes and dislikes.

They were now starting to witness a phenomenon as amazing as the birth of the child's body—the emergence of his intelligence: the unveiling of a little personality with its own preferences, likes, and dislikes.

He knew Dick from Emmeline; and when Emmeline had satisfied his material wants, he would hold out his arms to go to Dick if he were by. He looked upon Koko as a friend, but when a friend of Koko’s—a bird with an inquisitive mind and three red feathers in his tail—dropped in one day to inspect the newcomer, he resented the intrusion, and screamed.

He knew Dick through Emmeline; and when Emmeline had taken care of his needs, he would reach out his arms to go to Dick if he was around. He saw Koko as a friend, but when Koko’s friend—a bird with a curious personality and three red feathers in its tail—showed up one day to check out the newcomer, he was annoyed by the interruption and screamed.

He had a passion for flowers, or anything bright. He would laugh and shout when taken on the lagoon in the dinghy, and make as if to jump into the water to get at the bright-coloured corals below.

He had a love for flowers and anything colorful. He would laugh and shout when taken out on the lagoon in the small boat and pretended to jump into the water to reach the brightly colored corals below.

Ah me! we laugh at young mothers, and all the miraculous things they tell us about their babies. They see what we cannot see: the first unfolding of that mysterious flower, the mind.

Ah me! We laugh at young mothers and all the amazing things they tell us about their babies. They see what we can’t see: the first blossoming of that mysterious flower, the mind.

One day they were out on the lagoon. Dick had been rowing; he had ceased, and was letting the boat drift for a bit. Emmeline was dancing the child on her knee, when it suddenly held out its arms to the oarsman and said:

One day they were out on the lagoon. Dick had been rowing; he had stopped and was letting the boat drift for a bit. Emmeline was playing with the child on her knee when it suddenly reached out its arms to the oarsman and said:

“Dick!”

“Dude!”

The little word, so often heard and easily repeated, was its first word on earth.

The small word, frequently heard and easily repeated, was its first word on Earth.

A voice that had never spoken in the world before, had spoken; and to hear his name thus mysteriously uttered by a being he has created, is the sweetest and perhaps the saddest thing a man can ever know.

A voice that had never been heard in the world before spoke; and to hear his name mysteriously spoken by a being he created is the sweetest and maybe the saddest thing a person can ever experience.

Dick took the child on his knee, and from that moment his love for it was more than his love for Emmeline or anything else on earth.

Dick sat the child on his lap, and from that moment on, his love for the child was greater than his love for Emmeline or anything else in the world.




CHAPTER XV

THE LAGOON OF FIRE

Ever since the tragedy of six years ago there had been forming in the mind of Emmeline Lestrange a something—shall I call it a deep mistrust. She had never been clever; lessons had saddened and wearied her, without making her much the wiser. Yet her mind was of that order into which profound truths come by short cuts. She was intuitive.

Ever since the tragedy six years ago, Emmeline Lestrange had been developing a sort of—should I say—deep mistrust. She had never been particularly bright; lessons had made her feel sad and exhausted, without actually making her much wiser. Still, her mind worked in a way that allowed her to grasp profound truths quickly. She was intuitive.

Great knowledge may lurk in the human mind without the owner of the mind being aware. He or she acts in such or such a way, or thinks in such and such a manner from intuition; in other words, as the outcome of the profoundest reasoning.

Great knowledge can exist in the human mind without the owner even realizing it. The person acts or thinks in a certain way based on intuition; in other words, as a result of deep reasoning.

When we have learned to call storms, storms, and death, death, and birth, birth; when we have mastered the sailor’s horn book, and Mr Piddington’s law of cyclones, Ellis’s anatomy, and Lewer’s midwifery, we have already made ourselves half blind. We have become hypnotised by words and names. We think in words and names, not in ideas; the commonplace has triumphed, the true intellect is half crushed.

When we’ve learned to call storms, storms, and death, death, and birth, birth; when we’ve mastered the sailor’s manual, and Mr. Piddington’s cyclone rules, Ellis’s anatomy, and Lewer’s childbirth techniques, we’ve already made ourselves half blind. We’ve become hypnotized by words and names. We think in words and names, not in ideas; the ordinary has won, and true intellect is half crushed.

Storms had burst over the island before this. And what Emmeline remembered of them might be expressed by an instance.

Storms had hit the island before this. And what Emmeline remembered about them could be illustrated by a specific example.

The morning would be bright and happy, never so bright the sun, or so balmy the breeze, or so peaceful the blue lagoon; then, with a horrid suddenness, as if sick with dissimulation and mad to show itself, something would blacken the sun, and with a yell stretch out a hand and ravage the island, churn the lagoon into foam, beat down the cocoa-nut trees, and slay the birds. And one bird would be left and another taken, one tree destroyed, and another left standing. The fury of the thing was less fearful than the blindness of it, and the indifference of it.

The morning would be bright and cheerful, never had the sun shone so brilliantly, or the breeze felt so gentle, or the blue lagoon seemed so tranquil; then, with a shocking suddenness, as if it were sick of hiding and desperate to reveal itself, something would eclipse the sun, and with a scream reach out a hand to devastate the island, churn the lagoon into foam, smash down the coconut trees, and kill the birds. One bird would remain while another would be taken, one tree would be destroyed, and another would be left standing. The rage of the thing was less terrifying than its blindness and its indifference.

One night, when the child was asleep, just after the last star was lit, Dick appeared at the doorway of the house. He had been down to the water’s edge and had now returned. He beckoned Emmeline to follow him, and, putting down the child, she did so.

One night, while the child was asleep, just after the last star had been turned on, Dick showed up at the doorway of the house. He had been by the water’s edge and had now come back. He signaled for Emmeline to follow him, and, placing the child down, she did.

“Come here and look,” said he.

“Come here and take a look,” he said.

He led the way to the water; and as they approached it, Emmeline became aware that there was something strange about the lagoon. From a distance it looked pale and solid; it might have been a great stretch of grey marble veined with black. Then, as she drew nearer, she saw that the dull grey appearance was a deception of the eye.

He guided them to the water, and as they got closer, Emmeline noticed something odd about the lagoon. From afar, it seemed pale and solid, almost like a massive slab of gray marble with black veins. However, as she got nearer, she realized that the dull gray look was just an optical illusion.

The lagoon was alight and burning.

The lagoon was on fire and blazing.

The phosphoric fire was in its very heart and being; every coral branch was a torch, every fish a passing lantern. The incoming tide moving the waters made the whole glittering floor of the lagoon move and shiver, and the tiny waves to lap the bank, leaving behind them glow-worm traces.

The phosphoric fire was at its core; every coral branch was like a torch, and every fish a fleeting lantern. The incoming tide stirred the water, causing the entire sparkling floor of the lagoon to ripple and tremble, while the tiny waves lapped at the shore, leaving behind glowing traces.

“Look!” said Dick.

“Check this out!” said Dick.

He knelt down and plunged his forearm into the water. The immersed part burned like a smouldering torch. Emmeline could see it as plainly as though it were lit by sunlight. Then he drew his arm out, and as far as the water had reached, it was covered by a glowing glove.

He knelt down and thrust his forearm into the water. The part submerged felt like a smoldering torch. Emmeline could see it clearly as if it were illuminated by sunlight. Then he pulled his arm out, and where the water had touched, it was covered by a glowing glove.

They had seen the phosphorescence of the lagoon before; indeed, any night you might watch the passing fish like bars of silver, when the moon was away; but this was something quite new, and it was entrancing.

They had seen the glowing light of the lagoon before; in fact, on any night you could watch the fish swim by like strips of silver when the moon was hidden; but this was something totally different, and it was captivating.

Emmeline knelt down and dabbled her hands, and made herself a pair of phosphoric gloves, and cried out with pleasure, and laughed. It was all the pleasure of playing with fire without the danger of being burnt. Then Dick rubbed his face with the water till it glowed.

Emmeline knelt down and splashed her hands, making herself a pair of glowing gloves, and shouted with joy, laughing. It was all the fun of playing with fire without the risk of getting burned. Then Dick rubbed his face with the water until it glowed.

“Wait!” he cried; and, running up to the house, he fetched out Hannah.

“Wait!” he shouted, and, rushing up to the house, he brought Hannah outside.

He came running down with him to the water’s edge, gave Emmeline the child, unmoored the boat, and started out from shore.

He ran down to the water's edge with him, handed Emmeline the child, untied the boat, and pushed off from shore.

The sculls, as far as they were immersed, were like bars of glistening silver; under them passed the fish, leaving cometic tails; each coral clump was a lamp, lending its lustre till the great lagoon was luminous as a lit-up ballroom. Even the child on Emmeline’s lap crowed and cried out at the strangeness of the sight.

The oars, as far as they were dipped, looked like shiny silver bars; beneath them swam the fish, leaving streaks like comets; each coral cluster was a lamp, giving off its glow until the big lagoon was bright like a lit-up ballroom. Even the child on Emmeline’s lap squealed and shouted at the oddness of the scene.

They landed on the reef and wandered over the flat. The sea was white and bright as snow, and the foam looked like a hedge of fire.

They landed on the reef and walked across the flat area. The sea was white and bright like snow, and the foam looked like a wall of fire.

As they stood gazing on this extraordinary sight, suddenly, almost as instantaneously as the switching off of an electric light, the phosphorescence of the sea flickered and vanished.

As they stood staring at this incredible sight, suddenly, almost as quickly as flipping off a light switch, the glow of the sea flickered and disappeared.

The moon was rising. Her crest was just breaking from the water, and as her face came slowly into view behind a belt of vapour that lay on the horizon, it looked fierce and red, stained with smoke like the face of Eblis.

The moon was rising. Its crest was just emerging from the water, and as its face slowly came into view behind a band of mist on the horizon, it looked fierce and red, stained with smoke like the face of Eblis.




CHAPTER XVI

THE CYCLONE

When they awoke next morning the day was dark. A solid roof of cloud, lead-coloured and without a ripple on it, lay over the sky, almost to the horizon. There was not a breath of wind, and the birds flew wildly about as if disturbed by some unseen enemy in the wood.

When they woke up the next morning, the day was gloomy. A thick layer of gray clouds, color of lead and smooth as glass, covered the sky almost all the way to the horizon. There wasn't a hint of wind, and the birds flapped around frantically, as if bothered by some invisible threat in the woods.

As Dick lit the fire to prepare the breakfast, Emmeline walked up and down, holding her baby to her breast; she felt restless and uneasy.

As Dick started the fire to make breakfast, Emmeline paced back and forth, cradling her baby against her chest; she felt restless and uneasy.

As the morning wore on the darkness increased; a breeze rose up, and the leaves of the breadfruit trees pattered together with the sound of rain falling upon glass. A storm was coming, but there was something different in its approach to the approach of the storms they had already known.

As the morning went on, the darkness deepened; a breeze picked up, and the leaves of the breadfruit trees rustled together like rain tapping against glass. A storm was on its way, but it felt different from the storms they had experienced before.

As the breeze increased a sound filled the air, coming from far away beyond the horizon. It was like the sound of a great multitude of people, and yet so faint and vague was it that sudden bursts of the breeze through the leaves above would drown it utterly. Then it ceased, and nothing could be heard but the rocking of the branches and the tossing of the leaves under the increasing wind, which was now blowing sharply and fiercely and with a steady rush dead from the west, fretting the lagoon, and sending clouds and masses of foam right over the reef. The sky that had been so leaden and peaceful and like a solid roof was now all in a hurry, flowing eastward like a great turbulent river in spate.

As the breeze picked up, a sound filled the air, coming from far beyond the horizon. It resembled the noise of a huge crowd, yet it was so faint and vague that sudden gusts of wind through the leaves would completely drown it out. Then it stopped, and all that could be heard was the swaying of the branches and the rustling of the leaves in the stronger wind, which now blew sharply and fiercely with a steady rush straight from the west, disturbing the lagoon and sending clouds and waves of foam crashing over the reef. The sky, which had been heavy and calm like a solid roof, was now in a rush, flowing eastward like a great, turbulent river in flood.

And now, again, one could hear the sound in the distance—the thunder of the captains of the storm and the shouting; but still so faint, so vague, so indeterminate and unearthly that it seemed like the sound in a dream.

And now, once again, you could hear the sound in the distance—the rumble of the captains of the storm and the shouting; but still so faint, so vague, so unclear and otherworldly that it felt like the sound in a dream.

Emmeline sat amidst the ferns on the floor cowed and dumb, holding the baby to her breast. It was fast asleep. Dick stood at the doorway. He was disturbed in mind, but he did not show it.

Emmeline sat among the ferns on the floor, feeling defeated and silent, holding the baby to her chest. It was sound asleep. Dick stood in the doorway. He was troubled, but he didn’t let it show.

The whole beautiful island world had now taken on the colour of ashes and the colour of lead. Beauty had utterly vanished, all seemed sadness and distress.

The entire stunning island world now looked grey and heavy, like ashes and lead. Beauty was completely gone; everything felt filled with sadness and suffering.

The cocoa-palms, under the wind that had lost its steady rush and was now blowing in hurricane blasts, flung themselves about in all the attitudes of distress; and whoever has seen a tropical storm will know what a cocoa-palm can express by its movements under the lash of the wind.

The cocoa palms, caught in winds that had turned from a steady gust to hurricane-like blasts, tossed themselves around in all kinds of distress. Anyone who has witnessed a tropical storm knows how much a cocoa palm can convey through its movements when it's being whipped by the wind.

Fortunately the house was so placed that it was protected by the whole depth of the grove between it and the lagoon; and fortunately, too, it was sheltered by the dense foliage of the breadfruit, for suddenly, with a crash of thunder as if the hammer of Thor had been flung from sky to earth, the clouds split and the rain came down in a great slanting wave. It roared on the foliage above, which, bending leaf on leaf, made a slanting roof from which it rushed in a steady sheet-like cascade.

Fortunately, the house was located in a way that it was protected by the entire depth of the grove between it and the lagoon; and thankfully, it was also sheltered by the thick leaves of the breadfruit tree. Suddenly, with a crash of thunder like Thor’s hammer hitting the earth, the clouds broke open and rain poured down in a heavy, slanting wave. It pounded on the leaves above, which bent leaf over leaf, creating a slanted roof from which the water poured down in a steady, sheet-like cascade.

Dick had darted into the house, and was now sitting beside Emmeline, who was shivering and holding the child, which had awakened at the sound of the thunder.

Dick had rushed into the house and was now sitting next to Emmeline, who was shivering and holding the child, which had woken up at the sound of the thunder.

For an hour they sat, the rain ceasing and coming again, the thunder shaking earth and sea, and the wind passing overhead with a piercing, monotonous cry.

For an hour, they sat, the rain stopping and starting again, the thunder shaking the ground and the ocean, while the wind howled overhead with a sharp, endless wail.

Then all at once the wind dropped, the rain ceased, and a pale spectral light, like the light of dawn, fell before the doorway.

Then suddenly the wind calmed, the rain stopped, and a faint ghostly light, similar to the light of dawn, appeared in front of the doorway.

“It’s over!” cried Dick, making to get up.

“It’s over!” cried Dick, trying to get up.

“Oh, listen!” said Emmeline, clinging to him, and holding the baby to his breast as if the touch of him would give it protection. She had divined that there was something approaching worse than a storm.

“Oh, listen!” Emmeline said, holding on to him and pressing the baby against his chest as if his presence would shield it. She had sensed that something worse than a storm was coming.

Then, listening in the silence, away from the other side of the island, they heard a sound like the droning of a great top.

Then, listening in the quiet, away from the other side of the island, they heard a sound like the buzzing of a huge spinning top.

It was the centre of the cyclone approaching.

It was the center of the approaching cyclone.

A cyclone is a circular storm: a storm in the form of a ring. This ring of hurricane travels across the ocean with inconceivable speed and fury, yet its centre is a haven of peace.

A cyclone is a circular storm: a storm shaped like a ring. This ring of hurricane moves across the ocean with unimaginable speed and intensity, yet its center is a place of calm.

As they listened the sound increased, sharpened, and became a tang that pierced the ear-drums: a sound that shook with hurry and speed, increasing, bringing with it the bursting and crashing of trees, and breaking at last overhead in a yell that stunned the brain like the blow of a bludgeon. In a second the house was torn away, and they were clinging to the roots of the breadfruit, deaf, blinded, half-lifeless.

As they listened, the noise grew louder, sharper, and turned into a sharp pain in their ears: a sound that vibrated with urgency and speed, growing stronger, accompanied by the splintering and smashing of trees, and finally exploding above them in a scream that hit their minds like a heavy blow. In an instant, the house was ripped apart, and they were hanging on to the roots of the breadfruit tree, deaf, blinded, and barely alive.

The terror and the prolonged shock of it reduced them from thinking beings to the level of frightened animals whose one instinct is preservation.

The fear and lasting shock of it turned them from rational beings into scared animals whose only instinct is survival.

How long the horror lasted they could not tell, when, like a madman who pauses for a moment in the midst of his struggles and stands stock-still, the wind ceased blowing, and there was peace. The centre of the cyclone was passing over the island.

How long the horror lasted they could not tell, when, like a madman who pauses for a moment in the midst of his struggles and stands completely still, the wind stopped blowing, and there was peace. The center of the cyclone was passing over the island.

Looking up, one saw a marvellous sight. The air was full of birds, butterflies, insects—all hanging in the heart of the storm and travelling with it under its protection.

Looking up, one saw a marvelous sight. The air was filled with birds, butterflies, and insects—all suspended in the midst of the storm and moving with it under its shelter.

Though the air was still as the air of a summer’s day, from north, south, east, and west, from every point of the compass, came the yell of the hurricane.

Though the air was calm like on a summer day, from the north, south, east, and west, the howling of the hurricane came from every direction.

There was something shocking in this.

There was something shocking about this.

In a storm one is so beaten about by the wind that one has no time to think: one is half stupefied. But in the dead centre of a cyclone one is in perfect peace. The trouble is all around, but it is not here. One has time to examine the thing like a tiger in a cage, listen to its voice and shudder at its ferocity.

In a storm, you're tossed around by the wind so much that you can't think; you're almost dazed. But in the eye of a cyclone, you're in complete peace. The chaos is all around you, but it's not affecting you. You have time to observe it like a tiger in a cage, listen to its roar, and feel a shiver at its savagery.

The girl, holding the baby to her breast, sat up gasping. The baby had come to no harm; it had cried at first when the thunder broke, but now it seemed impassive, almost dazed. Dick stepped from under the tree and looked at the prodigy in the air.

The girl, holding the baby to her chest, sat up, gasping for breath. The baby was fine; it had cried at first when the thunder crashed, but now it looked calm, almost stunned. Dick stepped out from under the tree and stared at the amazing sight in the sky.

The cyclone had gathered on its way sea-birds and birds from the land; there were gulls, electric white and black man-of-war birds, butterflies, and they all seemed imprisoned under a great drifting dome of glass. As they went, travelling like things without volition and in a dream, with a hum and a roar the south-west quadrant of the cyclone burst on the island, and the whole bitter business began over again.

The cyclone had picked up sea birds and birds from the land; there were gulls, bright white and black man-of-war birds, and butterflies, all appearing trapped under a huge drifting dome of glass. As they moved, gliding like creatures without choice and in a dream, with a hum and a roar, the south-west quadrant of the cyclone slammed into the island, and the whole harsh ordeal started all over again.

It lasted for hours, then towards midnight the wind fell; and when the sun rose next morning he came through a cloudless sky, without a trace of apology for the destruction caused by his children the winds. He showed trees uprooted and birds lying dead, three or four canes remaining of what had once been a house, the lagoon the colour of a pale sapphire, and a glass-green, foam-capped sea racing in thunder against the reef.

It went on for hours, and then around midnight, the wind died down; when the sun came up the next morning, it shone down from a clear sky, showing no remorse for the damage done by its children, the winds. It revealed uprooted trees and dead birds, a few canes left of what used to be a house, the lagoon sparkling like a pale sapphire, and a glass-green sea, topped with foam, crashing vigorously against the reef.




CHAPTER XVII

THE STRICKEN WOODS

At first they thought they were ruined; then Dick, searching, found the old saw under a tree, and the butcher’s knife near it, as though the knife and saw had been trying to escape in company and had failed.

At first, they thought they were done for; then Dick, looking around, found the old saw under a tree and the butcher's knife nearby, as if the knife and saw had tried to escape together and had failed.

Bit by bit they began to recover something of their scattered property. The remains of the flannel had been taken by the cyclone and wrapped round and round a slender cocoa-nut tree, till the trunk looked like a gaily-bandaged leg. The box of fishhooks had been jammed into the centre of a cooked breadfruit, both having been picked up by the fingers of the wind and hurled against the same tree; and the stay-sail of the Shenandoah was out on the reef, with a piece of coral carefully placed on it as if to keep it down. As for the lug-sail belonging to the dinghy, it was never seen again.

Bit by bit, they started to recover some of their scattered belongings. The remnants of the flannel had been taken by the cyclone and wrapped around a slender coconut tree, making the trunk look like a colorfully bandaged leg. The box of fishhooks had been jammed into the center of a cooked breadfruit, both caught by the wind and thrown against the same tree; and the stay-sail of the Shenandoah was out on the reef, with a piece of coral carefully placed on it as if to weigh it down. As for the lug-sail from the dinghy, it was never seen again.

There is humour sometimes in a cyclone, if you can only appreciate it; no other form of air disturbance produces such quaint effects. Beside the great main whirlpool of wind, there are subsidiary whirlpools, each actuated by its own special imp.

There’s humor sometimes in a cyclone, if you can just see it; no other kind of air disturbance creates such quirky effects. Next to the main whirlpool of wind, there are smaller whirlpools, each driven by its own little trickster.

Emmeline had felt Hannah nearly snatched from her arms twice by these little ferocious gimlet winds; and that the whole business of the great storm was set about with the object of snatching Hannah from her, and blowing him out to sea, was a belief which she held, perhaps, in the innermost recesses of her mind.

Emmeline had felt like Hannah was almost taken from her grasp twice by these fierce little gusts of wind; and she secretly believed that the entire chaos of the great storm was aimed at sweeping Hannah away from her and blowing him out to sea.

The dinghy would have been utterly destroyed, had it not heeled over and sunk in shallow water at the first onset of the wind; as it was, Dick was able to bail it out at the next low tide, when it floated as bravely as ever, not having started a single seam.

The dinghy would have been completely wrecked if it hadn't tipped over and sunk in shallow water when the wind first hit; as it was, Dick managed to bail it out at the next low tide, and it floated just as well as before, without any seams coming apart.

But the destruction amidst the trees was pitiful. Looking at the woods as a mass, one noticed gaps here and there, but what had really happened could not be seen till one was amongst the trees. Great, beautiful cocoa-nut palms, not dead, but just dying, lay crushed and broken as if trampled upon by some enormous foot. You would come across half a dozen lianas twisted into one great cable. Where cocoa-nut palms were, you could not move a yard without kicking against a fallen nut; you might have picked up full-grown, half-grown, and wee baby nuts, not bigger than small apples, for on the same tree you will find nuts of all sizes and conditions.

But the destruction among the trees was heartbreaking. When you looked at the woods as a whole, you noticed gaps here and there, but the real damage couldn't be seen until you were among the trees. Tall, beautiful coconut palms, not dead but just dying, lay crushed and broken as if trampled by some giant foot. You would find a bunch of vines twisted together into one thick cable. Where the coconut palms were, you couldn't take a step without kicking a fallen nut; you could pick up fully grown, half-grown, and tiny baby nuts, no bigger than small apples, because on the same tree, you'd find nuts of all sizes and conditions.

One never sees a perfectly straight-stemmed cocoa-palm; they all have an inclination from the perpendicular more or less; perhaps that is why a cyclone has more effect on them than on other trees.

One never sees a perfectly straight cocoa palm; they all lean to one side or another to some degree; maybe that’s why a cyclone affects them more than other trees.

Artus, once so pretty a picture with their diamond-chequered trunks, lay broken and ruined; and right through the belt of mammee apple, right through the bad lands, lay a broad road, as if an army, horse, foot, and artillery, had passed that way from lagoon edge to lagoon edge. This was the path left by the great fore-foot of the storm; but had you searched the woods on either side, you would have found paths where the lesser winds had been at work, where the baby whirlwinds had been at play.

Artus, once such a beautiful sight with their diamond-patterned trunks, lay shattered and ruined; and right through the area of mammee apple, right through the rough terrain, stretched a wide road, as if an army of cavalry, infantry, and artillery had marched from one lagoon to the other. This was the trail left by the massive forefoot of the storm; but if you had searched the woods on either side, you would have discovered trails where the lighter winds had been active, where the little whirlwinds had been having fun.

From the bruised woods, like an incense offered to heaven, rose a perfume of blossoms gathered and scattered, of rain-wet leaves, of lianas twisted and broken and oozing their sap; the perfume of newly-wrecked and ruined trees—the essence and soul of the artu, the banyan and cocoa-palm cast upon the wind.

From the damaged woods, like incense rising to the sky, came a scent of blossoms both gathered and scattered, of rain-soaked leaves, of twisted and broken vines oozing their sap; the fragrance of freshly destroyed trees—the essence and spirit of the artu, the banyan, and the cocoa palm carried on the breeze.

You would have found dead butterflies in the woods, dead birds too; but in the great path of the storm you would have found dead butterflies’ wings, feathers, leaves frayed as if by fingers, branches of the aoa, and sticks of the hibiscus broken into little fragments.

You would have found dead butterflies in the woods, dead birds too; but in the main path of the storm, you would have found dead butterfly wings, feathers, leaves torn like they were touched by hands, branches of the aoa, and hibiscus sticks broken into little pieces.

Powerful enough to rip a ship open, root up a tree, half ruin a city. Delicate enough to tear a butterfly wing from wing—that is a cyclone.

Powerful enough to tear a ship apart, uproot a tree, and nearly destroy a city. Delicate enough to rip a butterfly's wing off—that is a cyclone.

Emmeline, wandering about in the woods with Dick on the day after the storm, looking at the ruin of great tree and little bird, and recollecting the land birds she had caught a glimpse of yesterday being carried along safely by the storm out to sea to be drowned, felt a great weight lifting from her heart. Mischance had come, and spared them and the baby. The blue had spoken, but had not called them.

Emmeline, roaming the woods with Dick the day after the storm, gazing at the destruction of a huge tree and a small bird, and remembering the land birds she had seen yesterday being swept away by the storm and carried out to sea to drown, felt a huge weight lift from her heart. Bad luck had struck, but it hadn’t taken them or the baby. The sky had seemed to speak, but had not summoned them.

She felt that something—the something which we in civilisation call Fate—was for the present gorged; and, without being annihilated, her incessant hypochondriacal dread condensed itself into a point, leaving her horizon sunlit and clear.

She sensed that something—the thing we in civilization refer to as Fate—was currently satisfied; and, without being completely destroyed, her constant anxious worry narrowed down to a single point, leaving her outlook bright and clear.

The cyclone had indeed treated them almost, one might say, amiably. It had taken the house—but that was a small matter, for it had left them nearly all their small possessions. The tinder box and flint and steel would have been a much more serious loss than a dozen houses, for, without it, they would have had absolutely no means of making a fire.

The cyclone had actually treated them quite kindly, you could say. It had destroyed the house—but that was a minor issue since it had left them almost all their small belongings. Losing the tinder box and flint and steel would have been a far bigger loss than losing a dozen houses because, without those, they would have had no way to make a fire at all.

If anything, the cyclone had been almost too kind to them; had let them pay off too little of that mysterious debt they owed to the gods.

If anything, the cyclone had been almost too generous to them; it had allowed them to repay too little of that mysterious debt they owed to the gods.




CHAPTER XVIII

A FALLEN IDOL

The next day Dick began to rebuild the house. He had fetched the stay-sail from the reef and rigged up a temporary tent.

The next day, Dick started to rebuild the house. He had retrieved the stay-sail from the reef and set up a makeshift tent.

It was a great business cutting the canes and dragging them out in the open. Emmeline helped; whilst Hannah, seated on the grass, played with the bird that had vanished during the storm, but reappeared the evening after.

It was a big task to cut the canes and haul them out into the open. Emmeline helped, while Hannah, sitting on the grass, played with the bird that had disappeared during the storm but came back the evening after.

The child and the bird had grown fast friends; they were friendly enough even at first, but now the bird would sometimes let the tiny hands clasp him right round his body—at least, as far as the hands would go.

The child and the bird had become fast friends; they were friendly enough at first, but now the bird would sometimes let the small hands wrap around him completely—at least, as much as the hands could reach.

It is a rare experience for a man to hold a tame and unstruggling and unfrightened bird in his hands; next to pressing a woman in his arms, it is the pleasantest tactile sensation he will ever experience, perhaps, in life. He will feel a desire to press it to his heart, if he has such a thing.

It’s a rare experience for a man to hold a calm, docile, and unafraid bird in his hands; next to holding a woman in his arms, it’s one of the most enjoyable physical sensations he will ever feel, perhaps, in life. He’ll want to hold it close to his heart, if he has one.

Hannah would press Koko to his little brown stomach, as if in artless admission of where his heart lay.

Hannah would push Koko against his little brown belly, as if to innocently reveal where his heart was.

He was an extraordinarily bright and intelligent child. He did not promise to be talkative, for, having achieved the word “Dick,” he rested content for a long while before advancing further into the labyrinth of language; but though he did not use his tongue, he spoke in a host of other ways. With his eyes, that were as bright as Koko’s, and full of all sorts of mischief; with his hands and feet and the movements of his body. He had a way of shaking his hands before him when highly delighted, a way of expressing nearly all the shades of pleasure; and though he rarely expressed anger, when he did so, he expressed it fully.

He was an exceptionally bright and intelligent child. He didn't seem likely to be very talkative, as after mastering the word "Dick," he stayed content for quite a while before moving deeper into the maze of language; however, even though he didn’t speak much, he communicated in many other ways. With his eyes, which sparkled with mischief like Koko’s, and through the movements of his hands, feet, and body. He had a unique way of shaking his hands in front of him when he was really happy, a way of showing almost all the nuances of joy; and even though he rarely showed anger, when he did, he made it very clear.

He was just now passing over the frontier into toyland. In civilisation he would no doubt have been the possessor of an india-rubber dog or a woolly lamb, but there were no toys here at all. Emmeline’s old doll had been left behind when they took flight from the other side of the island, and Dick, a year or so ago, on one of his expeditions, had found it lying half buried in the sand of the beach.

He was just crossing into toyland. In the real world, he would have probably had a rubber dog or a fluffy lamb, but there were no toys here at all. Emmeline's old doll had been left behind when they fled from the other side of the island, and Dick, about a year ago, during one of his adventures, had found it half-buried in the sand on the beach.

He had brought it back now more as a curiosity than anything else, and they had kept it on the shelf in the house. The cyclone had impaled it on a tree-twig near by, as if in derision; and Hannah, when it was presented to him as a plaything, flung it away from him as if in disgust. But he would play with flowers or bright shells, or bits of coral, making vague patterns with them on the sward.

He had brought it back more out of curiosity than anything else, and they kept it on the shelf in the house. The cyclone had stuck it on a tree branch nearby, almost mockingly; and Hannah, when it was given to him as a toy, threw it away in disgust. But he would play with flowers or colorful shells, or pieces of coral, creating loose patterns with them on the grass.

All the toy lambs in the world would not have pleased him better than those things, the toys of the Troglodyte children—the children of the Stone Age. To clap two oyster shells together and make a noise—what, after all, could a baby want better than that?

All the toy lambs in the world wouldn't have made him happier than those things, the toys of the Troglodyte kids—the kids of the Stone Age. Clapping two oyster shells together to make a sound—what could a baby want more than that?

One afternoon, when the house was beginning to take some sort of form, they ceased work and went off into the woods; Emmeline carrying the baby, and Dick taking turns with him. They were going to the valley of the idol.

One afternoon, as the house was starting to take shape, they stopped working and headed into the woods; Emmeline was carrying the baby, and Dick took turns holding him. They were on their way to the valley of the idol.

Since the coming of Hannah, and even before, the stone figure standing in its awful and mysterious solitude had ceased to be an object of dread to Emmeline, and had become a thing vaguely benevolent. Love had come to her under its shade; and under its shade the spirit of the child had entered into her—from where, who knows? But certainly through heaven.

Since Hannah arrived, and even before that, the stone figure standing in its eerie and mysterious solitude had stopped being something Emmeline feared and had turned into something that felt vaguely kind. Love had come to her beneath its shade; and under its shade, the spirit of childhood had filled her—where it came from, who knows? But surely through heaven.

Perhaps the thing which had been the god of some unknown people had inspired her with the instinct of religion; if so, she was his last worshipper on earth, for when they entered the valley they found him lying upon his face. Great blocks of stone lay around him: there had evidently been a landslip, a catastrophe preparing for ages, and determined, perhaps, by the torrential rain of the cyclone.

Perhaps what had once been the god of some unknown people had sparked her instinct for religion; if that’s the case, she was his last follower on earth, for when they entered the valley, they found him lying face down. Huge stones were scattered around him: there had clearly been a landslide, a disaster building for ages, possibly triggered by the heavy rain from the cyclone.

In Ponape, Huahine, in Easter Island, you may see great idols that have been felled like this, temples slowly dissolving from sight, and terraces, seemingly as solid as the hills, turning softly and subtly into shapeless mounds of stone.

In Ponape, Huahine, and Easter Island, you can see massive idols that have been toppled like this, temples gradually fading away, and terraces that appear as solid as the hills slowly transforming into indistinct piles of stone.




CHAPTER XIX

THE EXPEDITION

Next morning the light of day filtering through the trees awakened Emmeline in the tent which they had improvised whilst the house was building. Dawn came later here than on the other side of the island which faced east—later, and in a different manner—for there is the difference of worlds between dawn coming over a wooded hill, and dawn coming over the sea.

Next morning, the daylight filtering through the trees woke Emmeline in the tent they had set up while the house was being built. Dawn arrived later here than on the other side of the island that faced east—later, and in a different way—because there's a world of difference between dawn rising over a wooded hill and dawn rising over the sea.

Over at the other side, sitting on the sand with the break of the reef which faced the east before you, scarcely would the east change colour before the sea-line would be on fire, the sky lit up into an illimitable void of blue, and the sunlight flooding into the lagoon, the ripples of light seeming to chase the ripples of water.

On the other side, sitting on the sand with the reef facing east before you, the east would barely change color before the sea would be on fire, the sky lighting up into an endless expanse of blue, and the sunlight flooding into the lagoon, the light ripples seeming to chase the water ripples.

On this side it was different. The sky would be dark and full of stars, and the woods, great spaces of velvety shadow. Then through the leaves of the artu would come a sigh, and the leaves of the breadfruit would patter, and the sound of the reef become faint. The land breeze had awakened, and in a while, as if it had blown them away, looking up, you would find the stars gone, and the sky a veil of palest blue. In this indirect approach of dawn there was something ineffably mysterious. One could see, but the things seen were indecisive and vague, just as they are in the gloaming of an English summer’s day.

On this side, it felt different. The sky was dark and filled with stars, and the woods were vast spaces of soft shadows. Then, through the leaves of the artu, a sigh would come, and the leaves of the breadfruit would rustle, while the sound of the reef faded. The land breeze had picked up, and soon, as if it had blown everything away, you would look up and see the stars gone, with the sky a light shade of blue. In this indirect approach of dawn, there was something deeply mysterious. You could see, but the things you saw were unclear and hazy, just like they are in the twilight of an English summer day.

Scarcely had Emmeline arisen when Dick woke also, and they went out on to the sward, and then down to the water’s edge. Dick went in for a swim, and the girl, holding the baby, stood on the bank watching him.

Scarcely had Emmeline gotten up when Dick woke up too, and they went out onto the grass, then down to the water's edge. Dick went in for a swim, and the girl, holding the baby, stood on the bank watching him.

Always after a great storm the weather of the island would become more bracing and exhilarating, and this morning the air seemed filled with the spirit of spring. Emmeline felt it, and as she watched the swimmer disporting in the water, she laughed, and held the child up to watch him. She was fey. The breeze, filled with all sorts of sweet perfumes from the woods, blew her black hair about her shoulders, and the full light of morning coming over the palm fronds of the woods beyond the sward touched her and the child. Nature seemed caressing them.

Always after a big storm, the island's weather would feel fresher and more exciting, and this morning the air seemed filled with the spirit of spring. Emmeline felt it, and as she watched the swimmer playing in the water, she laughed and lifted the child to see him. She was in a joyful mood. The breeze, carrying all kinds of sweet scents from the woods, blew her black hair around her shoulders, and the bright morning light streaming through the palm fronds beyond the grassy area warmed her and the child. It felt like nature was embracing them.

Dick came ashore, and then ran about to dry himself in the wind. Then he went to the dinghy and examined her; for he had determined to leave the house-building for half a day, and row round to the old place to see how the banana trees had fared during the storm. His anxiety about them was not to be wondered at. The island was his larder, and the bananas were a most valuable article of food. He had all the feelings of a careful housekeeper about them, and he could not rest till he had seen for himself the extent of damage, if damage there was any.

Dick came ashore and ran around to dry off in the wind. Then he went to the dinghy and checked it out; he had decided to take a break from building the house for half a day and row over to the old place to see how the banana trees had handled the storm. His worry about them was understandable. The island was his pantry, and the bananas were a crucial food source. He felt all the concerns of a meticulous housekeeper about them, and he couldn’t relax until he had personally assessed the damage, if there was any.

He examined the boat, and then they all went back to breakfast. Living their lives, they had to use forethought. They would put away, for instance, all the shells of the cocoa-nuts they used for fuel; and you never could imagine the blazing splendour there lives in the shell of a cocoa-nut till you see it burning. Yesterday, Dick, with his usual prudence, had placed a heap of sticks, all wet with the rain of the storm, to dry in the sun: as a consequence, they had plenty of fuel to make a fire with this morning.

He looked over the boat, and then they all headed back to breakfast. Living their lives, they had to think ahead. For example, they made sure to collect all the coconut shells they used for fuel; you could never really appreciate the incredible brightness that comes from burning a coconut shell until you see it. Yesterday, Dick, being his usual sensible self, had put a pile of sticks, soaked from the rain of the storm, out to dry in the sun: as a result, they had plenty of fuel to start a fire with this morning.

When they had finished breakfast he got the knife to cut the bananas with—if there were any left to cut—and, taking the javelin, he went down to the boat, followed by Emmeline and the child.

When they finished breakfast, he grabbed the knife to cut the bananas—with any that were left—and, taking the javelin, he headed down to the boat, followed by Emmeline and the child.

Dick had stepped into the boat, and was on the point of unmooring her, and pushing her off, when Emmeline stopped him.

Dick had gotten into the boat and was about to untie it and push it off when Emmeline stopped him.

“Dick!”

“Dude!”

“Yes?”

"Yeah?"

“I will go with you.”

"I'll go with you."

“You!” said he in astonishment.

"You!" he exclaimed in surprise.

“Yes, I’m—not afraid any more.”

“Yes, I’m not afraid anymore.”

It was a fact; since the coming of the child she had lost that dread of the other side of the island—or almost lost it.

It was true; ever since the child arrived, she had almost lost that fear of the other side of the island.

Death is a great darkness, birth is a great light—they had intermixed in her mind; the darkness was still there, but it was no longer terrible to her, for it was infused with the light. The result was a twilight sad, but beautiful, and unpeopled with forms of fear.

Death is a deep darkness, and birth is a bright light—they had blended in her mind; the darkness was still present, but it no longer scared her because it was mixed with the light. The outcome was a twilight that was sad yet beautiful, free from any shapes of fear.

Years ago she had seen a mysterious door close and shut a human being out for ever from the world. The sight had filled her with dread unimaginable, for she had no words for the thing, no religion or philosophy to explain it away or gloss it over. Just recently she had seen an equally mysterious door open and admit a human being; and deep down in her mind, in the place where the dreams were, the one great fact had explained and justified the other. Life had vanished into the void, but life had come from there. There was life in the void, and it was no longer terrible.

Years ago, she had witnessed a mysterious door close, shutting a person out of the world forever. The sight had filled her with unimaginable dread because she had no words for it, no beliefs or philosophies to explain or smooth it over. Recently, she had seen an equally mysterious door open and let a person in; and deep down in her mind, in that space where dreams reside, one significant fact had clarified and justified the other. Life had disappeared into the void, but life had emerged from there. There was life in the void, and it was no longer frightening.

Perhaps all religions were born on a day when some woman, seated upon a rock by the prehistoric sea, looked at her newborn child and recalled to mind her man who had been slain, thus closing the charm and imprisoning the idea of a future state.

Perhaps all religions started on a day when a woman, sitting on a rock by the ancient sea, looked at her newborn child and thought about her man who had been killed, thus completing the spell and trapping the idea of a future existence.

Emmeline, with the child in her arms, stepped into the little boat and took her seat in the stern, whilst Dick pushed off. Scarcely had he put out the sculls than a new passenger arrived. It was Koko. He would often accompany them to the reef, though, strangely enough, he would never go there alone of his own accord. He made a circle or two over them, and then lit on the gunwale in the bow, and perched there, humped up, and with his long dove-coloured tail feathers presented to the water.

Emmeline, holding the child, climbed into the small boat and sat at the back, while Dick pushed off. No sooner had he started rowing than a new passenger showed up. It was Koko. He often joined them on their trips to the reef, but interestingly, he never went there by himself. He circled above them a few times before landing on the edge of the boat at the front, sitting there with his body hunched and his long, dove-colored tail feathers trailing in the water.

The oarsman kept close in-shore, and as they rounded the little cape all gay with wild cocoa-nut the bushes brushed the boat, and the child, excited by their colour, held out his hands to them. Emmeline stretched out her hand and broke off a branch; but it was not a branch of the wild cocoa-nut she had plucked, it was a branch of the never-wake-up berries. The berries that will cause a man to sleep, should he eat of them—to sleep and dream, and never wake up again.

The rower stayed near the shore, and as they turned the small cape filled with wild coconut trees, the bushes brushed against the boat, and the child, excited by their colors, reached out his hands toward them. Emmeline stretched out her hand and broke off a branch; but it wasn’t a branch of the wild coconut she had picked. It was a branch of the never-wake-up berries. These berries will make a person sleep if they eat them—to sleep and dream, and never wake up again.

“Throw them away!” cried Dick, who remembered.

“Throw them away!” shouted Dick, who remembered.

“I will in a minute,” she replied.

“I'll be there in a minute,” she replied.

She was holding them up before the child, who was laughing and trying to grasp them. Then she forgot them, and dropped them in the bottom of the boat, for something had struck the keel with a thud, and the water was boiling all round.

She was holding them up in front of the child, who was laughing and trying to grab them. Then she forgot about them and dropped them in the bottom of the boat because something had hit the keel with a thud, and the water was churning all around.

There was a savage fight going on below. In the breeding season great battles would take place sometimes in the lagoon, for fish have their jealousies just like men—love affairs, friendships. The two great forms could be dimly perceived, one in pursuit of the other, and they terrified Emmeline, who implored Dick to row on.

There was a brutal fight happening below. During mating season, there were often intense battles in the lagoon because fish have their own jealousies, just like people—romances and friendships. The two large shapes could be faintly seen, one chasing the other, and they scared Emmeline, who urged Dick to keep rowing.

They slipped by the pleasant shores that Emmeline had never seen before, having been sound asleep when they came past them those years ago.

They glided past the lovely shores that Emmeline had never seen before, having been fast asleep when they passed by those years ago.

Just before putting off she had looked back at the beginnings of the little house under the artu tree, and as she looked at the strange glades and groves, the picture of it rose before her, and seemed to call her back.

Just before leaving, she looked back at the little house under the artu tree, and as she gazed at the unusual clearings and groves, the image of it appeared in her mind and seemed to beckon her back.

It was a tiny possession, but it was home; and so little used to change was she that already a sort of home-sickness was upon her; but it passed away almost as soon as it came, and she fell to wondering at the things around her, and pointing them out to the child.

It was a small place, but it felt like home; and she was so unused to change that she quickly started to feel homesick. But that feeling faded almost as soon as it came, and she began to marvel at the things around her, pointing them out to the child.

When they came to the place where Dick had hooked the albicore, he hung on his oars and told her about it. It was the first time she had heard of it; a fact which shows into what a state of savagery he had been lapsing. He had mentioned about the canoes, for he had to account for the javelin; but as for telling her of the incidents of the chase, he no more thought of doing so than a red Indian would think of detailing to his squaw the incidents of a bear hunt. Contempt for women is the first law of savagery, and perhaps the last law of some old and profound philosophy.

When they reached the spot where Dick had caught the albacore, he paused in his rowing and shared the story with her. It was the first time she had heard about it; this shows just how far he had slipped into savagery. He brought up the canoes to explain the javelin, but as for recounting the details of the chase, he thought about it no more than a Native American would think of explaining the details of a bear hunt to his wife. Disdain for women is the first rule of savagery, and perhaps the last principle of some ancient and deep philosophy.

She listened, and when it came to the incident of the shark, she shuddered.

She listened, and when it came to the shark incident, she shuddered.

“I wish I had a hook big enough to catch him with,” said he, staring into the water as if in search of his enemy.

“I wish I had a big enough hook to catch him,” he said, looking into the water as if searching for his enemy.

“Don’t think of him, Dick,” said Emmeline, holding the child more tightly to her heart. “Row on.”

“Don’t think about him, Dick,” Emmeline said, holding the child closer to her chest. “Keep rowing.”

He resumed the sculls, but you could have seen from his face that he was recounting to himself the incident.

He picked up the paddles again, but you could see from his face that he was replaying the incident in his mind.

When they had rounded the last promontory, and the strand and the break in the reef opened before them, Emmeline caught her breath. The place had changed in some subtle manner; everything was there as before, yet everything seemed different—the lagoon seemed narrower, the reef nearer, the cocoa-palms not nearly so tall. She was contrasting the real things with the recollection of them when seen by a child. The black speck had vanished from the reef; the storm had swept it utterly away.

When they rounded the last point, and the shore and the gap in the reef appeared before them, Emmeline caught her breath. The place had changed in some subtle way; everything was still there, but it all felt different—the lagoon seemed narrower, the reef seemed closer, and the coconut palms didn't look nearly as tall. She was comparing the real things with her memories of them as a child. The black spot on the reef was gone; the storm had completely erased it.

Dick beached the boat on the shelving sand, and left Emmeline seated in the stern of it, whilst he went in search of the bananas; she would have accompanied him, but the child had fallen asleep.

Dick beached the boat on the sloping sand and left Emmeline sitting in the back while he went to look for bananas; she would have gone with him, but the child had fallen asleep.

Hannah asleep was even a pleasanter picture than when awake. He looked like a little brown Cupid without wings, bow or arrow. He had all the grace of a curled-up feather. Sleep was always in pursuit of him, and would catch him up at the most unexpected moments—when he was at play, or indeed at any time. Emmeline would sometimes find him with a coloured shell or bit of coral that he had been playing with in his hand fast asleep, a happy expression on his face, as if his mind were pursuing its earthly avocations on some fortunate beach in dreamland.

Hannah asleep was even a nicer sight than when he was awake. He looked like a little brown Cupid without wings, a bow, or an arrow. He had all the elegance of a curled-up feather. Sleep was always chasing him and would catch him at the most unexpected times—when he was playing or really any time. Emmeline would sometimes find him with a colored shell or a piece of coral that he'd been playing with, fast asleep with a happy expression on his face, as if his mind were immersed in its earthly activities on some lucky beach in dreamland.

Dick had plucked a huge breadfruit leaf and given it to her as a shelter from the sun, and she sat holding it over her, and gazing straight before her, over the white, sunlit sands.

Dick had picked a large breadfruit leaf and handed it to her as shade from the sun, and she sat holding it over her while looking straight ahead, over the bright, sunlit sand.

The flight of the mind in reverie is not in a direct line. To her, dreaming as she sat, came all sorts of coloured pictures, recalled by the scene before her: the green water under the stern of a ship, and the word Shenandoah vaguely reflected on it; their landing, and the little tea-set spread out on the white sand—she could still see the pansies painted on the plates, and she counted in memory the lead spoons; the great stars that burned over the reef at nights; the Cluricaunes and fairies; the cask by the well where the convolvulus blossomed, and the wind-blown trees seen from the summit of the hill—all these pictures drifted before her, dissolving and replacing each other as they went.

The mind drifts in daydreams, not in a straight path. While she sat there dreaming, all sorts of colorful images came to her, triggered by the scene in front of her: the green water behind a ship, and the word Shenandoah faintly reflected on it; their arrival, and the little tea set laid out on the white sand—she could still see the pansies painted on the plates, and she mentally counted the silver spoons; the bright stars that shone over the reef at night; the Cluricaunes and fairies; the barrel by the well where the morning glories bloomed, and the wind-swept trees seen from the top of the hill—all these images flowed before her, blending and transforming as they went.

There was sadness in the contemplation of them, but pleasure too. She felt at peace with the world. All trouble seemed far behind her. It was as if the great storm that had left them unharmed had been an ambassador from the powers above to assure her of their forbearance, protection, and love.

There was sadness in thinking about them, but also pleasure. She felt at peace with the world. All her troubles seemed far behind her. It was as if the big storm that had left them unharmed was a messenger from higher powers to reassure her of their patience, protection, and love.

All at once she noticed that between the boat’s bow and the sand there lay a broad, blue, sparkling line. The dinghy was afloat.

All of a sudden, she saw that between the front of the boat and the sand there was a wide, blue, sparkling line. The dinghy was floating.




CHAPTER XX

THE KEEPER OF THE LAGOON

The woods here had been less affected by the cyclone than those upon the other side of the island, but there had been destruction enough. To reach the place he wanted, Dick had to climb over felled trees and fight his way through a tangle of vines that had once hung overhead.

The woods here were less damaged by the cyclone than those on the other side of the island, but there was still plenty of destruction. To get to where he wanted to go, Dick had to climb over fallen trees and push his way through a mess of vines that used to hang above him.

The banana trees had not suffered at all; as if by some special dispensation of Providence even the great bunches of fruit had been scarcely injured, and he proceeded to climb and cut them. He cut two bunches, and with one across his shoulder came back down through the trees.

The banana trees hadn’t been harmed at all; as if by some special favor from fate, even the large bunches of fruit were barely damaged, and he began to climb and cut them down. He cut two bunches, and with one slung over his shoulder, he made his way back down through the trees.

He had got half across the sands, his head bent under the load, when a distant call came to him, and, raising his head, he saw the boat adrift in the middle of the lagoon, and the figure of the girl in the bow of it waving to him with her arm. He saw a scull floating on the water half-way between the boat and the shore, which she had no doubt lost in an attempt to paddle the boat back. He remembered that the tide was going out.

He had made it halfway across the sand, his head down from the weight he was carrying, when he heard a distant call. Lifting his head, he saw the boat drifting in the middle of the lagoon, with the girl in the bow waving to him. He noticed a paddle floating in the water halfway between the boat and the shore, which she must have lost while trying to row the boat back. He remembered that the tide was going out.

He flung his load aside, and ran down the beach; in a moment he was in the water. Emmeline, standing up in the boat, watched him.

He tossed his stuff aside and ran down the beach; in no time, he was in the water. Emmeline, standing in the boat, watched him.

When she found herself adrift, she had made an effort to row back, and in her hurry shipping the sculls she had lost one. With a single scull she was quite helpless, as she had not the art of sculling a boat from the stern. At first she was not frightened, because she knew that Dick would soon return to her assistance; but as the distance between boat and shore increased, a cold hand seemed laid upon her heart. Looking at the shore it seemed very far away, and the view towards the reef was terrific, for the opening had increased in apparent size, and the great sea beyond seemed drawing her to it.

When she found herself lost at sea, she tried to row back, but in her rush, she dropped one of the oars. With just one oar, she was completely helpless, as she didn’t know how to steer a boat from the back. At first, she wasn't scared because she thought Dick would soon come to help her; but as the distance between the boat and the shore grew, a chill settled in her chest. Looking at the shore, it felt really far away, and the view towards the reef was terrifying, as the opening appeared to widen, and the vast ocean beyond seemed to be pulling her in.

She saw Dick coming out of the wood with the load on his shoulder, and she called to him. At first he did not seem to hear, then she saw him look up, cast the bananas away, and come running down the sand to the water’s edge. She watched him swimming, she saw him seize the scull, and her heart gave a great leap of joy.

She saw Dick coming out of the woods with a load on his shoulder, and she called to him. At first, he didn’t seem to hear, but then she saw him look up, throw the bananas aside, and run down the sand to the water's edge. She watched him swim, saw him grab the oar, and her heart filled with joy.

Towing the scull and swimming with one arm, he rapidly approached the boat. He was quite close, only ten feet away, when Emmeline saw behind him, shearing through the clear, rippling water and advancing with speed, a dark triangle that seemed made of canvas stretched upon a sword point.

Towing the scull and swimming with one arm, he quickly approached the boat. He was really close, only ten feet away, when Emmeline saw behind him, cutting through the clear, rippling water and moving quickly, a dark triangle that looked like canvas stretched over a sword point.

Forty years ago he had floated adrift on the sea in the form and likeness of a small shabby pine-cone, a prey to anything that might find him. He had escaped the jaws of the dog-fish, and the jaws of the dog-fish are a very wide door; he had escaped the albicore and squid: his life had been one long series of miraculous escapes from death. Out of a billion like him born in the same year, he and a few others only had survived.

Forty years ago, he was adrift at sea in the shape of a small, shabby pine cone, vulnerable to anything that might come across him. He had narrowly avoided being eaten by the dogfish, and the dogfish has a very wide mouth; he had also escaped the bluefin tuna and squid: his life had been a long series of miraculous escapes from death. Out of a billion others born the same year, only he and a few others had survived.

For thirty years he had kept the lagoon to himself, as a ferocious tiger keeps a jungle. He had known the palm tree on the reef when it was a seedling, and he had known the reef even before the palm tree was there. The things he had devoured, flung one upon another, would have made a mountain; yet he was as clear of enmity as a sword, as cruel, and as soulless. He was the spirit of the lagoon.

For thirty years, he had guarded the lagoon like a fierce tiger protects its territory. He had watched the palm tree on the reef grow from a seedling and had known the reef long before the palm tree appeared. The things he had consumed, stacked one on top of another, could have formed a mountain; yet he was as free of malice as a sword, as ruthless, and as devoid of humanity. He embodied the spirit of the lagoon.

Emmeline screamed, and pointed to the thing behind the swimmer. He turned, saw it, dropped the oar and made for the boat. She had seized the remaining scull and stood with it poised, then she hurled it blade foremost at the form in the water, now fully visible, and close on its prey.

Emmeline screamed and pointed at the thing behind the swimmer. He turned, saw it, dropped the oar, and rushed toward the boat. She grabbed the other scull and held it ready, then she threw it blade-first at the figure in the water, now fully visible and close to its prey.

She could not throw a stone straight, yet the scull went like an arrow to the mark, balking the pursuer and saving the pursued. In a moment more his leg was over the gunwale, and he was saved.

She couldn't throw a stone straight, but the scull shot like an arrow to the target, stopping the pursuer and saving the one being chased. In just a moment, his leg was over the edge, and he was safe.

But the scull was lost.

But the skull was lost.




CHAPTER XXI

THE HAND OF THE SEA

There was nothing in the boat that could possibly be used as a paddle; the scull was only five or six yards away, but to attempt to swim to it was certain death, yet they were being swept out to sea. He might have made the attempt, only that on the starboard quarter the form of the shark, gently swimming at the same pace as they were drifting, could be made out only half veiled by the water.

There was nothing in the boat that could be used as a paddle; the oar was only five or six yards away, but trying to swim to it would mean certain death, and yet they were being swept out to sea. He might have tried to make the swim, but on the starboard side, he could see the shape of the shark, swimming calmly at the same speed they were drifting, just half-hidden by the water.

The bird perched on the gunwale seemed to divine their trouble, for he rose in the air, made a circle, and resumed his perch with all his feathers ruffled.

The bird sitting on the edge of the boat seemed to sense their trouble because it flew up, made a circle in the air, and then returned to its spot with all its feathers puffed up.

Dick stood in despair, helpless, his hands clasping his head. The shore was drawing away before him, the surf loudening behind him, yet he could do nothing. The island was being taken away from them by the great hand of the sea.

Dick stood in despair, feeling helpless, his hands gripping his head. The shore was pulling away from him, the waves crashing louder behind him, yet he could do nothing. The island was being taken from them by the powerful hand of the sea.

Then, suddenly, the little boat entered the race formed by the confluence of the tides, from the right and left arms of the lagoon; the sound of the surf suddenly increased as though a door had been flung open. The breakers were falling and the sea-gulls crying on either side of them, and for a moment the ocean seemed to hesitate as to whether they were to be taken away into her wastes, or dashed on the coral strand. Only for a moment this seeming hesitation lasted; then the power of the tide prevailed over the power of the swell, and the little boat taken by the current drifted gently out to sea.

Then, suddenly, the little boat entered the race created by the merging of the tides from the right and left sides of the lagoon; the sound of the surf suddenly grew louder as if a door had been thrown open. The waves crashed and the seagulls cried out on either side of them, and for a moment, the ocean seemed to hesitate about whether to pull them into its depths or crash them onto the coral shore. This apparent hesitation lasted only a moment; then the strength of the tide overcame the force of the swell, and the little boat, caught by the current, drifted gently out to sea.

Dick flung himself down beside Emmeline, who was seated in the bottom of the boat holding the child to her breast. The bird, seeing the land retreat, and wise in its instinct, rose into the air. It circled thrice round the drifting boat, and then, like a beautiful but faithless spirit, passed away to the shore.

Dick threw himself down next to Emmeline, who was sitting in the bottom of the boat, holding the child close to her chest. The bird, noticing the land moving away and acting on its instincts, soared into the air. It circled the drifting boat three times and then, like a lovely but untrustworthy spirit, flew off to the shore.




CHAPTER XXII

TOGETHER

The island had sunk slowly from sight; at sundown it was just a trace, a stain on the south-western horizon. It was before the new moon, and the little boat lay drifting. It drifted from the light of sunset into a world of vague violet twilight, and now it lay drifting under the stars.

The island had slowly disappeared from view; at sunset, it was just a smudge on the south-western horizon. It was just before the new moon, and the small boat was drifting. It drifted away from the glow of sunset into a hazy violet twilight, and now it was drifting under the stars.

The girl, clasping the baby to her breast, leaned against her companion’s shoulder; neither of them spoke. All the wonders in their short existence had culminated in this final wonder, this passing away together from the world of Time. This strange voyage they had embarked on—to where?

The girl, holding the baby to her chest, leaned against her friend’s shoulder; neither of them said a word. All the amazing experiences in their short lives had led to this ultimate moment, this departure together from the world of Time. This unusual journey they had begun—to where?

Now that the first terror was over they felt neither sorrow nor fear. They were together. Come what might, nothing could divide them; even should they sleep and never wake up, they would sleep together. Had one been left and the other taken!

Now that the initial shock was behind them, they felt neither sadness nor fear. They were together. No matter what happened, nothing could separate them; even if they fell asleep and never woke up, they would sleep side by side. What if one was left behind and the other taken!

As though the thought had occurred to them simultaneously, they turned one to the other, and their lips met, their souls met, mingling in one dream; whilst above in the windless heaven space answered space with flashes of siderial light, and Canopus shone and burned like the pointed sword of Azrael.

As if the idea had struck them at the same time, they looked at each other, and their lips touched, their souls connected, blending into one dream; meanwhile, in the still sky, the stars reflected one another with bursts of celestial light, and Canopus glimmered and glowed like Azrael's pointed sword.

Clasped in Emmeline’s hand was the last and most mysterious gift of the mysterious world they had known—the branch of crimson berries.

Clutched in Emmeline’s hand was the final and most enigmatic gift of the strange world they had experienced—the branch of crimson berries.




BOOK III

CHAPTER I

MAD LESTRANGE

They knew him upon the Pacific slope as “Mad Lestrange.” He was not mad, but he was a man with a fixed idea. He was pursued by a vision: the vision of two children and an old sailor adrift in a little boat upon a wide blue sea.

They knew him on the Pacific slope as “Mad Lestrange.” He wasn't mad, but he was a man with a single obsession. He was haunted by a vision: the vision of two children and an old sailor lost in a small boat on a vast blue sea.

When the Arago, bound for Papetee, picked up the boats of the Northumberland, only the people in the long-boat were alive. Le Farge, the captain, was mad, and he never recovered his reason. Lestrange was utterly shattered; the awful experience in the boats and the loss of the children had left him a seemingly helpless wreck. The scowbankers, like all their class, had fared better, and in a few days were about the ship and sitting in the sun. Four days after the rescue the Arago spoke the Newcastle, bound for San Francisco, and transhipped the shipwrecked men.

When the Arago, heading to Papetee, picked up the boats from the Northumberland, only the people in the longboat were alive. Le Farge, the captain, had gone mad and never regained his sanity. Lestrange was completely broken; the horrific experience in the boats and the loss of the children had left him a seemingly helpless wreck. The scowbankers, like everyone in their class, had fared better, and within a few days they were around the ship, lounging in the sun. Four days after the rescue, the Arago met the Newcastle, which was on its way to San Francisco, and transferred the shipwrecked men.

Had a physician seen Lestrange on board the Northumberland as she lay in that long, long calm before the fire, he would have declared that nothing but a miracle could prolong his life. The miracle came about.

Had a doctor seen Lestrange on board the Northumberland while it was lying in that long, long stillness before the fire, he would have said that only a miracle could extend his life. The miracle happened.

In the general hospital of San Francisco, as the clouds cleared from his mind, they unveiled the picture of the children and the little boat. The picture had been there daily, seen but not truly comprehended; the horrors gone through in the open boat, the sheer physical exhaustion, had merged all the accidents of the great disaster into one mournful half-comprehended fact. When his brain cleared all the other incidents fell out of focus, and memory, with her eyes set upon the children, began to paint a picture that he was ever more to see.

In the general hospital in San Francisco, as the fog lifted from his mind, it revealed the image of the children and the little boat. This image had been there every day, seen but never fully understood; the horrors experienced in the open boat, the overwhelming physical exhaustion, had blended all the events of the great disaster into one sorrowful, partially understood reality. When his mind cleared, all the other incidents faded from view, and memory, focused on the children, started to create an image that he would come to see more and more.

Memory cannot produce a picture that Imagination has not retouched; and her pictures, even the ones least touched by Imagination, are no mere photographs, but the work of an artist. All that is inessential she casts away, all that is essential she retains; she idealises, and that is why her picture of a lost mistress has had power to keep a man a celibate to the end of his days, and why she can break a human heart with the picture of a dead child. She is a painter, but she is also a poet.

Memory can't create an image that Imagination hasn't edited; and her images, even the ones least influenced by Imagination, are not just photographs, but the work of an artist. She discards everything unimportant and keeps only what matters; she idealizes, which is why her image of a lost love can make a man remain single for the rest of his life, and why she can shatter a heart with the image of a deceased child. She's a painter, but she's also a poet.

The picture before the mind of Lestrange was filled with this almost diabolical poetry, for in it the little boat and her helpless crew were represented adrift on a blue and sunlit sea. A sea most beautiful to look at, yet most terrible, bearing as it did the recollections of thirst.

The image that filled Lestrange's mind was steeped in a nearly evil kind of beauty, as it showed the small boat and its powerless crew drifting on a bright blue sea. A sea that was gorgeous to look at, yet incredibly frightening, carrying with it memories of thirst.

He had been dying, when, raising himself on his elbow, so to say, he looked at this picture. It recalled him to life. His willpower asserted itself, and he refused to die.

He was on the verge of death when, propping himself up on his elbow, he looked at this picture. It brought him back to life. His willpower took over, and he refused to die.

The will of a man has, if it is strong enough, the power to reject death. He was not in the least conscious of the exercise of this power; he only knew that a great and absorbing interest had suddenly arisen in him, and that a great aim stood before him—the recovery of the children.

The will of a man can, if strong enough, have the power to defy death. He wasn’t aware of this power being exercised; he only realized that a strong and consuming interest had suddenly emerged within him, and that a significant goal lay ahead—the recovery of the children.

The disease that was killing him ceased its ravages, or rather was slain in its turn by the increased vitality against which it had to strive. He left the hospital and took up his quarters at the Palace Hotel, and then, like the General of an army, he began to formulate his plan of campaign against Fate.

The disease that had been killing him stopped its attacks, or, more accurately, was defeated by the increased strength he had gained to combat it. He left the hospital and checked into the Palace Hotel, and then, like a general preparing for battle, he started to devise his strategy against fate.

When the crew of the Northumberland had stampeded, hurling their officers aside, lowering the boats with a rush, and casting themselves into the sea, everything had been lost in the way of ship’s papers; the charts, the two logs—everything, in fact, that could indicate the latitude and longitude of the disaster. The first and second officers and a midshipman had shared the fate of the quarter-boat; of the foremast hands saved, not one, of course, could give the slightest hint as to the locality of the spot.

When the crew of the Northumberland panicked, pushing their officers aside, rushing to lower the boats, and jumping into the sea, all ship's papers were lost; the charts, the two logs—everything that could show the latitude and longitude of the disaster. The first and second officers and a midshipman went down with the quarter-boat; of the foremast crew that were saved, none could provide even the slightest clue about the location of the incident.

A time reckoning from the Horn told little, for there was no record of the log. All that could be said was that the disaster had occurred somewhere south of the line.

A time check from the Horn revealed very little, as there was no log to reference. All that could be noted was that the disaster had happened somewhere south of the line.

In Le Farge’s brain lay for a certainty the position, and Lestrange went to see the captain in the “Maison de Sante,” where he was being looked after, and found him quite recovered from the furious mania that he had been suffering from. Quite recovered, and playing with a ball of coloured worsted.

In Le Farge’s mind, there was no doubt about his position, and Lestrange went to visit the captain at the “Maison de Sante,” where he was being cared for, and found him completely recovered from the intense mania he had been experiencing. Fully recovered, he was playing with a ball of colorful yarn.

There remained the log of the Arago; in it would be found the latitude and longitude of the boats she had picked up.

There was still the log of the Arago; it would contain the latitude and longitude of the boats she had picked up.

The Arago, due at Papetee, became overdue. Lestrange watched the overdue lists from day to day, from week to week, from month to month, uselessly, for the Arago never was heard of again. One could not affirm even that she was wrecked; she was simply one of the ships that never come back from the sea.

The Arago, expected in Papetee, went past its due date. Lestrange monitored the overdue lists day by day, week by week, month by month, without success, as the Arago was never heard from again. It couldn't even be said for sure that it was wrecked; it was just one of the ships that never returned from the ocean.




CHAPTER II

THE SECRET OF THE AZURE

To lose a child he loves is undoubtedly the greatest catastrophe that can happen to a man. I do not refer to its death.

To lose a child he loves is definitely the biggest tragedy that can happen to a man. I’m not talking about their death.

A child wanders into the street, or is left by its nurse for a moment, and vanishes. At first the thing is not realised. There is a pang and hurry at the heart which half vanishes, whilst the understanding explains that in a civilised city, if a child gets lost, it will be found and brought back by the neighbours or the police.

A child strays into the street or is momentarily left by their caregiver and disappears. Initially, it doesn’t register. There’s a sharp pang in the heart that fades somewhat, while logic reassures that in a civilized city, if a child goes missing, the neighbors or the police will find them and bring them back.

But the police know nothing of the matter, or the neighbours, and the hours pass. Any minute may bring back the wanderer; but the minutes pass, and the day wears into evening, and the evening to night, and the night to dawn, and the common sounds of a new day begin.

But the police know nothing about it, nor do the neighbors, and the hours go by. Any minute could bring back the person who’s gone; but the minutes keep passing, the day turns into evening, the evening into night, and the night into dawn, as the usual sounds of a new day start to emerge.

You cannot remain at home for restlessness; you go out, only to return hurriedly for news. You are eternally listening, and what you hear shocks you; the common sounds of life, the roll of the carts and cabs in the street, the footsteps of the passers-by, are full of an indescribable mournfulness; music increases your misery into madness, and the joy of others is monstrous as laughter heard in hell.

You can't stay at home because you're restless; you go out, only to rush back for updates. You're always listening, and what you hear leaves you unsettled; the everyday sounds of life, the rumble of carts and cabs in the street, the footsteps of people passing by, all carry an indescribable sadness; music amplifies your misery to the brink of madness, and the happiness of others feels monstrous, like laughter echoing in hell.

If some one were to bring you the dead body of the child, you might weep, but you would bless him, for it is the uncertainty that kills.

If someone brought you the lifeless body of the child, you might cry, but you would also thank him, because it’s the uncertainty that is truly devastating.

You go mad, or go on living. Years pass by, and you are an old man. You say to yourself: “He would have been twenty years of age to-day.”

You either lose your mind or continue living. Years go by, and you become an old man. You tell yourself, "He would have turned twenty today."

There is not in the old ferocious penal code of our forefathers a punishment adequate to the case of the man or woman who steals a child.

There is no appropriate punishment in the harsh old penal code of our ancestors for someone who steals a child.

Lestrange was a wealthy man, and one hope remained to him, that the children might have been rescued by some passing ship. It was not the case of children lost in a city, but in the broad Pacific, where ships travel from all ports to all ports, and to advertise his loss adequately it was necessary to placard the world. Ten thousand dollars was the reward offered for news of the lost ones, twenty thousand for the recovery; and the advertisement appeared in every newspaper likely to reach the eyes of a sailor, from the Liverpool Post to the Dead Bird.

Lestrange was a wealthy man, and he held on to one hope: that the children might have been rescued by some passing ship. It wasn't a case of children missing in a city, but in the vast Pacific, where ships travel between all ports. To spread the word about his loss properly, he needed to reach the entire world. A reward of ten thousand dollars was offered for information about the lost children, and twenty thousand for their safe return; the advertisement appeared in every newspaper that might catch the attention of a sailor, from the Liverpool Post to the Dead Bird.

The years passed without anything definite coming in answer to all these advertisements. Once news came of two children saved from the sea in the neighbourhood of the Gilberts, and it was not false news, but they were not the children he was seeking for. This incident at once depressed and stimulated him, for it seemed to say, “If these children have been saved, why not yours?”

The years went by without any concrete responses to all these ads. There was one report about two kids rescued from the sea near the Gilberts, and it turned out to be true, but they weren't the kids he was looking for. This event made him feel both down and motivated, as if it were saying, “If these kids have been saved, why not yours?”

The strange thing was, that in his heart he felt a certainty that they were alive. His intellect suggested their death in twenty different forms; but a whisper, somewhere out of that great blue ocean, told him at intervals that what he sought was there, living, and waiting for him.

The weird thing was that deep down he felt sure they were alive. His mind suggested in twenty different ways that they were dead; but a whisper, somewhere in that vast blue ocean, kept telling him now and then that what he was searching for was out there, alive, and waiting for him.

He was somewhat of the same temperament as Emmeline—a dreamer, with a mind tuned to receive and record the fine rays that fill this world flowing from intellect to intellect, and even from what we call inanimate things. A coarser nature would, though feeling, perhaps, as acutely the grief, have given up in despair the search. But he kept on; and at the end of the fifth year, so far from desisting, he chartered a schooner and passed eighteen months in a fruitless search, calling at little-known islands, and once, unknowing, at an island only three hundred miles away from the tiny island of this story.

He was somewhat like Emmeline—a dreamer, with a mind ready to absorb and capture the subtle energies that fill this world, flowing from one intellect to another, and even from what we call inanimate objects. A rougher character might have felt the grief just as deeply but would have given up the search in despair. But he kept going; and after five years, instead of stopping, he rented a schooner and spent eighteen months searching in vain, visiting lesser-known islands and, unknowingly, stopping at an island just three hundred miles away from the little island in this story.

If you wish to feel the hopelessness of this unguided search, do not look at a map of the Pacific, but go there. Hundreds and hundreds of thousands of square leagues of sea, thousands of islands, reefs, atolls.

If you want to experience the hopelessness of this aimless search, don’t just look at a map of the Pacific—go there. Hundreds of thousands of square leagues of ocean, thousands of islands, reefs, and atolls.

Up to a few years ago there were many small islands utterly unknown; even still there are some, though the charts of the Pacific are the greatest triumphs of hydrography; and though the island of the story was actually on the Admiralty charts, of what use was that fact to Lestrange?

Up until a few years ago, there were many small islands that were completely unknown; even now, some still exist, even though the maps of the Pacific are the biggest successes in hydrography. And while the island in the story was already on the Admiralty charts, what good did that do Lestrange?

He would have continued searching, but he dared not, for the desolation of the sea had touched him.

He would have kept searching, but he didn't dare to, because the emptiness of the sea had affected him.

In that eighteen months the Pacific explained itself to him in part, explained its vastness, its secrecy and inviolability. The schooner lifted veil upon veil of distance, and veil upon veil lay beyond. He could only move in a right line; to search the wilderness of water with any hope, one would have to be endowed with the gift of moving in all directions at once.

In those eighteen months, the Pacific started to reveal itself to him in part, showing its vastness, its mystery, and its untouchable nature. The schooner removed layer after layer of distance, and more layers stretched beyond that. He could only travel in a straight line; to explore the endless sea with any hope, one would need the ability to move in all directions at the same time.

He would often lean over the bulwark rail and watch the swell slip by, as if questioning the water. Then the sunsets began to weigh upon his heart, and the stars to speak to him in a new language, and he knew that it was time to return, if he would return with a whole mind.

He would often lean over the railing and watch the waves roll by, as if he were questioning the water. Then the sunsets started to burden his heart, and the stars began to talk to him in a new language, and he realized that it was time to go back, if he wanted to return with a clear mind.

When he got back to San Francisco he called upon his agent, Wannamaker of Kearney Street, but there was still no news.

When he returned to San Francisco, he checked in with his agent, Wannamaker on Kearney Street, but there was still no news.




CHAPTER III

CAPTAIN FOUNTAIN

He had a suite of rooms at the Palace Hotel, and he lived the life of any other rich man who is not addicted to pleasure. He knew some of the best people in the city, and conducted himself so sanely in all respects that a casual stranger would never have guessed his reputation for madness; but when you knew him better, you would find sometimes in the middle of a conversation that his mind was away from the subject; and were you to follow him in the street, you would hear him in conversation with himself. Once at a dinner-party he rose and left the room, and did not return. Trifles, but sufficient to establish a reputation of a sort.

He had a suite of rooms at the Palace Hotel and lived like any other wealthy person who wasn't obsessed with pleasure. He knew some of the best people in the city and carried himself so sensibly in all respects that a casual stranger would never guess his reputation for being eccentric. However, once you got to know him better, you’d occasionally find that his mind would drift from the topic in the middle of a conversation; and if you followed him down the street, you’d catch him talking to himself. Once, at a dinner party, he stood up and left the room and didn’t come back. Just small things, but enough to give him a certain reputation.

One morning—to be precise, it was the second day of May, exactly eight years and five months after the wreck of the Northumberland—Lestrange was in his sitting-room reading, when the bell of the telephone, which stood in the corner of the room, rang. He went to the instrument.

One morning—specifically, it was the second day of May, exactly eight years and five months after the wreck of the Northumberland—Lestrange was in his living room reading when the phone, which was in the corner of the room, rang. He went to answer it.

“Are you there?” came a high American voice. “Lestrange—right—come down and see me—Wannamaker—I have news for you.”

“Are you there?” said a high American voice. “Lestrange—right—come down and see me—Wannamaker—I have news for you.”

Lestrange held the receiver for a moment, then he put it back in the rest. He went to a chair and sat down, holding his head between his hands, then he rose and went to the telephone again; but he dared not use it, he dare not shatter the newborn hope.

Lestrange held the receiver for a moment, then he put it back in the rest. He went to a chair and sat down, holding his head between his hands. Then he got up and went to the phone again, but he couldn’t bring himself to use it; he couldn’t risk breaking the fragile hope he had just found.

“News!” What a world lies in that word.

“News!” What a world exists in that word.

In Kearney Street he stood before the door of Wannamaker’s office collecting himself and watching the crowd drifting by, then he entered and went up the stairs. He pushed open a swing-door and entered a great room. The clink and rattle of a dozen typewriters filled the place, and all the hurry of business; clerks passed and came with sheaves of correspondence in their hands; and Wannamaker himself, rising from bending over a message which he was correcting on one of the typewriters’ tables, saw the newcomer and led him to the private office.

On Kearney Street, he stood in front of the door to Wannamaker’s office, taking a moment to gather himself and watch the crowd passing by. Then he walked in and went upstairs. He pushed open a swing door and entered a large room. The sound of a dozen typewriters filled the space, bustling with the energy of business; clerks moved in and out with stacks of correspondence in their hands. Wannamaker himself, lifting his head from where he was correcting a message on one of the typewriter tables, noticed the newcomer and took him to the private office.

“What is it?” said Lestrange.

“What’s that?” said Lestrange.

“Only this,” said the other, taking up a slip of paper with a name and address on it. “Simon J. Fountain, of 45 Rathray Street, West—that’s down near the wharves—says he has seen your ad. in an old number of a paper, and he thinks he can tell you something. He did not specify the nature of the intelligence, but it might be worth finding out.”

“Just this,” said the other, picking up a piece of paper with a name and address on it. “Simon J. Fountain, at 45 Rathray Street, West—that’s near the docks—says he saw your ad in an old issue of a newspaper, and he thinks he can share some information. He didn’t say what the information was, but it might be worth checking out.”

“I will go there,” said Lestrange.

“I'll head there,” said Lestrange.

“Do you know Rathray Street?”

"Do you know Rathray St.?"

“No.”

“No.”

Wannamaker went out and called a boy and gave him some directions; then Lestrange and the boy started.

Wannamaker went out, called a boy, and gave him some directions. Then, Lestrange and the boy took off.

Lestrange left the office without saying “Thank you,” or taking leave in any way of the advertising agent—who did not feel in the least affronted, for he knew his customer.

Lestrange left the office without saying “Thank you” or acknowledging the advertising agent in any way—who wasn’t offended at all, because he knew his customer.

Rathray Street is, or was before the earthquake, a street of small clean houses. It had a seafaring look that was accentuated by the marine perfumes from the wharves close by and the sound of steam winches loading or discharging cargo—a sound that ceased not night or day as the work went on beneath the sun or the sizzling arc lamps.

Rathray Street is, or was before the earthquake, a street of small, tidy houses. It had a nautical vibe that was enhanced by the ocean scents from the nearby docks and the noise of steam winches loading or unloading cargo—a sound that never stopped, day or night, as the work continued under the sun or the bright arc lamps.

No. 45 was almost exactly like its fellows, neither better nor worse; and the door was opened by a neat, prim woman, small, and of middle age. Commonplace she was, no doubt, but not commonplace to Lestrange.

No. 45 was pretty much the same as the others, neither better nor worse; and the door was opened by a tidy, proper woman, petite, and in her middle years. She was ordinary for sure, but not ordinary to Lestrange.

“Is Mr Fountain in?” he asked. “I have come about the advertisement.”

“Is Mr. Fountain here?” he asked. “I’m here about the ad.”

“Oh, have you, sir?” she replied, making way for him to enter, and showing him into a little sitting-room on the left of the passage. “The Captain is in bed; he is a great invalid, but he was expecting, perhaps, some one would call, and he will be able to see you in a minute, if you don’t mind waiting.”

“Oh, really, sir?” she replied, stepping aside for him to enter and leading him into a small sitting room on the left side of the hallway. “The Captain is in bed; he’s quite unwell, but he was expecting someone might drop by, and he’ll be able to see you in a minute if you don’t mind waiting.”

“Thanks,” said Lestrange; “I can wait.”

“Thanks,” said Lestrange. “I can wait.”

He had waited eight years, what mattered a few minutes now? But at no time in the eight years had he suffered such suspense, for his heart knew that now, just now in this commonplace little house, from the lips of, perhaps, the husband of that commonplace woman, he was going to learn either what he feared to hear, or what he hoped.

He had waited eight years; what was a few more minutes now? But during those eight years, he had never felt such suspense, because his heart knew that right now, in this ordinary little house, he was about to hear from the lips of, perhaps, the husband of that ordinary woman, either what he feared to hear or what he hoped for.

It was a depressing little room; it was so clean, and looked as though it were never used. A ship imprisoned in a glass bottle stood upon the mantelpiece, and there were shells from far-away places, pictures of ships in sand—all the things one finds as a rule adorning an old sailor’s home.

It was a gloomy little room; it was super clean and looked like it had never been used. A ship trapped in a glass bottle sat on the mantelpiece, and there were shells from distant places, pictures of ships in sand—all the things you usually find decorating an old sailor’s home.

Lestrange, as he sat waiting, could hear movements from the next room—probably the invalid’s, which they were preparing for his reception. The distant sounds of the derricks and winches came muffled through the tightly-shut window that looked as though it never had been opened. A square of sunlight lit the upper part of the cheap lace curtain on the right of the window, and repeated its pattern vaguely on the lower part of the wall opposite. Then a bluebottle fly awoke suddenly into life and began to buzz and drum against the window pane, and Lestrange wished that they would come.

Lestrange, while he waited, could hear noises from the next room—probably the sick person's, which they were getting ready for him. The faint sounds of the cranes and winches came through the tightly closed window that looked like it had never been opened. A square of sunlight illuminated the upper part of the cheap lace curtain on the right side of the window and cast a blurry pattern on the lower part of the wall opposite. Then a bluebottle fly suddenly came to life, buzzing and banging against the window pane, and Lestrange wished they would arrive.

A man of his temperament must necessarily, even under the happiest circumstances, suffer in going through the world; the fine fibre always suffers when brought into contact with the coarse. These people were as kindly disposed as any one else. The advertisement and the face and manners of the visitor might have told them that it was not the time for delay, yet they kept him waiting whilst they arranged bed-quilts and put medicine bottles straight—as if he could see!

A man like him is bound to struggle in life, even in the best of situations; the sensitive always feels the pain when faced with the harsh. These people were just as friendly as anyone else. The ad and the visitor's appearance and behavior should have signaled that it wasn't the moment for delays, yet they made him wait while they tidied up bedcovers and arranged medicine bottles—as if he could see!

At last the door opened, and the woman said:

At last, the door opened, and the woman said:

“Will you step this way, sir?”

“Could you come this way, sir?”

She showed him into a bedroom opening off the passage. The room was neat and clean, and had that indescribable appearance which marks the bedroom of the invalid.

She led him into a bedroom off the hallway. The room was tidy and clean, with that unique look that characterizes the bedroom of someone who is ill.

In the bed, making a mountain under the counterpane with an enormously distended stomach, lay a man, black-bearded, and with his large, capable, useless hands spread out on the coverlet—hands ready and willing, but debarred from work. Without moving his body, he turned his head slowly and looked at the newcomer. This slow movement was not from weakness or disease, it was the slow, emotionless nature of the man speaking.

In the bed, creating a bump under the blanket with his huge, swollen stomach, lay a man with a black beard. His large, capable hands, spread out on the bedspread, looked ready and willing but unable to work. Without shifting his body, he slowly turned his head and looked at the newcomer. This slow movement didn’t come from weakness or illness; it reflected the calm, emotionless way the man spoke.

“This is the gentleman, Silas,” said the woman, speaking over Lestrange’s shoulder. Then she withdrew and closed the door.

“This is the guy, Silas,” said the woman, speaking over Lestrange’s shoulder. Then she stepped back and shut the door.

“Take a chair, sir,” said the sea captain, flapping one of his hands on the counterpane as if in wearied protest against his own helplessness. “I haven’t the pleasure of your name, but the missus tells me you’re come about the advertisement I lit on yester-even.”

“Have a seat, sir,” said the sea captain, waving one of his hands over the counter as if in tired protest against his own inability to change the situation. “I don’t know your name, but the missus told me you came about the ad I put out yesterday evening.”

He took a paper, folded small, that lay beside him, and held it out to his visitor. It was a Sidney Bulletin three years old.

He took a small piece of paper that was next to him, folded it, and handed it to his visitor. It was a Sidney Bulletin from three years ago.

“Yes,” said Lestrange, looking at the paper; “that is my advertisement.”

“Yes,” said Lestrange, looking at the paper, “that’s my ad.”

“Well, it’s strange—very strange,” said Captain Fountain, “that I should have lit on it only yesterday. I’ve had it all three years in my chest, the way old papers get lying at the bottom with odds and ends. Mightn’t a’ seen it now, only the missus cleared the raffle out of the chest, and, ‘Give me that paper,’ I says, seeing it in her hand; and I fell to reading it, for a man’ll read anything bar tracts lying in bed eight months, as I’ve been with the dropsy. I’ve been whaler man and boy forty year, and my last ship was the Sea-Horse. Over seven years ago one of my men picked up something on a beach of one of them islands east of the Marquesas—we’d put in to water—”

“Well, it’s weird—really weird,” said Captain Fountain, “that I just came across it yesterday. I’ve had it stashed away in my chest for three years, like old papers that pile up at the bottom with junk. I wouldn’t have seen it now if my wife hadn’t cleaned out the chest, and when I saw that paper in her hand, I said, ‘Give me that paper.’ So, I started reading it, because honestly, a man will read anything except for pamphlets, especially after lying in bed for eight months like I have with dropsy. I’ve been a whaler for forty years now, and my last ship was the Sea-Horse. Over seven years ago, one of my crew found something on a beach of one of those islands east of the Marquesas—we had stopped there to get some water—”

“Yes, yes,” said Lestrange. “What was it he found?”

“Yes, yes,” said Lestrange. “What did he find?”

“Missus!” roared the captain in a voice that shook the walls of the room.

“Ma'am!” roared the captain in a voice that shook the walls of the room.

The door opened, and the woman appeared.

The door opened, and the woman stepped in.

“Fetch me my keys out of my trousers pocket.”

“Get my keys from my pants pocket.”

The trousers were hanging up on the back of the door, as if only waiting to be put on. The woman fetched the keys, and he fumbled over them and found one. He handed it to her, and pointed to the drawer of a bureau opposite the bed.

The pants were hanging on the back of the door, as if just waiting to be worn. The woman grabbed the keys, and he fumbled with them until he found one. He handed it to her and pointed to the drawer of a dresser across from the bed.

She knew evidently what was wanted, for she opened the drawer and produced a box, which she handed to him. It was a small cardboard box tied round with a bit of string. He undid the string, and disclosed a child’s tea service: a teapot, cream jug, six little plates—all painted with a pansy.

She clearly knew what was needed, so she opened the drawer and took out a box, which she handed to him. It was a small cardboard box tied with a piece of string. He untied the string and revealed a child's tea set: a teapot, a cream jug, and six little plates—all decorated with a pansy.

It was the box which Emmeline had always been losing—lost again.

It was the box that Emmeline had always misplacing—lost again.

Lestrange buried his face in his hands. He knew the things. Emmeline had shown them to him in a burst of confidence. Out of all that vast ocean he had searched unavailingly: they had come to him like a message, and the awe and mystery of it bowed him down and crushed him.

Lestrange buried his face in his hands. He knew the things. Emmeline had shown them to him in a moment of trust. Out of all that vast ocean he had searched in vain: they had come to him like a message, and the awe and mystery of it overwhelmed him and crushed him.

The captain had placed the things on the newspaper spread out by his side, and he was unrolling the little spoons from their tissue-paper covering. He counted them as if entering up the tale of some trust, and placed them on the newspaper.

The captain had set the items on the newspaper laid out next to him, and he was unwrapping the small spoons from their tissue paper. He counted them as if recording the details of some account and arranged them on the newspaper.

“When did you find them?” asked Lestrange, speaking with his face still covered.

“When did you find them?” asked Lestrange, his face still covered.

“A matter of over seven years ago,” replied the captain, “we’d put in to water at a place south of the line—Palm Tree Island we whalemen call it, because of the tree at the break of the lagoon. One of my men brought it aboard, found it in a shanty built of sugar-canes which the men bust up for devilment.”

“A little over seven years ago,” replied the captain, “we docked for water at a spot south of the equator—Palm Tree Island we whalemen call it, because of the tree at the edge of the lagoon. One of my guys brought it on board; he found it in a shack made of sugar canes that the men destroyed for fun.”

“Good God!” said Lestrange. “Was there no one there—nothing but this box?”

“Good God!” said Lestrange. “Was there no one there—nothing but this box?”

“Not a sight or sound, so the men said; just the shanty abandoned seemingly. I had no time to land and hunt for castaways, I was after whales.”

“Not a sight or sound, the men said; just the seemingly abandoned shack. I didn’t have time to land and search for survivors; I was going after whales.”

“How big is the island?”

"How large is the island?"

“Oh, a fairish middle-sized island—no natives. I’ve heard tell it’s tabu; why, the Lord only knows—some crank of the Kanakas, I s’pose. Anyhow, there’s the findings—you recognise them?”

“Oh, a pretty average-sized island—no locals. I've heard it's tabu; why, only God knows—probably some weird thing from the Kanakas, I guess. Anyway, there’s the evidence—you see it?”

“I do.”

"Yes, I do."

“Seems strange,” said the captain, “that I should pick ’em up; seems strange your advertisement out, and the answer to it lying amongst my gear, but that’s the way things go.”

“Seems odd,” said the captain, “that I should pick them up; seems odd your ad out, and the response to it lying among my stuff, but that’s how things are.”

“Strange!” said the other. “It’s more than strange.”

“Odd!” said the other. “It’s more than odd.”

“Of course,” continued the captain, “they might have been on the island hid away som’ere, there’s no saying; only appearances are against it. Of course they might be there now unbeknownst to you or me.”

“Of course,” continued the captain, “they could be hiding somewhere on the island; there’s no way to know for sure. The only thing is, the evidence suggests otherwise. They might be there right now without you or me knowing.”

“They are there now,” answered Lestrange, who was sitting up and looking at the playthings as though he read in them some hidden message. “They are there now. Have you the position of the island?”

“They are there now,” replied Lestrange, who was sitting up and gazing at the toys as if he could decipher some secret meaning from them. “They are there now. Do you have the location of the island?”

“I have. Missus, hand me my private log.”

“I have. Ma'am, please hand me my private log.”

She took a bulky, greasy, black note-book from the bureau, and handed it to him. He opened it, thumbed the pages, and then read out the latitude and longitude.

She grabbed a heavy, greasy black notebook from the dresser and handed it to him. He opened it, flipped through the pages, and then read out the latitude and longitude.

“I entered it on the day of finding—here’s the entry. ‘Adams brought aboard child’s toy box out of deserted shanty, which men pulled down; traded it to me for a caulker of rum.’ The cruise lasted three years and eight months after that; we’d only been out three when it happened. I forgot all about it: three years scrubbing round the world after whales doesn’t brighten a man’s memory. Right round we went, and paid off at Nantucket. Then, after a fortni’t on shore and a month repairin’, the old Sea-Horse was off again, I with her. It was at Honolulu this dropsy took me, and back I come here, home. That’s the yarn. There’s not much to it, but, seein’ your advertisement, I thought I might answer it.”

“I wrote this down on the day I found it—here’s the entry. ‘Adams brought a child’s toy box from an abandoned shanty that the men tore down; he traded it to me for a caulker of rum.’ The trip lasted three years and eight months after that; we’d only been at sea for three when it happened. I completely forgot about it: three years of scrubbing the globe for whales doesn’t exactly help a guy remember things. We went all the way around and got paid off in Nantucket. Then, after two weeks on shore and a month of repairs, the old Sea-Horse was back out again, and I was with her. It was in Honolulu that this illness hit me, and I came back here, home. That’s the story. There’s not much to it, but seeing your ad, I thought I’d respond.”

Lestrange took Fountain’s hand and shook it.

Lestrange took Fountain's hand and shook it.

“You see the reward I offered?” he said. “I have not my cheque book with me, but you shall have the cheque in an hour from now.”

“You see the reward I offered?” he said. “I don’t have my checkbook with me, but you’ll get the check in an hour.”

“No, sir,” replied the captain; “if anything comes of it, I don’t say I’m not open to some small acknowledgment, but ten thousand dollars for a five-cent box—that’s not my way of doing business.”

“No, sir,” replied the captain; “if anything comes of it, I’m not saying I wouldn’t be open to some small acknowledgment, but ten thousand dollars for a five-cent box—that’s not how I do business.”

“I can’t make you take the money now—I can’t even thank you properly now,” said Lestrange—“I am in a fever; but when all is settled, you and I will settle this business. My God!”

“I can’t force you to take the money right now—I can’t even properly thank you at this moment,” said Lestrange—“I’m in a frenzy; but once everything is sorted out, you and I will take care of this. My God!”

He buried his face in his hands again.

He buried his face in his hands again.

“I’m not wishing to be inquisitive,” said Captain Fountain, slowly putting the things back in the box and tucking the paper shavings round them, “but may I ask how you propose to move in this business?”

“I don’t mean to be nosy,” said Captain Fountain, slowly putting everything back in the box and wrapping the paper shavings around them, “but can I ask how you plan to proceed with this?”

“I will hire a ship at once and search.”

“I'll hire a ship right away and start looking.”

“Ay,” said the captain, wrapping up the little spoons in a meditative manner; “perhaps that will be best.”

“Aye,” said the captain, thoughtfully wrapping up the little spoons; “maybe that’s for the best.”

He felt certain in his own mind that the search would be fruitless, but he did not say so. If he had been absolutely certain in his mind without being able to produce the proof, he would not have counselled Lestrange to any other course, knowing that the man’s mind would never be settled until proof positive was produced.

He was pretty sure that the search would lead nowhere, but he didn’t say anything. If he had been completely convinced without being able to provide evidence, he wouldn’t have suggested any other option to Lestrange, knowing that the guy’s mind wouldn't be at ease until there was solid proof.

“The question is,” said Lestrange, “what is my quickest way to get there?”

“The question is,” said Lestrange, “what’s the fastest way for me to get there?”

“There I may be able to help you,” said Fountain, tying the string round the box. “A schooner with good heels to her is what you want; and, if I’m not mistaken, there’s one discharging cargo at this present minit at O’Sullivan’s wharf. Missus!”

“There I might be able to help you,” said Fountain, tying the string around the box. “A schooner with a good build is what you need; and, if I’m not wrong, there’s one unloading cargo right now at O’Sullivan’s wharf. Ma’am!”

The woman answered the call. Lestrange felt like a person in a dream, and these people who were interesting themselves in his affairs seemed to him beneficent beyond the nature of human beings.

The woman picked up the phone. Lestrange felt like he was in a dream, and the people showing interest in his situation seemed to him more kindhearted than any ordinary humans.

“Is Captain Stannistreet home, think you?”

“Do you think Captain Stannistreet is home?”

“I don’t know,” replied the woman; “but I can go see.”

“I don’t know,” the woman replied, “but I can go check.”

“Do.”

"Just do it."

She went.

She left.

“He lives only a few doors down,” said Fountain, “and he’s the man for you. Best schooner captain ever sailed out of ’Frisco. The Raratonga is the name of the boat I have in my mind—best boat that ever wore copper. Stannistreet is captain of her, owners are M’Vitie. She’s been missionary, and she’s been pigs; copra was her last cargo, and she’s nearly discharged it. Oh, M’Vitie would hire her out to Satan at a price; you needn’t be afraid of their boggling at it if you can raise the dollars. She’s had a new suit of sails only the beginning of the year. Oh, she’ll fix you up to a T, and you take the word of S. Fountain for that. I’ll engineer the thing from this bed if you’ll let me put my oar in your trouble; I’ll victual her, and find a crew three quarter price of any of those d--d skulking agents. Oh, I’ll take a commission right enough, but I’m half paid with doing the thing—”

“He lives just a few doors down,” Fountain said, “and he’s the right guy for you. Best schooner captain to ever sail out of ’Frisco. The Raratonga is the boat I’m thinking of—best boat that ever had copper on it. Stannistreet is her captain, and the owners are M’Vitie. She’s been a missionary, and she’s carried pigs; copra was her last cargo, and she’s almost finished unloading it. Oh, M’Vitie would rent her out to Satan for the right price; you don’t have to worry about them hesitating if you can come up with the money. She got a new set of sails at the beginning of the year. Oh, she’ll set you up perfectly, and you can trust S. Fountain on that. I’ll handle everything from this bed if you let me assist with your situation; I’ll supply her with provisions and find a crew for three-quarters of what any of those damn shady agents would charge. Oh, I’ll definitely take a commission, but I’m partly paid just by getting this done—”

He ceased, for footsteps sounded in the passage outside, and Captain Stannistreet was shown in. He was a young man of not more than thirty, alert, quick of eye, and pleasant of face. Fountain introduced him to Lestrange, who had taken a fancy to him at first sight.

He stopped speaking because footsteps echoed in the hallway outside, and Captain Stannistreet was brought in. He was a young man, no more than thirty, sharp-eyed, quick, and good-looking. Fountain introduced him to Lestrange, who liked him right away.

When he heard about the business in hand, he seemed interested at once; the affair seemed to appeal to him more than if it had been a purely commercial matter, such as copra and pigs.

When he heard about the current business, he immediately seemed interested; it felt like the situation intrigued him more than if it had been just a straightforward commercial deal, like copra and pigs.

“If you’ll come with me, sir, down to the wharf, I’ll show you the boat now,” he said, when they had discussed the matter and threshed it out thoroughly.

“If you’ll come with me, sir, down to the dock, I’ll show you the boat now,” he said, after they had talked it over and gone through all the details.

He rose, bid good-day to his friend Fountain, and Lestrange followed him, carrying the brown-paper box in his hand.

He stood up, said goodbye to his friend Fountain, and Lestrange followed him, holding the brown paper box in his hand.

O’Sullivan’s Wharf was not far away. A tall Cape Horner that looked almost a twin sister of the ill-fated Northumberland was discharging iron, and astern of her, graceful as a dream, with snow-white decks, lay the Raratonga discharging copra.

O’Sullivan’s Wharf wasn’t far away. A tall Cape Horner that looked almost like a twin sister of the doomed Northumberland was unloading iron, and behind her, as graceful as a dream with snow-white decks, was the Raratonga unloading copra.

“That’s the boat,” said Stannistreet; “cargo nearly all out. How does she strike your fancy?”

"That’s the boat," said Stannistreet; "most of the cargo’s unloaded. What do you think of her?"

“I’ll take her,” said Lestrange, “cost what it will.”

“I’ll take her,” said Lestrange, “no matter the cost.”




CHAPTER IV

DUE SOUTH

It was on the 10th of May, so quickly did things move under the supervision of the bedridden captain, that the Raratonga, with Lestrange on board, cleared the Golden Gates, and made south, heeling to a ten-knot breeze.

It was May 10th, and things moved so quickly under the watchful eye of the captain, who was bedridden, that the Raratonga, with Lestrange on board, sailed through the Golden Gates and headed south, leaning with a ten-knot breeze.

There is no mode of travel to be compared to your sailing-ship. In a great ship, if you have ever made a voyage in one, the vast spaces of canvas, the sky-high spars, the finesse with which the wind is met and taken advantage of, will form a memory never to be blotted out.

There’s no way to travel that compares to being on a sailing ship. In a large ship, if you’ve ever taken a trip on one, the expansive canvas, the towering masts, and the skill with which the wind is handled will create a memory that lasts forever.

A schooner is the queen of all rigs; she has a bounding buoyancy denied to the square-rigged craft, to which she stands in the same relationship as a young girl to a dowager; and the Raratonga was not only a schooner, but the queen, acknowledged of all the schooners in the Pacific.

A schooner is the best of all sailboats; it has a lively buoyancy that square-rigged vessels lack, much like the difference between a young woman and an older one; and the Raratonga was not only a schooner, but the recognized queen of all the schooners in the Pacific.

For the first few days they made good way south; then the wind became baffling and headed them off.

For the first few days, they made good progress south; then the wind became confusing and pushed them off course.

Added to Lestrange’s feverish excitement there was an anxiety, a deep and soul-fretting anxiety, as if some half-heard voice were telling him that the children he sought were threatened by some danger.

Added to Lestrange’s intense excitement was an anxiety, a deep and soul-wrenching anxiety, as if some faint voice were warning him that the children he was looking for were in danger.

These baffling winds blew upon the smouldering anxiety in his breast, as wind blows upon embers, causing them to glow. They lasted some days, and then, as if Fate had relented, up sprang on the starboard quarter a spanking breeze, making the rigging sing to a merry tune, and blowing the spindrift from the forefoot, as the Raratonga, heeling to its pressure, went humming through the sea, leaving a wake spreading behind her like a fan.

These confusing winds stirred up the smoldering anxiety in his chest, just like wind fans embers, making them glow. They went on for a few days, and then, as if Fate had eased up, a strong breeze appeared on the starboard side, making the rigging resonate with a cheerful sound and blowing the spray off the bow. The Raratonga, leaning into the wind, glided through the sea, leaving a wake spread behind her like a fan.

It took them along five hundred miles, silently and with the speed of a dream. Then it ceased.

It took them about five hundred miles, silently and as fast as a dream. Then it stopped.

The ocean and the air stood still. The sky above stood solid like a great pale blue dome; just where it met the water line of the far horizon a delicate tracery of cloud draped the entire round of the sky.

The ocean and the air were completely still. The sky above was like a massive pale blue dome; right where it met the water line at the distant horizon, a delicate pattern of clouds covered the entire expanse of the sky.

I have said that the ocean stood still as well as the air: to the eye it was so, for the swell under-running the glitter on its surface was so even, so equable, and so rhythmical, that the surface seemed not in motion. Occasionally a dimple broke the surface, and strips of dark sea-weed floated by, showing up the green; dim things rose to the surface, and, guessing the presence of man, sank slowly and dissolved from sight.

I’ve mentioned that the ocean was calm, just like the air: to the eye, it looked that way because the swell beneath the sparkling surface was so steady, balanced, and rhythmic that the surface didn’t seem to move. Occasionally, a ripple disrupted the surface, and pieces of dark seaweed floated by, highlighting the green water; faint shapes surfaced and, sensing a human presence, slowly sank and faded from view.

Two days, never to be recovered, passed, and still the calm continued. On the morning of the third day it breezed up from the nor’-nor’west, and they continued their course, a cloud of canvas, every sail drawing, and the music of the ripple under the forefoot.

Two days, lost forever, went by, and still the peace remained. On the morning of the third day, a breeze picked up from the north-northwest, and they kept on their path, a canvas-filled cloud, every sail catching the wind, and the sound of the water rippling beneath the bow.

Captain Stannistreet was a genius in his profession; he could get more speed out of a schooner than any other man afloat, and carry more canvas without losing a stick. He was also, fortunately for Lestrange, a man of refinement and education, and what was better still, understanding.

Captain Stannistreet was a genius at his job; he could get more speed out of a schooner than anyone else on the water and handle more sails without losing a thing. He was also, luckily for Lestrange, a man of sophistication and education, and even better, he had insight.

They were pacing the deck one afternoon, when Lestrange, who was walking with his hands behind him, and his eyes counting the brown dowels in the cream-white planking, broke silence.

They were walking back and forth on the deck one afternoon when Lestrange, who was walking with his hands behind his back and his eyes counting the brown dowels in the cream-white planking, spoke up.

“You don’t believe in visions and dreams?”

“You don’t believe in visions and dreams?”

“How do you know that?” replied the other.

“How do you know that?” replied the other.

“Oh, I only put it as a question; most people say they don’t.”

“Oh, I just asked it like a question; most people say they don’t.”

“Yes, but most people do.”

“Yes, but most people actually do.”

“I do,” said Lestrange.

“I do,” Lestrange said.

He was silent for a moment.

He was quiet for a moment.

“You know my trouble so well that I won’t bother you going over it, but there has come over me of late a feeling—it is like a waking dream.”

“You know my issues so well that I won’t waste your time going over them, but lately, I've been experiencing a sensation—it feels like a waking dream.”

“Yes?”

"Hello?"

“I can’t quite explain, for it is as if I saw something which my intelligence could not comprehend, or make an image of.”

“I can’t really explain it, because it feels like I saw something that my mind just couldn’t understand or visualize.”

“I think I know what you mean.”

“I think I understand what you’re saying.”

“I don’t think you do. This is something quite strange. I am fifty, and in fifty years a man has experienced, as a rule, all the ordinary and most of the extraordinary sensations that a human being can be subjected to. Well, I have never felt this sensation before; it comes on only at times. I see, as you might imagine, a young baby sees, and things are before me that I do not comprehend. It is not through my bodily eyes that this sensation comes, but through some window of the mind, from before which a curtain has been drawn.”

"I don't think you understand. This is something really unusual. I'm fifty years old, and in that time, a person usually goes through all the typical and many of the extraordinary feelings that humans can experience. But I've never felt this sensation before; it only hits me sometimes. I see, like a young baby does, and there are things in front of me that I can't grasp. This feeling doesn't come through my physical eyes but through some window in my mind, from which a curtain has been pulled back."

“That’s strange,” said Stannistreet, who did not like the conversation over-much, being simply a schooner captain and a plain man, though intelligent enough and sympathetic.

"That's odd," said Stannistreet, who wasn't very comfortable with the conversation, as he was just a schooner captain and a straightforward guy, though intelligent and sympathetic enough.

“This something tells me,” went on Lestrange, “that there is danger threatening the—” He ceased, paused a minute, and then, to Stannistreet’s relief, went on. “If I talk like that you will think I am not right in my head: let us pass the subject by, let us forget dreams and omens and come to realities. You know how I lost the children; you know how I hope to find them at the place where Captain Fountain found their traces? He says the island was uninhabited, but he was not sure.”

“Something tells me,” Lestrange continued, “that there’s danger ahead—” He stopped, hesitated for a moment, and then, to Stannistreet’s relief, continued. “If I keep talking like this, you’ll think I’m not quite right in the head; let’s drop the subject, let’s forget about dreams and signs, and focus on what’s real. You know how I lost the kids; you know I’m hoping to find them where Captain Fountain found their footprints? He says the island was uninhabited, but he wasn’t sure.”

“No,” replied Stannistreet, “he only spoke of the beach.”

“No,” replied Stannistreet, “he just mentioned the beach.”

“Yes. Well, suppose there were natives at the other side of the island who had taken these children.”

“Yes. Well, let’s say there were people on the other side of the island who had taken these kids.”

“If so, they would grow up with the natives.”

“If that’s the case, they would grow up with the locals.”

“And become savages?”

“And become wild?”

“Yes; but the Polynesians can’t be really called savages; they are a very decent lot. I’ve knocked about amongst them a good while, and a kanaka is as white as a white man—which is not saying much, but it’s something. Most of the islands are civilised now. Of course there are a few that aren’t, but still, suppose even that ‘savages,’ as you call them, had come and taken the children off—”

“Yes; but you can’t really call the Polynesians savages; they’re a decent group. I’ve spent a good amount of time with them, and a kanaka is as good as a white man—which isn’t saying much, but it is something. Most of the islands are civilized now. Of course, there are a few that aren’t, but still, just imagine if even those ‘savages,’ as you call them, had come and taken the children away—”

Lestrange’s breath caught, for this was the very fear that was in his heart, though he had never spoken it.

Lestrange's breath stopped short, because this was the exact fear he felt inside, even though he had never voiced it.

“Well?”

"Well?"

“Well, they would be well treated.”

“Well, they would be treated well.”

“And brought up as savages?”

"And raised like savages?"

“I suppose so.”

"Guess so."

Lestrange sighed.

Lestrange let out a sigh.

“Look here,” said the captain; “it’s all very well talking, but upon my word I think that we civilised folk put on a lot of airs, and waste a lot of pity on savages.”

“Look here,” said the captain; “it’s easy to talk, but honestly, I think we civilized people act way too pretentious and waste a lot of sympathy on savages.”

“How so?”

"How come?"

“What does a man want to be but happy?”

“What does a man want to be if not happy?”

“Yes.”

“Yep.”

“Well, who is happier than a naked savage in a warm climate? Oh, he’s happy enough, and he’s not always holding a corroboree. He’s a good deal of a gentleman; he has perfect health; he lives the life a man was born to live face to face with Nature. He doesn’t see the sun through an office window or the moon through the smoke of factory chimneys; happy and civilised too—but, bless you, where is he? The whites have driven him out; in one or two small islands you may find him still—a crumb or so of him.”

“Well, who is happier than a naked savage in a warm climate? Oh, he’s happy enough, and he’s not always holding a ceremonial gathering. He’s quite the gentleman; he has perfect health; he lives the life a man was meant to live, face to face with Nature. He doesn’t see the sun through an office window or the moon through the smoke of factory chimneys; happy and civilized too—but, bless you, where is he? The white people have driven him out; in one or two small islands, you might still find him—a fragment or so of him.”

“Suppose,” said Lestrange, “suppose those children had been brought up face to face with Nature—”

“Imagine,” said Lestrange, “imagine those kids had been raised with Nature right in front of them—”

“Yes?”

“Hey?”

“Living that free life—”

"Living that free life—"

“Yes?”

"Yeah?"

“Waking up under the stars”—Lestrange was speaking with his eyes fixed, as if upon something very far away—“going to sleep as the sun sets, feeling the air fresh, like this which blows upon us, all around them. Suppose they were like that, would it not be a cruelty to bring them to what we call civilisation?”

“Waking up under the stars”—Lestrange was talking with his eyes focused, as if looking at something very distant—“going to sleep as the sun sets, feeling the fresh air, like this breeze that surrounds us. If they lived like that, wouldn’t it be cruel to bring them into what we call civilization?”

“I think it would,” said Stannistreet.

“I think it would,” Stannistreet said.

Lestrange said nothing, but continued pacing the deck, his head bowed and his hands behind his back.

Lestrange didn’t say anything, but kept walking around the deck, his head lowered and his hands behind his back.

One evening at sunset, Stannistreet said:

One evening at sunset, Stannistreet said:

“We’re two hundred and forty miles from the island, reckoning from to-day’s reckoning at noon. We’re going all ten knots even with this breeze; we ought to fetch the place this time to-morrow. Before that if it freshens.”

“We’re two hundred and forty miles from the island, based on today’s measurements at noon. We’re cruising at ten knots even with this breeze; we should reach the place by this time tomorrow. Sooner if the wind picks up.”

“I am greatly disturbed,” said Lestrange.

“I'm really troubled,” said Lestrange.

He went below, and the schooner captain shook his head, and, locking his arm round a ratlin, gave his body to the gentle roll of the craft as she stole along, skirting the sunset, splendid, and to the nautical eye full of fine weather.

He went below deck, and the schooner captain shook his head, wrapping his arm around a line, feeling the gentle sway of the boat as it glided along, hugging the sunset, which was stunning and looked perfect for sailing.

The breeze was not quite so fresh next morning, but it had been blowing fairly all the night, and the Raratonga had made good way. About eleven it began to fail. It became the lightest sailing breeze, just sufficient to keep the sails drawing, and the wake rippling and swirling behind. Suddenly Stannistreet, who had been standing talking to Lestrange, climbed a few feet up the mizzen ratlins, and shaded his eyes.

The breeze wasn’t as fresh the next morning, but it had been blowing steadily all night, and the Raratonga had made good progress. Around eleven, it started to weaken. It turned into a light breeze, just enough to keep the sails filled and the wake rippling and swirling behind. Suddenly, Stannistreet, who had been chatting with Lestrange, climbed a few feet up the mizzen ratlins and shaded his eyes.

“What is it?” asked Lestrange.

“What’s that?” asked Lestrange.

“A boat,” he replied. “Hand me that glass you will find in the sling there.”

“A boat,” he said. “Pass me that glass you’ll find in the sling over there.”

He levelled the glass, and looked for a long time without speaking.

He straightened the glass and stared at it for a long time without saying anything.

“It’s a boat adrift—a small boat, nothing in her. Stay! I see something white, can’t make it out. Hi there!”—to the fellow at the wheel “Keep her a point more to starboard.” He got on to the deck. “We’re going dead on for her.”

“It’s a boat floating around—just a small boat, nothing inside it. Wait! I see something white, can’t make it out. Hey there!”—to the person at the wheel “Turn a bit more to the right.” He stepped onto the deck. “We’re heading straight for it.”

“Is there any one in her?” asked Lestrange.

“Is anyone in there?” asked Lestrange.

“Can’t quite make out, but I’ll lower the whale-boat and fetch her alongside.”

“Can’t really see, but I’ll lower the whale boat and bring it alongside.”

He gave orders for the whale-boat to be slung out and manned.

He ordered the whale boat to be lowered and crewed.

As they approached nearer, it was evident that the drifting boat, which looked like a ship’s dinghy, contained something, but what, could not be made out.

As they got closer, it was clear that the drifting boat, which looked like a ship’s dinghy, held something inside, but it was impossible to tell what it was.

When he had approached near enough, Stannistreet put the helm down and brought the schooner to, with her sails all shivering. He took his place in the bow of the whale-boat and Lestrange in the stern. The boat was lowered, the falls cast off, and the oars bent to the water.

When he got close enough, Stannistreet lowered the helm and brought the schooner to a stop, her sails fluttering. He took his seat at the front of the whale boat while Lestrange sat at the back. The boat was lowered, the lines were released, and the oars were put in the water.

The little dinghy made a mournful picture as she floated, looking scarcely bigger than a walnut shell. In thirty strokes the whale-boat’s nose was touching her quarter. Stannistreet grasped her gunwale.

The small dinghy looked sad as it floated, barely bigger than a walnut shell. In thirty strokes, the whale boat's bow was at her side. Stannistreet grabbed the edge of the boat.

In the bottom of the dinghy lay a girl, naked all but for a strip of coloured striped material. One of her arms was clasped round the neck of a form that was half hidden by her body, the other clasped partly to herself, partly to her companion, the body of a baby. They were natives, evidently, wrecked or lost by some mischance from some inter-island schooner. Their breasts rose and fell gently, and clasped in the girl’s hand was a branch of some tree, and on the branch a single withered berry.

In the bottom of the small boat lay a girl, wearing nothing but a piece of colorful striped fabric. One of her arms was wrapped around the neck of a figure partly hidden by her body, while the other arm was holding herself and her companion, the body of a baby. They were clearly natives, stranded or lost from some inter-island schooner due to some misfortune. Their chests rose and fell gently, and in the girl’s hand was a branch from a tree, with a single shriveled berry hanging from it.

“Are they dead?” asked Lestrange, who divined that there were people in the boat, and who was standing up in the stern of the whale-boat trying to see.

“Are they dead?” asked Lestrange, who sensed that there were people in the boat and was standing up in the back of the whale boat trying to see.

“No,” said Stannistreet; “they are asleep.”

“No,” said Stannistreet; “they're sleeping.”



THE END

THE END





----- Transcriber’s Note #1 -----

----- Transcriber’s Note #1 -----

Born on April 9, 1863, in Kingstown, Ireland, Henry de Vere Stacpoole grew up in a household dominated by his mother and three older sisters. William C. Stacpoole, a doctor of divinity from Trinity College and headmaster of Kingstown school, died some time before his son’s eighth birthday, leaving the responsibility of supporting the family to his Canadian-born wife, Charlotte Augusta Mountjoy Stacpoole. At a young age, Charlotte had been led out of the Canadian backwoods by her widowed mother and taken to Ireland, where their relatives lived. This experience had strengthened her character and prepared her for single parenthood.

Born on April 9, 1863, in Kingstown, Ireland, Henry de Vere Stacpoole grew up in a household led by his mother and three older sisters. William C. Stacpoole, a divinity doctor from Trinity College and headmaster of Kingstown School, passed away before his son's eighth birthday, leaving his Canadian-born wife, Charlotte Augusta Mountjoy Stacpoole, in charge of supporting the family. As a child, Charlotte had been taken out of the Canadian wilderness by her widowed mother and brought to Ireland, where their relatives lived. This experience had strengthened her character and prepared her for raising children alone.

Charlotte cared passionately for her children and was perhaps overly protective of her son. As a child, Henry suffered from severe respiratory problems, misdiagnosed as chronic bronchitis by his physician, who in the winter of 1871 advised that the boy be taken to Southern France for his health. With her entire family in tow, Charlotte made the long journey from Kingstown to London to Paris, where signs of the Franco-Prussian War were still evident, settling at last in Nice at the Hotel des Iles Britannique. Nice was like paradise to Henry, who marveled at the city’s affluence and beauty as he played in the warm sun.

Charlotte was deeply caring for her children and maybe a bit too protective of her son. As a child, Henry had serious respiratory issues that were wrongly diagnosed as chronic bronchitis by his doctor. In the winter of 1871, the doctor recommended that the boy be taken to Southern France for his health. With her whole family in tow, Charlotte embarked on the long journey from Kingstown to London and then to Paris, where signs of the Franco-Prussian War were still visible, finally settling in Nice at the Hotel des Iles Britannique. Nice felt like paradise to Henry, who was in awe of the city's wealth and beauty as he played in the warm sun.

After several more excursions to the continent, Stacpoole was sent to Portarlington, a bleak boarding school more than 100 miles from Kingstown. In contrast to his sisters, the Portarlington boys were noisy and uncouth. As Stacpoole writes in his autobiograhy Men and Mice, 1863-1942 (1942), the boys abused him mentally and physically, making him feel like “a little Arthur in a cage of baboons.” One night, he escaped through an adjacent girls’ school and returned to Kingstown, only to be betrayed by his family and dragged back to school by his eldest sister.

After several more trips to the continent, Stacpoole was sent to Portarlington, a grim boarding school over 100 miles from Kingstown. Unlike his sisters, the boys at Portarlington were loud and rough. As Stacpoole writes in his autobiography Men and Mice, 1863-1942 (1942), the boys tormented him both mentally and physically, making him feel like “a little Arthur in a cage of baboons.” One night, he escaped through a nearby girls’ school and went back to Kingstown, only to be betrayed by his family and dragged back to school by his oldest sister.

When his family moved to London, he was taken out of Portarlington and enrolled at Malvern College, a progressive school with refined students and plenty of air and sunshine. Stacpoole thoroughly enjoyed his new surroundings, which he associated with the description of Malvern Hills in Elizabeth Barrett Browning’s Aurora Leigh (1857): “Keepers of Piers Plowman’s visions / Through the sunshine and the snow.” This environment encouraged his interest in literature and writing.

When his family moved to London, he left Portarlington and started at Malvern College, a forward-thinking school with sophisticated students and lots of fresh air and sunlight. Stacpoole really liked his new surroundings, which he connected to the description of Malvern Hills in Elizabeth Barrett Browning’s Aurora Leigh (1857): “Keepers of Piers Plowman’s visions / Through the sunshine and the snow.” This atmosphere sparked his interest in literature and writing.

The idyll ended, however, when Stacpoole began his medical training. At his mother’s prodding, he entered the medical school at St. George’s Hospital. Twice a day, he had to traverse a park frequented by perambulating nursemaids, and he became romantically involved with one of them. When his mother discovered their affair, she insisted that he transfer to University College, and he complied.

The happy time came to an end when Stacpoole started his medical training. At his mother's urging, he enrolled in the medical school at St. George's Hospital. Twice a day, he had to walk through a park popular with strolling nursemaids, and he ended up getting romantically involved with one of them. When his mother found out about their relationship, she insisted that he transfer to University College, and he agreed.

More interested in literature than corpses, Stacpoole began to neglect his studies and miss classes, especially the required dissections. Finally, the dean of the medical school confronted him, and their argument drove Stacpoole to St. Mary’s Hospital, where he completed his medical training and qualified L. S. A. in 1891. At some point after this date, Stacpoole made several sea voyages into the tropics (at least once as a doctor aboard a cable-mending ship), collecting information for future stories.

More interested in literature than dead bodies, Stacpoole started skipping his studies and missing classes, especially the mandatory dissections. Eventually, the dean of the medical school confronted him, and their argument pushed Stacpoole to St. Mary’s Hospital, where he finished his medical training and qualified L. S. A. in 1891. Sometime after this, Stacpoole took several sea trips to the tropics (at least once working as a doctor on a cable-repair ship), gathering information for future stories.

Stacpoole’s literary career, which he once described as being “more like a Malay fishing prahu than an honest-to-God English literary vessel,” began inauspiciously with the publication of The Intended (1894), a tragic novel about two look-alikes, one rich, the other poor, who switch places on a whim. Bewildered by the novel’s lack of success, Stacpoole consulted his friendly muse, Pearl Craigie, alias John Oliver Hobbes, who suggested a comic rather than tragic treatment. Years later, Stacpoole retold the story in The Man Who Lost Himself (1918), a commercially successful comic novel about a down-and-out American who impersonates his wealthy look-alike in England.

Stacpoole’s literary career, which he once likened to “more of a Malay fishing prahu than an honest-to-God English literary vessel,” started off slowly with the release of The Intended (1894), a tragic novel about two look-alikes, one wealthy and the other poor, who switch places on a whim. Confused by the novel’s lack of success, Stacpoole turned to his supportive muse, Pearl Craigie, also known as John Oliver Hobbes, who recommended a more comic approach instead of a tragic one. Years later, Stacpoole revisited the story in The Man Who Lost Himself (1918), a commercially successful comic novel about a down-and-out American who pretends to be his wealthy look-alike in England.

Set in France during the Franco-Prussian War, Stacpoole’s second novel, Pierrot (1896), recounts a French boy’s eerie relationship with a patricidal doppelganger. Like its predecessor, it was a commercial failure, and it was at this point, perhaps, that Stacpoole began to view literary success only in terms of sales figures and numbers of editions.

Set in France during the Franco-Prussian War, Stacpoole’s second novel, Pierrot (1896), tells the story of a French boy’s unsettling connection with a doppelganger who has killed his father. Like its predecessor, it was not successful in the market, and it was at this point, perhaps, that Stacpoole began to see literary success primarily in terms of sales figures and the number of editions.

A strange tale of reincarnation, cross dressing, and uxoricide, Stacpoole’s third novel, Death, the Knight, and the Lady (1897), purports to be the deathbed confession of Beatrice Sinclair, who is both a reincarnated murderer (male) and a descendant of the murder victim (female). She falls in love with Gerald Wilder, a man disguised as a woman, who is both a reincarnated murder victim (female) and the descendant of the murderer (male). Despite its originality, the novel was killed by “Public Indifference” (Stacpoole’s term), which also killed The Rapin (1899), a novel about an art student in Paris.

A strange story about reincarnation, cross-dressing, and killing one's wife, Stacpoole’s third novel, Death, the Knight, and the Lady (1897), claims to be the deathbed confession of Beatrice Sinclair, who is both a reincarnated male murderer and a descendant of the female murder victim. She falls in love with Gerald Wilder, a man dressed as a woman, who is both a reincarnated female murder victim and the descendant of the male murderer. Despite its uniqueness, the novel was overshadowed by “Public Indifference” (Stacpoole’s term), which also affected The Rapin (1899), a novel about an art student in Paris.

Stacpoole spent the summer of 1898 in Sommerset, where he took over the medical practice of an ailing country doctor. So peaceful were his days in this pastoral setting that he had time to write The Doctor (1899), a novel about an old-fashioned physician practicing medicine in rural England. “It is the best book I have written,” Stacpoole declared more than forty years later. He could also say, in retrospect, that the book’s weak sales were a disguised blessing, “for I hadn’t ballast on board in those days to stand up to the gale of success, which means incidentally money.” He would be spared the gale of success for nine more years, during which he published seven books, including a collection of children’s stories and two collaborative novels with his friend William Alexander Bryce.

Stacpoole spent the summer of 1898 in Somerset, where he took over the medical practice of a sick country doctor. His days in this peaceful setting were so calm that he had time to write The Doctor (1899), a novel about an old-fashioned physician practicing medicine in rural England. “It’s the best book I’ve written,” Stacpoole declared more than forty years later. He could also say, in hindsight, that the book’s poor sales were a hidden blessing, “because I didn’t have the stability back then to handle the storm of success, which also means money.” He would avoid the storm of success for nine more years, during which he published seven books, including a collection of children’s stories and two collaborative novels with his friend William Alexander Bryce.

In 1907, two events occurred that altered the course of Stacpoole’s life: he wrote The Blue Lagoon and he married Margaret Robson. Unable to sleep one night, he found himself thinking about and envying the caveman, who in his primitiveness was able to marvel at such commonplace phenomena as sunsets and thunderstorms. Civilized, technological man had unveiled these mysteries with his telescopes and weather balloons, so that they were no longer “nameless wonders” to be feared and contemplated. As a doctor, Stacpoole had witnessed countless births and deaths, and these events no longer seemed miraculous to him. He conceived the idea of two children growing up alone on an island and experiencing storms, death, and birth in almost complete ignorance and innocence. The next morning, he started writing The Blue Lagoon. The exercise was therapeutic because he was able to experience the wonders of life and death vicariously through his characters.

In 1907, two events changed Stacpoole’s life: he wrote The Blue Lagoon and he married Margaret Robson. One sleepless night, he found himself thinking about and envying the caveman, who, in his simplicity, could marvel at things like sunsets and thunderstorms. Modern, tech-savvy humans had figured out these mysteries through telescopes and weather balloons, so they were no longer “nameless wonders” to fear or ponder. As a doctor, Stacpoole had seen countless births and deaths, and these events no longer felt miraculous to him. He came up with the idea of two children growing up alone on an island, experiencing storms, death, and birth with almost complete ignorance and innocence. The next morning, he began writing The Blue Lagoon. This process was therapeutic because he could experience the wonders of life and death vicariously through his characters.

The Blue Lagoon is the story of two cousins, Dicky and Emmeline Lestrange, stranded on a remote island with a beautiful lagoon. As children, they are cared for by Paddy Button, a portly sailor who drinks himself to death after only two and a half years in paradise. Frightened and confused by the man’s gruesome corpse, the children flee to another part of Palm Tree Island. Over a period of five years, they grow up and eventually fall in love. Sex and birth are as mysterious to them as death, but they manage to copulate instinctively and conceive a child. The birth is especially remarkable: fifteen-year-old Emmeline, alone in the jungle, loses consciousness and awakes to find a baby boy on the ground near her. Naming the boy Hannah (an example of Stacpoole’s penchant for gender reversals), the Lestranges live in familial bliss until they are unexpectedly expelled from their tropical Eden.

The Blue Lagoon is about two cousins, Dicky and Emmeline Lestrange, who are stranded on a remote island with a stunning lagoon. As kids, they are taken care of by Paddy Button, a heavy-set sailor who drinks himself to death after just two and a half years in paradise. Scared and confused by the sight of the man's gruesome body, the children run away to another part of Palm Tree Island. Over the course of five years, they grow up and eventually fall in love. Sex and childbirth are as mysterious to them as death, but they instinctively manage to have sex and conceive a child. The birth is particularly notable: fifteen-year-old Emmeline, alone in the jungle, loses consciousness and wakes up to find a baby boy on the ground next to her. She names the boy Hannah (showing Stacpoole’s tendency for gender reversals), and the Lestranges live in family happiness until they are unexpectedly driven out of their tropical paradise.

The parallels between The Blue Lagoon and the Biblical story of Adam and Eve are obvious and intentional, but Stacpoole was also influenced by Lewis Carroll’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (1865), which he invokes in a passage describing the castaways’ approach Palm Tree Island:

The similarities between The Blue Lagoon and the Biblical story of Adam and Eve are clear and deliberate, but Stacpoole was also inspired by Lewis Carroll’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (1865), which he references in a section that talks about the castaways’ journey toward Palm Tree Island:

“One could see the water swirling round the coral piers, for the tide was flooding into the lagoon; it had seized the little dinghy and was bearing it along far swifter than the sculls could have driven it. Sea-gulls screamed about them, the boat rocked and swayed. Dick shouted with excitement, and Emmeline shut her eyes TIGHT.

“One could see the water swirling around the coral piers, as the tide was rushing into the lagoon; it had grabbed the little dinghy and was carrying it along much faster than the oars could have propelled it. Seagulls screamed all around them, the boat rocked and swayed. Dick shouted with excitement, and Emmeline shut her eyes TIGHT.”

“Then, as though a door had been swiftly and silently closed, the sound of the surf became suddenly less. The boat floated on an even keel; she opened her eyes and found herself in Wonderland.”

“Then, as if a door had been quietly and swiftly shut, the sound of the waves grew suddenly fainter. The boat floated steadily; she opened her eyes and realized she was in Wonderland.”

This direct reference to Wonderland prepares the reader for the many parallels that follow. When their adventures begin, both girls are about the same age, Alice seven and a half, Emmeline exactly eight. Just as Alice joins a tea party in Wonderland, Emmeline plays with her tiny tea set on the beach after they land. Emmeline’s former pet, like the Cheshire Cat, “had white stripes and a white chest, and rings down its tail” and died “showing its teeth.” Whereas Alice looks for a poison label on a bottle that says “Drink Me,” Emmeline innocently tries to eat “the never-wake-up berries” and receives a stern rebuke and a lecture about poison from Paddy Button. “The Poetry of Learning” chapter echoes Alice’s dialogue with the caterpillar. Like the wily creature smoking a hookah, Paddy smokes a pipe and shouts “Hurroo!” as the children teach him to write his name in the sand. The children lose “all count of time,” just as the Mad Hatter does. Whereas Alice grows nine feet taller, Dick sprouts “two inches taller” and Emmeline “twice as plump.” Like the baby in the “Pig and Pepper,” Hannah sneezes at the first sight of Dicky. The novel is artfully littered with references to wonder, curiosity, and strangeness—all evidence of Stacpoole’s conscious effort to invoke and honor his Victorian predecessor.

This direct reference to Wonderland sets the stage for the many parallels that follow. When their adventures start, both girls are about the same age: Alice is seven and a half, while Emmeline is exactly eight. Just as Alice joins a tea party in Wonderland, Emmeline plays with her tiny tea set on the beach after they arrive. Emmeline’s former pet, like the Cheshire Cat, “had white stripes and a white chest, and rings down its tail” and died “showing its teeth.” While Alice searches for a poison label on a bottle that says “Drink Me,” Emmeline innocently tries to eat “the never-wake-up berries” and gets a stern warning and a lecture about poison from Paddy Button. The chapter “The Poetry of Learning” reflects Alice’s conversation with the caterpillar. Like the tricky creature smoking a hookah, Paddy smokes a pipe and yells “Hurroo!” as the children teach him to write his name in the sand. The kids lose “all count of time,” just like the Mad Hatter does. While Alice grows nine feet taller, Dick becomes “two inches taller” and Emmeline gets “twice as plump.” Just like the baby in the “Pig and Pepper,” Hannah sneezes at the first sight of Dicky. The novel is skillfully filled with references to wonder, curiosity, and strangeness—all evidence of Stacpoole’s deliberate effort to invoke and pay tribute to his Victorian predecessor.

Stacpoole presented The Blue Lagoon to Publisher T. Fisher Unwin in September 1907 and went to Cumberland to assist another ailing doctor in his practice. Every day from Eden Vue in Langwathby, Stacpoole wrote to his fiancee, Margaret Robson (or Maggie, as he called her), and waited anxiously for their wedding day. On December 17, 1907, the couple were married and spent their honeymoon at Stebbing Park, a friend’s country house in Essex, about three miles from the village of Stebbing. It was there that they stumbled upon Rose Cottage, where Stacpoole lived for several years before he moved to Cliff Dene on the Isle of Wight in the 1920s.

Stacpoole submitted The Blue Lagoon to publisher T. Fisher Unwin in September 1907 and went to Cumberland to help another sick doctor with his practice. Every day from Eden Vue in Langwathby, Stacpoole wrote to his fiancée, Margaret Robson (or Maggie, as he called her), and waited eagerly for their wedding day. On December 17, 1907, the couple got married and spent their honeymoon at Stebbing Park, a friend's country house in Essex, about three miles from the village of Stebbing. It was there that they found Rose Cottage, where Stacpoole lived for several years before moving to Cliff Dene on the Isle of Wight in the 1920s.

Published in January 1908, The Blue Lagoon was an immediate success, both with reviewers and the public. “[This] tale of the discovery of love, and innocent mating, is as fresh as the ozone that made them strong,” declared one reviewer. Another claimed that “for once the title of ‘romance,’ found in so many modern stories, is really justified.” The novel was reprinted more than twenty times in the next twelve years and remained popular in other forms for more than eighty years. Norman MacOwen and Charlton Mann adapted the story as a play, which ran for 263 performances in London from August 28, 1920, to April 16, 1921. Film versions of the novel were made in 1923, 1949, and 1980.

Published in January 1908, The Blue Lagoon quickly became popular with both critics and the audience. “[This] story about discovering love and innocent relationships is as refreshing as the fresh air that gave them strength,” one reviewer stated. Another remarked that “for once, the term ‘romance,’ often found in so many modern stories, is truly deserved.” The novel was reprinted over twenty times in the following twelve years and remained popular in various formats for more than eighty years. Norman MacOwen and Charlton Mann adapted the story into a play, which had 263 performances in London from August 28, 1920, to April 16, 1921. Film adaptations of the novel were produced in 1923, 1949, and 1980.

Stacpoole also wrote two successful sequels: The Garden of God (1923) and The Gates of Morning (1925). These three books and two others were combined to form The Blue Lagoon Omnibus in 1933. The Garden of God was filmed as Return to the Blue Lagoon in 1992.

Stacpoole also wrote two successful sequels: The Garden of God (1923) and The Gates of Morning (1925). These three books, along with two others, were combined to create The Blue Lagoon Omnibus in 1933. The Garden of God was adapted into the film Return to the Blue Lagoon in 1992.

This Gutenberg etext of The Blue Lagoon: A Romance is based on the 1908 first American edition published by J. B. Lippincott Company of Philadelphia.

This Gutenberg eText of The Blue Lagoon: A Romance is based on the 1908 first American edition published by J. B. Lippincott Company of Philadelphia.

----- Transcriber’s Note #2 -----

----- Transcriber’s Note #2 -----

The stated edition for this etext is the 1908 first American edition published by J. B. Lippincott Company of Philadelphia. Stacpoole delivered his original manuscript to publisher T. Fisher Unwin (London) in September 1907. The London edition and the Lippincott (this etext) edition were both published in 1908. Four changes were made in creating the Lippincott edition:

The specified edition for this e-text is the 1908 first American edition published by J. B. Lippincott Company of Philadelphia. Stacpoole submitted his original manuscript to publisher T. Fisher Unwin (London) in September 1907. Both the London edition and the Lippincott (this e-text) edition were published in 1908. Four changes were made in creating the Lippincott edition:

1. On page 18:

On page 18:

London edition: he sat with it on his knees staring at the white sunlit main-deck barred with the black shadows of the standing rigging.

London edition: he sat with it on his lap, staring at the white, sunlit main deck crossed with the black shadows of the standing rigging.

U.S. edition: he sat with it on his knees staring at the white sunlit main-deck barred with the white shadows of the standing rigging.

U.S. edition: he sat with it on his lap staring at the bright sunlit main deck marked with the white shadows of the standing rigging.

Stacpoole originally indicated black shadows of the rigging on the deck.

Stacpoole originally mentioned dark shadows of the rigging on the deck.

2. On page 19:

2. On page 19:

London edition: It was seven bells—half-past three in the afternoon—and the ship’s bell had just rung out.

London edition: It was seven bells—3:30 PM—and the ship’s bell had just rung.

U.S. edition: It was three bells—half-past three in the afternoon—and the ship’s bell had just rung out.

U.S. edition: It was three o'clock—three-thirty in the afternoon—and the ship’s bell had just rung.

The London edition is correct: seven bells is 3:30 in the afternoon. Three bells is half-past one.

The London edition is correct: seven bells is 3:30 PM. Three bells is 1:30 PM.

3. On page 24:

On page 24:

London edition: The dinghy was rather a larger boat than the ordinary ships’ dinghy, and possessed a small mast and lug-sail.

London edition: The dinghy was quite a bit larger than the typical ships' dinghy and had a small mast and a lug-sail.

U.S. edition: The dinghy was rather a larger boat than the ordinary ships’ dinghy, and possessed a small mast and long sail.

U.S. edition: The dinghy was quite a bit bigger than the typical ship's dinghy and had a small mast and a long sail.

A lug-sail (modern: lugsail) is an evolved version of the classical square sail that is correct for the boat as described.

A lug-sail (modern: lugsail) is an upgraded version of the traditional square sail that's suitable for the boat as described.

4. On page 309:

4. On page 309:

London edition: “This is the gentleman, Simon,” ...

London edition: “This is the guy, Simon,” ...

U.S. edition: “This is the gentleman, Silas,” ...

U.S. edition: “This is the guy, Silas,” ...

Other than these four changes, both 1908 editions are essentially identical.

Other than these four changes, both 1908 editions are pretty much the same.


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!